WO2017107686A1 - Method and apparatus for determining search space in narrowband system - Google Patents
Method and apparatus for determining search space in narrowband system Download PDFInfo
- Publication number
- WO2017107686A1 WO2017107686A1 PCT/CN2016/104717 CN2016104717W WO2017107686A1 WO 2017107686 A1 WO2017107686 A1 WO 2017107686A1 CN 2016104717 W CN2016104717 W CN 2016104717W WO 2017107686 A1 WO2017107686 A1 WO 2017107686A1
- Authority
- WO
- WIPO (PCT)
- Prior art keywords
- subframe
- downlink control
- control channel
- search space
- value
- Prior art date
Links
Images
Classifications
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04L—TRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
- H04L5/00—Arrangements affording multiple use of the transmission path
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
- H04W4/00—Services specially adapted for wireless communication networks; Facilities therefor
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
- H04W48/00—Access restriction; Network selection; Access point selection
- H04W48/08—Access restriction or access information delivery, e.g. discovery data delivery
- H04W48/12—Access restriction or access information delivery, e.g. discovery data delivery using downlink control channel
Definitions
- the present invention relates to the field of communications, and in particular to a method and apparatus for determining a search space in a narrowband system.
- Machine Type Communication also known as Machine to Machine (M2M)
- Narrow Band Internet of Things is the main application form of the Internet of Things.
- the characteristics of the communication system are generally narrower than that of the Long Term Evolution (LTE) system, such as 1.4 MHz, 200 kHz, etc.; the number of user terminals or devices (User Equipment, UE for short) is large. Including traditional handheld terminals as well as machines, sensor terminals, etc.; with coverage enhancement requirements, including coverage improvement of 15dB or 20dB.
- LTE Long Term Evolution
- UE User Equipment
- the NB-IoT system In-band in the LTE system band, guard-band in the LTE system, and standalone in the independent band; such communication systems usually require independent operation or LTE.
- the system coexists; the transmission bandwidth and the downlink subcarrier spacing of the NB-IoT are 180 kHz and 15 kHz, respectively, which are the same as the bandwidth and subcarrier spacing of one Physical Resource Block (PRB) of the LTE system, respectively, which is beneficial to
- PRB Physical Resource Block
- the design of the existing LTE system is reused.
- GSM Global System for Mobile Communication
- the downlink data transmission and the uplink data transmission of the terminal are scheduled by using the downlink grant (Downlink grant, DL grant) and the uplink grant (Uplink grant, abbreviated as UL grant) respectively in the existing LTE system; wherein, the DL grant and the UL grant are collectively referred to as Downlink Control Information (DCI) is carried by a physical downlink control channel (Physical Downlink Control Channel, PDCCH for short) or an Enhanced Physical Downlink Control Channel (EPDCCH).
- DCI Downlink Control Information
- PDCCH Physical Downlink Control Channel
- EPDCCH Enhanced Physical Downlink Control Channel
- the downlink data is carried in the Physical Downlink Shared Channel (PDSCH), and the uplink data is carried in the Physical Uplink Shared Channel (PUSCH).
- PDSCH Physical Downlink Shared Channel
- PUSCH Physical Uplink Shared Channel
- the PDCCH uses the resources in the first 1-4 orthogonal frequency division multiplexing (OFDM) symbols of the system bandwidth, and the control channel element (CCE) is used as the basic aggregation. Resource granularity, the transmission method uses transmit diversity.
- the EPDCCH uses resources in a part of the PRBs in the system bandwidth to enhance the Control Channel Element (ECCE) as the basic aggregate resource granularity, and the transmission mode uses centralized transmission or distributed transmission.
- OFDM orthogonal frequency division multiplexing
- CCE control channel element
- the downlink control channel search space in the related art is located in the first 1-4 OFDM symbols of the system bandwidth, the aggregation level used by the enhanced downlink control signal exists only in one subframe, and the partial PRB in the subframe constitutes the search space frequency domain. set. Therefore, the control channel search space structure in the LTE system in the related art is not applicable to the demand of the NB-IoT narrowband system with only one PRB in the frequency domain bandwidth. In view of the above problems in the related art, there is currently no effective solution.
- the embodiment of the invention provides a method and a device for determining a search space in a narrowband system, so as to at least solve the problem that the control channel search space structure in the LTE system in the related art is not applicable to the NB-IoT with only one PRB in the frequency domain bandwidth.
- a method for determining a search space in a narrowband system including: detecting, by a terminal, a search space in which a narrowband downlink control channel is located, wherein the search space has R subframes or The sub-frame set is a unit, and the search space is in the frequency domain of M subcarriers in the entire narrowband or narrowband, wherein the R and M value sets are positive integers, and the subframe set includes X subframes, and the X value is It is fixed or configured by the base station.
- the search space is continuous or discrete in a time domain, where the search space supports one or more coverage types, and each coverage type corresponds to a unique R value or one includes multiple R values.
- the set, R represents the number of repetitions of the downlink control channel.
- the search space continuously includes in the time domain: the search space is continuous in units of subframe sets and/or the search space is continuous in units of subframes.
- the search space is determined by at least one of a starting subframe, a subframe set size, a repetition number or a number of subframes, a detection period, a sub-band or a sub-carrier position, wherein the searching is determined
- the parameters of the space are predefined or fixed or base station configurations.
- the starting subframe is determined according to at least one of the following parameters: a maximum number of repetitions Rmax, an offset value offset, a radio frame number SFN, and a period M; wherein the manner of determining includes at least one of the following:
- N is a positive integer greater than 0;
- the starting subframe A frame numbered as index k and satisfying (10*SFN+k+offset) mod M 0, M is a positive integer greater than or equal to Rmax;
- the value set of the period corresponding to the start subframe is determined according to the coverage type, and the value of the period corresponding to the start subframe is configured or fixed by the base station; and/or the offset value offset is taken.
- the set or value of values is determined according to the coverage type and/or period; or the value of the offset value offset is configured by the base station or fixed or determined according to the period.
- the value set of the period corresponding to the start subframe of the search space where the downlink control channel carrying the UL grant is located is determined according to at least one of the following: the coverage type, the uplink traffic channel PUSCH format, and the downlink control of the bearer UL grant
- the value of the period corresponding to the start subframe of the search space in which the channel is located is configured or fixed by the base station; and/or the value set or value of the offset value offset is determined according to at least one of the following: coverage type, period, and uplink service.
- Channel PUSCH format; or, the value of the offset value offset is configured by the base station or fixed or implicitly determined according to the period.
- the period M and/or the offset value offset is greater than the value of the small coverage type.
- the subframe set size is determined by a fixed or base station configuration.
- the starting subframe is a first subframe of the subframe set.
- the search space includes at least an uplink control search space of an uplink grant UL grant and a downlink control search space of a downlink grant DL grant.
- the resources used by the uplink control search space and the downlink control search space are completely different resources or resources that are independently configured.
- the component form of the candidate set in the search space includes one of the following manners: the candidate set is composed of one or more aggregation levels and multiple repetition times, and the candidate sets of different repetition times correspond to The start subframe is the same; the candidate set is composed of one or more aggregation levels and multiple repetition times, and the start subframe corresponding to the candidate set of different repetition times is different, and the candidate set corresponding to the non-maximum repetition number is There are multiple in the search space; the candidate set is composed of multiple aggregation levels and one repetition number; the candidate set is composed of an aggregation level, wherein the candidate set fills all control of the search space a channel unit; the aggregation level corresponding to the candidate set is determined according to different application scenarios, where the application scenario includes at least an inband inband scenario, a standalone band standalone, and a guard band guardband scenario.
- the search space when the search space is discrete in the time domain, use some or all resources in the window in units of detection windows or scheduling windows; or, in the search space, discrete and downlink control channel repetitions in the time domain During transmission, some or all of the resources are used within the window in units of detection windows or scheduling windows and time-domain repetitions within the window and/or between the windows are performed.
- the downlink control channel is time division multiplexed with a downlink traffic channel, or resources used by different coverage types of the downlink control channel are time division multiplexed.
- the subframe set in the detection window is not repeated or the number of repetitions may be pre-configured.
- the search space is determined by at least one of the following parameters: a starting subframe, a subframe set, a repetition number, a scheduling window or a number of repetitions in the detection window, a repetition window length, a detection period, a sub-band or a sub-carrier position.
- the manner in which the search space is determined is a predefined or fixed or base station configuration.
- the manner in which the terminal detects the initial control channel unit in the search space includes: fixed or base station configuration or iterating between a subframe or a subframe set or a radio frame or a detection window or a search space according to a hash function.
- the same control channel unit is used in each subframe/subframe of the repeated transmission
- the manner of configuring the base station includes: the user equipment UE-specific radio resource control RRC configuration start index and/or partial The value is offset and all UEs start the same.
- the component form of the candidate set in the search space includes one of the following manners: the candidate set is one or more The aggregation level is composed of multiple repetition times, and the start subframe corresponding to the candidate set of different repetition times is the same; the candidate set is composed of one or more aggregation levels and multiple repetition times, and the number of repetitions is different.
- the candidate subframe corresponding to the candidate set is different, and the candidate set corresponding to the non-maximum number of repetitions is plural in the search space; the candidate set is composed of multiple aggregation levels and one repetition number; the candidate set is composed of one An aggregation level composition, wherein the candidate set occupies all the control channel units in the search space; the aggregation level corresponding to the candidate set is determined according to different application scenarios, where the application scenario includes at least: an inband Inband scenario The standalone band and the guard band guardband scene are used independently; wherein the number of repetitions is determined by the number of repetitions between the windows, or by the number of repetitions in the window and the number of repetitions between the windows.
- the search space is time division multiplexed with different types, different messages, or different users/user groups.
- the frequency division multiplexing manner includes at least one of the following: frequency division multiplexing FDM between channels of the same type, and FDM between different types of channels.
- FDM between different coverage types, FDM between different message types, and different types of channels are multiplexed in units of enhanced control channel elements ECCE.
- the manner in which the downlink control channel scheduling indicates the downlink traffic channel in the frequency division multiplexing includes at least one of: indicating a subsequent sub-frame position in the same sub-band or sub-carrier position; indicating different cross-sub-band or sub-carrier The subframe position is occupied in the sub-band; the subsequent occupied subframe position in the same sub-band or sub-carrier position is indicated, and the sub-band or sub-carrier is indicated in different sub-bands.
- the interval between the start subframe of the downlink traffic channel and the end subframe of the downlink control channel is in a subframe or a scheduling window, where The value of the interval between the start subframe of the downlink traffic channel and the end subframe of the downlink control channel is a fixed value or a variable value; wherein the value range of the variable value is based on at least the following parameters A determination: detection period, scheduling window, coverage type, physical uplink shared channel PUSCH format.
- the interval between the start subframe of the uplink traffic channel and the end subframe of the downlink control channel is in a subframe or a scheduling window.
- the value of the interval between the start subframe of the uplink traffic channel and the end subframe of the downlink control channel is a fixed value or a variable value.
- the scheduling window length is the same or independently determined when the uplink single carrier single tone transmission channel of different subcarrier intervals is used.
- the uplink grant UL grant indicates a starting subframe position of the uplink traffic channel in a window.
- the uplink grant UL grant indicates uplink single carrier transmission of different subcarrier spacing sizes.
- the uplink grant UL grant uses the same resource allocation indication bit field for uplink single carrier transmission of different subcarrier spacing sizes.
- the search space where the terminal detects the narrowband downlink control channel is configured by the high layer signaling to be one or more, including at least one of the following: only a single process is supported, and the base station configures a search space for the terminal by using high layer signaling; Supporting multiple processes, the base station configures a search space for the terminal through high-level signaling; supports multiple processes, and the base station configures multiple search spaces for the terminal through high-level signaling, at least one of which is located in a different search space from other processes.
- the method for determining a scheduling timing for scheduling a downlink traffic channel or an uplink traffic channel in a downlink control channel in the search space includes a following at least when the base station configures a search space for the terminal by using the high layer signaling. And determining: the value in the first timing value set indicated by the downlink control information carried by the downlink control channel; determining the value in the second timing value set indicated by the downlink control information carried by the first downlink control channel And determining, by the downlink information carried by the ith downlink control channel, an offset value of the traffic channel end subframe scheduled with respect to the downlink control information carried by the i-1th downlink control channel, where i is a positive integer greater than 1.
- the value in the second timing value set indicated by the downlink control information carried by the first downlink control channel is determined, and the first timing value set indicated by the downlink information carried by the ith downlink control channel is taken.
- the value determines that i is a positive integer greater than one.
- the base station configures a search space for the terminal by using high layer signaling, and the downlink control channels for scheduling different process traffic channels are located in the same period, in the search space.
- the downlink control channel scheduling method for determining the scheduling timing of the downlink traffic channel or the uplink traffic channel includes at least one of the following:
- the value of the timing value set indicated by the downlink control information carried by the first downlink control channel is determined, and the timing reference point is the first downlink control channel end subframe; and the downlink control information carried by the second downlink control channel indicates The value in the set of timing values is determined, and the timing reference point is an end subframe of the traffic channel scheduled by the first downlink control channel;
- the timing reference point is the end subframe of the first downlink control channel; and carrying the traffic channel scheduled for the first downlink control channel
- the timing reference point of the channel for feeding back the ACK/NACK is the ending subframe of the traffic channel scheduled by the second downlink control channel, and the offset value is determined by the value in the set of timing values indicated by the downlink control information carried by the first downlink control channel.
- the timing reference point is the end subframe of the first downlink control channel; and carrying the traffic channel scheduled for the first downlink control channel
- the timing reference point of the channel for feeding back the ACK/NACK is the ending subframe of the traffic channel scheduled by the second downlink control channel, and the offset value is determined by the value in the set of timing values indicated by the downlink control information carried by the first downlink control channel.
- the timing reference point of the channel carrying the ACK/NACK of the traffic channel scheduled for the second downlink control channel is the end subframe of the channel carrying the ACK/NACK of the traffic channel scheduled for the first downlink control channel, and the offset value And determining, by using a value set in the timing value set indicated by the downlink control information carried by the second downlink control channel.
- the first downlink control channel is the same type as the second downlink control channel and is in a search space in the same period.
- a scheduling timing determining method for scheduling different types of traffic channels includes at least one of the following:
- the value of the timing value set indicated by the downlink control information carried by the first downlink control channel is determined, and the timing reference point is the first downlink control channel end subframe; and the downlink control information carried by the second downlink control channel indicates The value in the set of timing values is determined, and the timing reference point is an end subframe of the traffic channel scheduled by the first downlink control channel;
- timing reference Determining the value in the set of timing values indicated by the downlink control information carried by the first downlink control channel, timing reference The point is the first downlink control channel end subframe; the value is determined by the value set in the downlink control information carried by the second downlink control channel, and the timing reference point is the bearer traffic channel scheduled for the first downlink control channel. End subframe of the channel that feeds back ACK/NACK;
- the timing reference point is the end subframe of the first downlink control channel; and carrying the traffic channel scheduled for the first downlink control channel
- the timing reference point of the channel for feeding back the ACK/NACK is the ending subframe of the traffic channel scheduled by the second downlink control channel, and the offset value is determined by the value in the set of timing values indicated by the downlink control information carried by the first downlink control channel.
- the first downlink control channel is different from the second downlink control channel type and has a search space in the same period.
- the timing value set is a first timing value set or a second timing value set or a third timing value set; wherein the first timing value set or the second timing value set or The third set of timing values is a set that is different from the set element of the scheduled downlink traffic channel and the scheduled uplink traffic channel; or the first timing value set or the second timing value set or the third timing value set is configured for scheduling The downlink traffic channel and the scheduled uplink traffic channel and the timing offset indicating that the downlink traffic channel is fed back ACK/NACK are not the same set of set elements.
- a device for determining a search space in a narrowband system comprising: a detecting module configured to detect a search space in which a narrowband downlink control channel is located, wherein the search space is in time The domain is in units of R subframes or subframes, and the search space is in the frequency domain of M subcarriers in the entire narrowband or narrowband, where the R and M value sets are positive integers, and the subframe set includes X subframes, X is a fixed value or configured by the base station.
- a storage medium is also provided.
- the storage medium is arranged to store program code for performing the following steps:
- Detecting a search space where a narrowband downlink control channel is located where the search space is in units of R subframes or subframe sets in the time domain, and the search space is in units of M subcarriers in the entire narrowband or narrowband in the frequency domain.
- the set of R and M values is a positive integer
- the subframe set includes X subframes, where X is a fixed value or configured by a base station.
- the search space in which the narrowband downlink control channel is located is detected, wherein the search space is in units of R subframes or subframe sets in the time domain, and the search space is in the entire narrowband or narrowband in the frequency domain.
- the subcarriers are in units, where R and M are set to a positive integer, and the subframe set includes X subframes.
- the value of X is a fixed value or configured by the base station, and how to determine the search space in the narrowband system is achieved by time division transmission.
- control channel search space structure in the LTE system is not applicable to the NB-band with only one PRB in the frequency domain bandwidth.
- FIG. 1 is a flow chart of a method of determining a search space in a narrowband system according to an embodiment of the present invention
- FIG. 2 is a structural block diagram of a device for determining a search space in a narrowband system according to an embodiment of the present invention
- FIG. 3 is a schematic diagram of a search space when it is continuous in the time domain according to an alternative embodiment of the present invention.
- FIG. 4 is a schematic diagram of a search space when it is discrete in the time domain according to an alternative embodiment of the present invention.
- FIG. 5 is a schematic diagram of time division multiplexing of different coverage types in a control region according to an alternative embodiment of the present invention.
- FIG. 6 is a schematic diagram of control and data time division multiplexing according to an alternative embodiment of the present invention, where time division multiplexing is no longer used in different coverage areas;
- FIG. 7 is a schematic diagram of different coverage time division multiplexing, control area and data division re-time division multiplexing in the same coverage according to an alternative embodiment of the present invention.
- FIG. 8 is a schematic diagram of control and data time division multiplexing and control region dispersion according to an alternative embodiment of the present invention.
- FIG. 9 is a schematic diagram of time division of a search space by different types, different messages, and different users/user groups according to an embodiment of the present invention.
- FIG. 10 is a schematic diagram of a downlink control channel indicating only a downlink sub-frame position in a same sub-band or sub-carrier position on a resource indication of a downlink traffic channel when the downlink resource channel is frequency-division multiplexed according to an optional embodiment of the present invention
- FIG. 11 is a schematic diagram of a downlink control channel indicating, on a resource indication, only the sub-bands occupy different sub-bands in different sub-bands and the starting subframes are the same when the downlink resource channel is frequency-division multiplexed according to an alternative embodiment of the present invention
- FIG. 12 is a downlink control channel for a downlink traffic channel simultaneously indicating a subsequent sub-frame position in the same sub-band or sub-carrier position and a cross-subband or subcarrier on the resource indication according to an alternative embodiment of the present invention.
- the carrier indicates a schematic diagram of occupying a subframe position in different sub-bands and starting subframes of different sub-bands are the same;
- FIG. 14 is a schematic diagram of Rin time domain candidate set locations having the same relative position within a window in accordance with an alternate embodiment of the present invention.
- FIG. 1 is a flowchart of a method for determining a search space in a narrowband system according to an embodiment of the present invention. As shown in FIG. 1, the flow includes the following steps. :
- Step S102 The terminal determines a narrowband search space location.
- Step S104 The terminal detects a narrowband downlink control channel in the determined narrowband search space, where the search space is in units of R subframes or subframe sets in the time domain, and the search space is in the frequency domain over the entire narrowband or narrowband M subframes.
- the carrier is a unit, where the set of R and M values is a positive integer, and the X subframes included in the subframe set are fixed by X or configurable by the base station.
- step S102 and step S104 in this embodiment are further explanations for the terminal to detect the search space of the narrowband downlink control channel.
- the search space in this embodiment generally refers to various application scenarios, such as inband inband, guard band guardband, standalone band standalone, and various overlay types, such as basic components of normal, medium, extreme, or basic components.
- the narrowband of the optional embodiment is 200 kHz or 180 kHz.
- the physical resource block PRB defined by LTE is used, corresponding to 180 kHz, and the narrowband is 1 PRB, wherein the number of subcarriers is 12.
- the subframe When cooperating with LTE in the time domain or working independently, the subframe uses LTE-defined subframes to contain 14 OFDM symbols and lasts for 1 ms in time, and the subframe set is fixed or predefined or base station configured several subframes, subframes
- the sub-frames included in the set are consecutive sub-frames or discrete sub-frames or consecutive or discrete sub-frames in a certain scheduling period or detection period, and the number of sub-frames may be selected as a set ⁇ 1, 2, 4, 6, 8, 10, 16, 20 ⁇ or a subset thereof.
- the base station configuration includes a manner of configuring the cell-specific type or the UE-specific type using SIB or RRC.
- the search space involved in the embodiment is configured by one or more high layer signaling, including at least one of the following: only a single process is supported, and the base station configures the terminal by using high layer signaling.
- a search space supporting multiple processes, the base station configures a search space for the terminal through high-level signaling; supports multiple processes, and the base station configures multiple search spaces for the terminal through high-level signaling, at least one of which is located in a different search from other processes.
- the base station configures a search space for the terminal through high-level signaling; supports multiple processes, and the base station configures a search space for the terminal through high-level signaling; supports multiple processes, and the base station uses high-level signaling
- the terminal configures a plurality of search spaces, wherein at least one of the processes is located in a different search space from the other processes; wherein the specific content of the search space is as described in the present invention.
- the scheduling control method for scheduling the downlink traffic channel or the uplink traffic channel in the search space includes the following at least One:
- the value of the first timing value set indicated by the downlink control information carried by the downlink control channel is determined; when the downlink traffic channel is scheduled, the first timing value set is preferably: ⁇ 0, 4, 8, 12, 16 , 20, 24, 28 ⁇ , or ⁇ 0, 4, 8, 12, 16, 32, 48, 64 ⁇ , or ⁇ 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8, 10 ⁇ , or R1 * ⁇ 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8, 10 ⁇ -R2; where R1 represents the number of repetitions of the scheduled downlink traffic channel and R2 represents the number of repetitions of the downlink control channel.
- the traffic channel scheduled when the downlink control information is the downlink grant is a downlink traffic channel.
- the first set of timing values is preferably: ⁇ 8, 12, 16, 20 ⁇ , or ⁇ 8, 12, 16, 32 ⁇ , or ⁇ 8, 10, 12, 14 ⁇ , or or or or
- R1 represents the number of repetitions of the scheduled uplink traffic channel
- R2 represents the number of repetitions of the downlink control channel.
- R1 represents the number of repetitions of the scheduled uplink traffic channel
- R2 represents the number of repetitions of the downlink control channel.
- N RU represents the number of resource elements included in the uplink traffic channel, where the value of N RU is set ⁇ 0, 1, 2, 3, 4 One of 5, 6, 8, 10 ⁇ .
- the traffic channel scheduled when the downlink control information is the uplink grant is an uplink traffic channel.
- the value in the second timing value set indicated by the downlink control information carried by the first downlink control channel is determined, and the downlink information indicated by the ith downlink control channel indicates the i-1th downlink control channel.
- the offset value of the service channel end subframe of the downlink control information scheduled by the bearer is determined, i is a positive integer greater than 1; when the downlink traffic channel is scheduled, the second timing set is ⁇ 0, 4, 8, 12, 16, 32, 64, 128 ⁇ or ⁇ 0, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024 ⁇ .
- the offset value is preferably selected from the third set of timing values, and the third set of timing values is preferably: ⁇ 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7 , 8 ⁇ , or ⁇ 0, 2, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12, 14 ⁇ , or ⁇ 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10 ⁇ , or ⁇ 0, 2, 4, 6, 8, 12, 16, 20 ⁇ , or ⁇ 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 8, 12, 16 ⁇ .
- the downlink control information carried by the i-th downlink control channel and the i-th downlink control channel are of the same type, that is, the downlink authorization is performed.
- the ith downlink control channel and the i-1th downlink control channel are both sent to the same UE.
- the traffic channel scheduled when the downlink control information is the downlink grant is a downlink traffic channel.
- the second timing set is ⁇ 8, 16, 32, 64 ⁇ .
- the offset value is preferably selected from the third set of timing values, and the third set of timing values is preferably: ⁇ 0, 1, 2, 3 ⁇ , or ⁇ 0, 2 4, 6 ⁇ , or ⁇ 0, 2, 6, 10 ⁇ , or ⁇ 0, 4, 8, 12 ⁇ , or ⁇ 0, 1, 3, 5 ⁇ .
- the downlink control information carried by the i-th downlink control channel and the i-th downlink control channel are of the same type, that is, the uplink authorization.
- the ith downlink control channel and the i-1th downlink control channel are both sent to the same UE.
- the traffic channel scheduled when the downlink control information is the uplink grant is an uplink traffic channel.
- the value in the second set of timing values indicated by the downlink control information carried by the first downlink control channel is determined, and the value in the first set of timing values indicated by the downlink information carried by the ith downlink control channel is determined. It is determined that i is a positive integer greater than one; when scheduling the downlink traffic channel, wherein the second timing set is ⁇ 0, 4, 8, 12, 16, 32, 64, 128 ⁇ or ⁇ 0, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024 ⁇ .
- the first set of timing values is preferably: ⁇ 0, 4, 8, 12, 16, 20, 24, 28 ⁇ , or ⁇ 0, 4, 8, 12, 16 , 32, 48, 64 ⁇ , or ⁇ 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8, 10 ⁇ , or R1* ⁇ 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8, 10 ⁇ -R2; where R1 represents the number of repetitions of the scheduled traffic channel and R2 represents the number of repetitions of the downlink control channel.
- the downlink control information carried by the i-th downlink control channel and the i-th downlink control channel are of the same type, that is, the downlink authorization is performed.
- the ith downlink control channel and the i-1th downlink control channel are both sent to the same UE.
- the traffic channel scheduled when the downlink control information is the downlink grant is a downlink traffic channel.
- the second timing set is ⁇ 8, 16, 32, 64 ⁇ .
- the first set of timing values is preferably: ⁇ 8, 12, 16, 20 ⁇ , or ⁇ 8, 12, 16, 32 ⁇ , or ⁇ 8, 10, 12, 14 ⁇ , or or or or
- R1 represents the number of repetitions of the scheduled uplink traffic channel
- R2 represents the number of repetitions of the downlink control channel. Indicates the time domain length when the uplink traffic channel is a single resource unit.
- N RU represents the number of resource elements included in the uplink traffic channel, where the value of N RU is set ⁇ 0, 1, 2, 3, 4 One of 5, 6, 8, 10 ⁇ .
- the downlink control information carried by the i-th downlink control channel and the i-th downlink control channel are of the same type, that is, the uplink authorization.
- the ith downlink control channel and the i-1th downlink control channel are both sent to the same UE.
- the traffic channel scheduled when the downlink control information is the uplink grant is an uplink traffic channel.
- the base station configures a search space for the terminal by using the high layer signaling, and the downlink control channel for scheduling the traffic channels of different processes is located in the same period, and the downlink control channel is scheduled to be downlinked in the search space.
- the scheduling timing determining method of the traffic channel or the uplink traffic channel includes at least one of the following:
- the value of the timing value set indicated by the downlink control information carried by the first downlink control channel is determined, and the timing reference point is the first downlink control channel end subframe; and the downlink control information carried by the second downlink control channel indicates The value in the set of timing values is determined, and the timing reference point is the end subframe of the traffic channel scheduled by the first downlink control channel.
- the timing reference point is the end subframe of the first downlink control channel; and carrying the traffic channel scheduled for the first downlink control channel
- the timing reference point of the channel for feeding back the ACK/NACK is the end subframe of the traffic channel scheduled by the second downlink control channel, and the offset value is The value in the set of timing values indicated by the downlink control information carried by the first downlink control channel is determined.
- the timing reference point is the end subframe of the first downlink control channel; and carrying the traffic channel scheduled for the first downlink control channel
- the timing reference point of the channel for feeding back the ACK/NACK is the ending subframe of the traffic channel scheduled by the second downlink control channel
- the offset value is determined by the value in the set of timing values indicated by the downlink control information carried by the first downlink control channel.
- the timing reference point of the channel carrying the ACK/NACK for the traffic channel scheduled by the second downlink control channel is the end subframe of the channel carrying the ACK/NACK for the traffic channel scheduled for the first downlink control channel, and the offset value is passed.
- the value of the set of timing values indicated by the downlink control information carried by the second downlink control channel is determined.
- the first downlink control channel is the same as the second downlink control channel type and has a search space in the same period.
- the first downlink control channel and the second downlink control channel are both channels carrying the downlink grant information for scheduling the downlink traffic channel, and are referred to as the same type.
- the first downlink control channel and the second downlink control channel are located in the same search space and are in the same period, and the period is a period that is satisfied by configuring the start subframe of the search space.
- the timing value set is a first timing value set or a second timing value set or a third timing value set.
- the first timing value set or the second timing value set or the third timing value set is a set in which the scheduled downlink traffic channel and the scheduled uplink traffic channel are not all the same set elements; or the first timing value set is set.
- the second timing value set or the third timing value set is a set that is different from the set element for scheduling the downlink traffic channel and scheduling the uplink traffic channel and indicating that the downlink traffic channel feedback ACK/NACK is delayed.
- the timing value set is preferably a second timing value set, or may be a first timing A set of values or a set of third timing values.
- the timing value set is preferably a third timing value set or a second timing value set or A set of values is taken at a certain time.
- the timing value set used by the downlink control information carried by the first downlink control channel for indicating the timing offset value of the channel of the ACK/NACK for the traffic channel scheduled by the first downlink control channel is preferably a third timing.
- the downlink control information carried by the second downlink control channel is used to indicate the timing offset value of the channel ACK/NACK channel of the traffic channel scheduled by the second downlink control channel, and the timing value set used is preferably the third timing value.
- the first timing value set or the second timing value set or the third timing value set is not the same set for the scheduled downlink traffic channel and the scheduled uplink traffic channel, and the specific set example is as follows. As described in the examples.
- the timing offset of the first timing value set or the second timing value set or the third timing value set for scheduling the downlink traffic channel and scheduling the uplink traffic channel and indicating the downlink traffic channel feedback ACK/NACK is The collection elements are not all the same collection. The specific collection examples are described in the specific examples below.
- the same UE detects more than one downlink control channel in the search space in the same period, and all of them carry downlink authorization information for scheduling the downlink traffic channel.
- the second timing value set is ⁇ 0, 4, 8, 12, 16, 32, 64, 128 ⁇ (when the set is for Rmax ⁇ 128, Rmax is the maximum number of repetitions of the downlink control channel) Or ⁇ 0, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024 ⁇ (this set is for Rmax ⁇ 128, Rmax is the maximum number of repetitions of the downlink control channel).
- the third set of timing values is preferably: ⁇ 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8 ⁇ , or ⁇ 0, 2, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12, 14 ⁇ , or ⁇ 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10 ⁇ , or ⁇ 0, 2, 4, 6, 8, 12, 16, 20 ⁇ , or ⁇ 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 8, 12, 16 ⁇ .
- the first set of timing values is preferably: ⁇ 0, 4, 8, 12, 16, 20, 24, 28 ⁇ , or ⁇ 0, 4, 8, 12, 16, 32, 48, 64 ⁇ , or ⁇ 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8, 10 ⁇ , or R1* ⁇ 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8, 10 ⁇ -R2; where R1 represents the scheduled downlink service The number of repetitions of the channel, and R2 represents the number of repetitions of the downlink control channel.
- the downlink control information carried by the first downlink control channel and the second downlink control channel are of the same type, that is, the downlink authorization is performed.
- the first downlink control channel and the second downlink control channel are both sent to the same UE.
- the traffic channel scheduled when the downlink control information is the downlink grant is a downlink traffic channel.
- the value of the timing value set indicated by the downlink control information carried by the first downlink control channel is determined, and the timing reference point is the end subframe of the first downlink control channel, and is at a minimum timing (eg, using a minimum interval of 4 ms, that is, Adding the value to the minimum timing n+5); determining the value in the timing value set indicated by the downlink control information carried by the second downlink control channel, and the timing reference point is the first downlink control channel scheduling
- the end subframe of the traffic channel may be added to the minimum timing basis, or the timing may be directly used to determine the timing without minimum timing.
- the value of the corresponding subframe is a available subframe or a physical subframe.
- the same UE detects only one downlink control channel in the search space in the same period, and performs downlink grant information for scheduling the downlink traffic channel.
- scheduling the downlink traffic channel only the second timing value set is used as ⁇ 0, 4, 8, 12, 16, 32, 64, 128 ⁇ or ⁇ 0, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024. ⁇ .
- the value of the timing value set indicated by the downlink control information carried by the downlink control channel is determined, and the timing reference point is the first downlink control channel end subframe, and is at a minimum timing (eg, using a minimum interval of 4 ms, that is, a minimum timing) Add the value based on n+5).
- the value of the corresponding subframe is a available subframe or a physical subframe.
- the second timing set is ⁇ 8, 16, 32, 64 ⁇ .
- the third set of timing values is preferably: ⁇ 0, 1, 2, 3 ⁇ , or ⁇ 0, 2, 4, 6 ⁇ , or ⁇ 0, 2, 6, 10 ⁇ , or ⁇ 0, 4, 8, 12 ⁇ , or ⁇ 0, 1, 3, 5 ⁇ .
- the first set of timing values is preferably: ⁇ 8, 12, 16, 20 ⁇ , or ⁇ 8, 12, 16, 32 ⁇ , or ⁇ 8, 10, 12, 14 ⁇ , or or or or
- R1 represents the number of repetitions of the scheduled uplink traffic channel
- R2 represents the number of repetitions of the downlink control channel.
- R1 represents the number of repetitions of the scheduled uplink traffic channel
- R2 represents the number of repetitions of the downlink control channel.
- N RU represents the number of resource elements included in the uplink traffic channel, where the value of N RU is set ⁇ 0, 1, 2, 3, 4 One of 5, 6, 8, 10 ⁇ .
- the downlink control information carried by the first downlink control channel and the second downlink control channel are of the same type, that is, the uplink authorization is performed.
- the first downlink control channel and the second downlink control channel are both sent to the same UE.
- the traffic channel scheduled when the downlink control information is the uplink grant is an uplink traffic channel.
- the value of the timing value set indicated by the downlink control information carried by the first downlink control channel is determined, and the timing reference point is the first downlink control channel end subframe; and the downlink control information carried by the second downlink control channel indicates The value in the set of timing values is determined, and the timing reference point is the end subframe of the traffic channel scheduled by the first downlink control channel, and the value may be added on the basis of the minimum timing, or may be directly used without minimum timing.
- the value is determined to determine the timing.
- only one downlink control channel is detected in the search space in the same period, and the uplink grant information for scheduling the uplink traffic channel is carried.
- the second timing value set is used as ⁇ 8, 16, 32, 64 ⁇ .
- the value of the timing value set indicated by the downlink control information carried by the downlink control channel is determined, and the timing reference point is the first downlink control channel end subframe.
- the second timing set is ⁇ 0, 8 ⁇ (the set is for a subcarrier spacing of 3.75 kHz) or ⁇ 0, 2, 4, 5 ⁇ (This set is for a subcarrier spacing of 15 kHz).
- the third timing set is preferably ⁇ 0, 1 ⁇ , or ⁇ 0, 2 ⁇ , or ⁇ 0, 4 ⁇ , or ⁇ 0, 6 ⁇ , or ⁇ 0, 10 ⁇ when the subcarrier spacing is 3.75 kHz.
- the subcarrier spacing When the subcarrier spacing is 15 kHz, it is preferably: ⁇ 0, 1, 2, 3 ⁇ , or ⁇ 0, 1, 2, 4 ⁇ , or ⁇ 0, 2, 4, 6 ⁇ , or ⁇ 0, 1, 3 , 4 ⁇ , or ⁇ 0, 1, 3, 5 ⁇ .
- the first timing set is preferably: ⁇ 0, 16 ⁇ , or ⁇ 0, 32 ⁇ , or ⁇ 0, 48 ⁇ , or ⁇ 0, 64 ⁇ when the subcarrier spacing is 3.75 kHz; the subcarrier spacing is 15 kHz.
- the time is preferably: ⁇ 0, 4, 8, 12 ⁇ , or ⁇ 0, 8, 16, 24 ⁇ , or ⁇ 0, 8, 16, 32 ⁇ , or ⁇ 0, 12, 24, 36 ⁇ , or ⁇ 0 , 12, 24, 48 ⁇ .
- the downlink control information carried by the first downlink control channel and the second downlink control channel are of the same type, that is, the downlink authorization is performed.
- the first downlink control channel and the second downlink control channel are both sent to the same UE.
- the traffic channel scheduled when the downlink control information is the downlink grant is a downlink traffic channel.
- the timing reference point is the end of the traffic channel scheduled by the second downlink control channel.
- the subframe may be added to the minimum timing interval (eg, with a minimum interval of 12 ms), or the timing may be directly used to determine the timing without minimum timing.
- the timing reference point is the bearer pair first downlink control channel.
- the end subframe of the channel for which the scheduled traffic channel feeds back the ACK/NACK may be added to the minimum timing interval (eg, using a minimum interval of 12 ms), or may be directly used to determine the timing without using the minimum timing. .
- the same UE detects only one downlink control channel in the search space in the same period, and performs downlink grant information for scheduling the downlink traffic channel.
- the second timing set is ⁇ 0, 8 ⁇ (the set is for the subcarrier spacing of 3.75 kHz) or ⁇ 0, 2, 4, 5 ⁇ (This set is for a subcarrier spacing of 15 kHz).
- the timing reference point is the end subframe of the traffic channel scheduled by the second downlink control channel, and is at the minimum timing interval ( The value is added on the basis of a minimum interval of 12 ms.
- the base station configures a search space for the terminal by using the high layer signaling, and the downlink control channels for scheduling different types of traffic channels are located in the same period, and the downlink control channel scheduling in the search space is different.
- the scheduling timing determination method of the type traffic channel includes at least one of the following:
- timing reference The point is the first downlink control channel end subframe; the value is determined by the timing value set indicated by the downlink control information carried by the second downlink control channel, and the timing reference point is the end of the traffic channel scheduled by the first downlink control channel. Subframe.
- the value of the timing value set indicated by the downlink control information carried by the first downlink control channel is determined, and the timing reference point is the first downlink control channel end subframe; and the downlink control information carried by the second downlink control channel indicates The value in the set of timing values is determined.
- the timing reference point is an end subframe of a channel carrying ACK/NACK for the traffic channel scheduled for the first downlink control channel.
- the timing reference point is the end subframe of the first downlink control channel; and carrying the traffic channel scheduled for the first downlink control channel
- the timing reference point of the channel for feeding back the ACK/NACK is the ending subframe of the traffic channel scheduled by the second downlink control channel, and the offset value is determined by the value in the set of timing values indicated by the downlink control information carried by the first downlink control channel.
- the first downlink control channel is different from the second downlink control channel type and has a search space in the same period.
- the first downlink control channel is a channel that carries downlink grant information for scheduling a downlink traffic channel
- the second downlink control channel is a channel that carries uplink grant information for scheduling an uplink traffic channel, and is called a different type.
- the first downlink control channel is a channel carrying uplink grant information for scheduling an uplink traffic channel
- the second downlink control channel is a channel carrying downlink grant information for scheduling a downlink traffic channel, which is called a type.
- the first downlink control channel and the second downlink control channel are located in the same search space and are in the same period, and the period is a period that is satisfied by configuring the start subframe of the search space.
- the timing value set is a first timing value set or a second timing value set or a third timing value set.
- the first timing value set or the second timing value set or the third timing value set is a set in which the scheduled downlink traffic channel and the scheduled uplink traffic channel are not all the same set elements; or the first timing value set is set.
- the second timing value set or the third timing value set is a set that is different from the set element for scheduling the downlink traffic channel and scheduling the uplink traffic channel and indicating that the downlink traffic channel feedback ACK/NACK is delayed.
- the timing value set is preferably a second timing value set, or may be a first timing A set of values or a set of third timing values.
- the timing value set is preferably a third timing value set or a second timing value set or A set of values is taken at a certain time.
- the timing value set used by the downlink control information carried by the first downlink control channel for indicating the timing offset value of the channel of the ACK/NACK for the traffic channel scheduled by the first downlink control channel is preferably a third timing.
- the first timing value set or the second timing value set or the third timing value set is not the same set for the scheduled downlink traffic channel and the scheduled uplink traffic channel, and the specific set example is as follows.
- the timing offset of the first timing value set or the second timing value set or the third timing value set for scheduling the downlink traffic channel and scheduling the uplink traffic channel and indicating the downlink traffic channel feedback ACK/NACK is The collection elements are not all the same collection. The specific collection examples are described in the specific examples below.
- the same UE detects more than one downlink control channel in the search space in the same period, and one of them is the downlink grant information that carries the scheduled downlink traffic channel, and the other is the uplink grant information that carries the scheduled uplink traffic channel.
- the downlink control channel is scheduled by the first downlink control channel, where the second timing value set is ⁇ 0, 4, 8, 12, 16, 32, 64, 128 ⁇ (when the set is Rmax ⁇ 128, Rmax is downlink) The maximum number of repetitions of the control channel) or ⁇ 0, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024 ⁇ (when Rmax ⁇ 128, Rmax is the maximum number of repetitions of the downlink control channel).
- the third set of timing values is preferably: ⁇ 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8 ⁇ , or ⁇ 0, 2, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12, 14 ⁇ , or ⁇ 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10 ⁇ , or ⁇ 0, 2, 4, 6, 8, 12, 16, 20 ⁇ , or ⁇ 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 8, 12, 16 ⁇ .
- the first set of timing values is preferably: ⁇ 0, 4, 8, 12, 16, 20, 24, 28 ⁇ , or ⁇ 0, 4, 8, 12, 16, 32, 48, 64 ⁇ , or ⁇ 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8, 10 ⁇ , or R1* ⁇ 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8, 10 ⁇ -R2; where R1 represents the scheduled downlink service The number of repetitions of the channel, and R2 represents the number of repetitions of the downlink control channel.
- the value of the timing value set indicated by the downlink control information carried by the first downlink control channel is determined, and the timing reference point is the end subframe of the first downlink control channel, which may be at a minimum timing (eg, using a minimum interval of 4 ms, that is, Adding the value to the minimum timing n+5) may also directly add the value without using a minimum timing, where the corresponding subframe is a available subframe or a physical subframe.
- the second timing set is ⁇ 8, 16, 32, 64 ⁇ .
- the third set of timing values is preferably: ⁇ 0, 1, 2, 3 ⁇ , or ⁇ 0, 2, 4, 6 ⁇ , or ⁇ 0, 2, 6, 10 ⁇ , or ⁇ 0, 4, 8, 12 ⁇ , or ⁇ 0, 1, 3, 5 ⁇ .
- the first set of timing values is preferably: ⁇ 8, 12, 16, 20 ⁇ , or ⁇ 8, 12, 16, 32 ⁇ , or ⁇ 8, 10, 12, 14 ⁇ , or or or or
- R1 represents the number of repetitions of the scheduled uplink traffic channel
- R2 represents the number of repetitions of the downlink control channel. Indicates the time domain length when the uplink traffic channel is a single resource unit.
- N RU represents the number of resource elements included in the uplink traffic channel, where the value of N RU is set ⁇ 0, 1, 2, 3, 4 One of 5, 6, 8, 10 ⁇ .
- the value of the timing value set indicated by the downlink control information carried by the second downlink control channel is determined, and the timing reference point is the end subframe of the traffic channel scheduled by the first downlink control channel; or the timing reference point is the bearer pair.
- the traffic channel scheduled by the downlink control channel feeds back the end subframe of the ACK/NACK channel.
- the value may be added to the minimum timing or the timing may be directly determined using the value without minimum timing.
- the downlink control information carried by the first downlink control channel and the second downlink control channel is different.
- the first downlink control channel and the second downlink control channel are both sent to the same UE.
- the traffic channel scheduled when the downlink control information is the downlink grant is a downlink traffic channel.
- the traffic channel scheduled when the downlink control information is the uplink grant is an uplink traffic channel.
- the uplink traffic channel is scheduled for the first downlink control channel, and the downlink traffic channel is also applicable to the second downlink control channel, and details are not described herein.
- the same UE detects more than one downlink control channel in the search space in the same period, and one of them is the downlink grant information that carries the scheduled downlink traffic channel, and the other is the uplink grant information that carries the scheduled uplink traffic channel.
- the first downlink control channel schedules the downlink traffic channel, where the second timing value set is ⁇ 0, 4, 8, 12, 16, 32, 64, 128 ⁇ (when the set is for Rmax ⁇ 128, Rmax is downlink) The maximum number of repetitions of the control channel) or ⁇ 0, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024 ⁇ (when Rmax ⁇ 128, Rmax is the maximum number of repetitions of the downlink control channel).
- the third set of timing values is preferably: ⁇ 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8 ⁇ , or ⁇ 0, 2, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12, 14 ⁇ , or ⁇ 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10 ⁇ , or ⁇ 0, 2, 4, 6, 8, 12, 16, 20 ⁇ , or ⁇ 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 8, 12, 16 ⁇ .
- the first set of timing values is preferably: ⁇ 0, 4, 8, 12, 16, 20, 24, 28 ⁇ , or ⁇ 0, 4, 8, 12, 16, 32, 48, 64 ⁇ , or ⁇ 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8, 10 ⁇ , or R1* ⁇ 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8, 10 ⁇ -R2; where R1 represents the scheduled downlink service The number of repetitions of the channel, and R2 represents the number of repetitions of the downlink control channel.
- the value of the timing value set indicated by the downlink control information carried by the first downlink control channel is determined, and the timing reference point is the end subframe of the first downlink control channel, which may be at a minimum timing (eg, using a minimum interval of 4 ms, that is, Adding the value to the minimum timing n+5) may also directly add the value without using a minimum timing, where the corresponding subframe is a available subframe or a physical subframe.
- the second timing set is ⁇ 8, 16, 32, 64 ⁇ .
- the third set of timing values is preferably: ⁇ 0, 1, 2, 3 ⁇ , or ⁇ 0, 2, 4, 6 ⁇ , or ⁇ 0, 2, 6, 10 ⁇ , or ⁇ 0, 4, 8, 12 ⁇ , or ⁇ 0, 1, 3, 5 ⁇ .
- the first set of timing values is preferably: ⁇ 8, 12, 16, 20 ⁇ , or ⁇ 8, 12, 16, 32 ⁇ , or ⁇ 8, 10, 12, 14 ⁇ , or or or or
- R1 represents the number of repetitions of the scheduled uplink traffic channel
- R2 represents the number of repetitions of the downlink control channel. Indicates the time domain length when the uplink traffic channel is a single resource unit.
- N RU represents the number of resource elements included in the uplink traffic channel, where the value of N RU is set ⁇ 0, 1, 2, 3, 4 One of 5, 6, 8, 10 ⁇ .
- the value of the timing value set indicated by the downlink control information carried by the second downlink control channel is determined, and the timing reference point is the end subframe of the second downlink control channel.
- the timing reference point of the channel carrying the ACK/NACK for the traffic channel scheduled by the first downlink control channel is the end subframe of the traffic channel scheduled by the second downlink control channel, and the offset value is carried by the first downlink control channel.
- the value in the set of timing values indicated by the downlink control information is determined.
- the value set is a third timing value set or a second timing value set or a first timing value set, where the second timing value set is ⁇ 0, 8 ⁇ (the set is for a subcarrier spacing of 3.75 kHz) Time) or ⁇ 0, 2, 4, 5 ⁇ (this set is for a subcarrier spacing of 15 kHz).
- the third timing set is preferably ⁇ 0, 1 ⁇ , or ⁇ 0, 2 ⁇ , or ⁇ 0, 4 ⁇ , or ⁇ 0, 6 ⁇ , or ⁇ 0, 10 ⁇ when the subcarrier spacing is 3.75 kHz.
- the subcarrier spacing When the subcarrier spacing is 15 kHz, it is preferably: ⁇ 0, 1, 2, 3 ⁇ , or ⁇ 0, 1, 2, 4 ⁇ , or ⁇ 0, 2, 4, 6 ⁇ , or ⁇ 0, 1, 3 , 4 ⁇ , or ⁇ 0, 1, 3, 5 ⁇ .
- the first timing set is preferably: ⁇ 0, 16 ⁇ , or ⁇ 0, 32 ⁇ , or ⁇ 0, 48 ⁇ , or ⁇ 0, 64 ⁇ when the subcarrier spacing is 3.75 kHz; the subcarrier spacing is 15 kHz.
- the time is preferably: ⁇ 0, 4, 8, 12 ⁇ , or ⁇ 0, 8, 16, 24 ⁇ , or ⁇ 0, 8, 16, 32 ⁇ , or ⁇ 0, 12, 24, 36 ⁇ , or ⁇ 0 , 12, 24, 48 ⁇ .
- the value may be added to the minimum timing or the timing may be directly determined using the value without minimum timing.
- the downlink control information carried by the first downlink control channel and the second downlink control channel is different.
- the first downlink control channel and the second downlink control channel are both sent to the same UE.
- the traffic channel scheduled when the downlink control information is the downlink grant is a downlink traffic channel.
- the traffic channel scheduled when the downlink control information is the uplink grant is an uplink traffic channel.
- the uplink traffic channel is scheduled for the first downlink control channel, and the downlink traffic channel is also applicable to the second downlink control channel, and details are not described herein.
- the search space involved in this embodiment is continuous or discrete in the time domain, and
- the coverage type supported by the search space includes one or more types, each coverage type corresponding to a unique R value or a set including multiple R values, and R represents the number of repetitions of the downlink control channel.
- the normal coverage corresponds to R1
- the medium coverage corresponds to R2
- the extreme coverage corresponds to R3
- the coverage type supports an R value set
- each value set is independent of each other, such as normal coverage corresponds to ⁇ R1, R2, R3, R4 ⁇
- medium coverage corresponds to ⁇ R5, R6, R7, R8 ⁇
- extreme coverage corresponds to ⁇ R9, R10, R11, R12 ⁇
- each value set overlaps with each other, such as normal coverage corresponding to ⁇ R1, R2, R3, R4 ⁇
- medium coverage corresponds to ⁇ R3, R4, R5, R6 ⁇
- extreme coverage corresponds to ⁇ R5 , R6, R7, R8 ⁇ .
- the search space is continuous in the time domain in this embodiment, it may be included that the search space is continuous in units of subframe sets and/or the search space is continuous in units of subframes. Based on this, the search space is determined by at least one of the following parameters: a starting subframe, a number of repetitions or a number of subframes, a detection period, a sub-band or a sub-carrier position, wherein the parameters of the search space are determined to be predefined configurations or fixed. Or base station configuration. It should be noted that the fixed means that the parameter of the search space is not required to be configured by the base station, and is directly determined to be a fixed value in the standard.
- the base station configuration may be configured by using an SIB or an RRC, for example, a starting subframe in the configuration parameter: (1) determining by a period (such as a first subframe in a period); (2) or determining a period + offset; Length: the number of repetitions (regardless of whether there is a subframe set, the number of repetitions is the number of repetitions in units of subframes or subframes) or the number of subframes (the number of repetitions is equal to the number of subframes when there is no subframe set), when When there are multiple Rs in the search space, the value is based on the maximum value Rmax of R.
- the subframe used by the repetition may be a physical subframe or a usable subframe; period: the parameter needs to be greater than Rmax.
- Resources for example, configuration ⁇ subframe number S, number of subcarriers C ⁇ ; for example: ⁇ 8 subframe, 3 subcarrier ⁇ , ⁇ 16 subframe, 3 subcarrier ⁇ , ⁇ 32 subframe, 3 subcarrier ⁇ ; ⁇ 4 subframe, 6 subcarrier ⁇ , ⁇ 8 subframe, 6 subcarrier ⁇ , ⁇ 16 subframe, 6 subcarrier ⁇ , etc.
- the value set of the period corresponding to the start subframe of the start subframe mentioned above is determined according to the coverage type, and the value is configured or fixed by the base station.
- offset value offset determines the set of values or values according to the coverage type and or period, which is configured or fixed by the base station or implicitly determined according to the period. Both the period and the offset value can exist, or only the period has no offset value.
- the value set of the period corresponding to the start subframe is determined according to the coverage type, and the value is configured or fixed by the base station.
- the coverage type set corresponding to the coverage type x3 (such as the extreme coverage) is ⁇ M10, M9, M8, M7 ⁇ .
- one of the values is configured (signaled by the SIB or RRC) to notify the terminal of the period. Value, at this time, the signaling uses 2 bits to indicate the values of the four periods.
- the coverage type x2 (such as medium coverage) corresponds to a case where the set of period values has an intersection with the coverage type x3, such as ⁇ M8, M7, M6, M5 ⁇ or no overlap with the coverage type x3, such as ⁇ M6, M5, M4, M3 ⁇ , configure one of the values through the SIB or RRC to inform the terminal of the period value.
- the number of elements in the above set is only an example.
- the period value is, for example, 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256 ms or 10, 20, 30, 40, 80, 100 ms, or the like.
- the offset value offset determines the set of values or values according to the coverage type and or the period, which is configured by the base station or fixed or implicitly determined according to the period.
- the offset value set corresponding to the coverage type x3 (eg, extreme coverage) is ⁇ z1, z2, z3, z4 ⁇ .
- one of the values is configured by the SIB or RRC to notify the terminal of the offset value.
- the base station configuration period is the set of Mi or Mi
- the offset corresponds to the set of zi or zi
- the value or the set of values is determined according to the implicit correspondence table 2, and when determined as the set of values, the base station is determined.
- One of the values is configured. It should be noted that when there is no offset value in the configuration period only, the value of the zi is 0.
- the value set of the period corresponding to the start subframe of the search space in which the downlink control channel carrying the UL grant is located is determined according to at least one of the coverage type and the uplink traffic channel PUSCH format, and the value is configured or fixed by the base station, and/ Or the offset value offset determines the value set or the value according to at least one of the coverage type, the period, and the uplink traffic channel PUSCH format, which is configured by the base station or fixed or implicitly determined according to the period.
- the PUSCH format includes: a single tone transmission format, and a multiple tones transmission format, wherein the single tone transmission format is further divided into a single tone transmission format with different subcarrier spacings.
- the value set of the period corresponding to the start subframe of the search space where the downlink control channel carrying the UL grant is located is determined according to at least one of the coverage type and the uplink traffic channel PUSCH format, and the value is configured or fixed by the base station, for example, the coverage type.
- the set of period values corresponding to the single tone PUSCH format is ⁇ M10, M9, M8, M7 ⁇ .
- one of the values is configured (signaled by SIB or RRC) to notify the terminal of the period.
- the value is taken.
- the signaling uses 2 bits to indicate the values of the four periods.
- the case where the period value set corresponding to the multiple tones PUSCH format is an intersection with the period corresponding to the single tone PUSCH format, such as ⁇ M8, M7, M6, M5 ⁇ or the case where there is no intersection, such as ⁇ M6, M5, M4, M3 ⁇
- One of the values is configured by the SIB or RRC to notify the terminal of the period value.
- the PUSCH format corresponding to the subcarrier spacing different from the single tone such as 3.75 kHz and 15 kHz.
- the offset value offset determines the value set or the value according to at least one of the coverage type, the period, and the uplink traffic channel PUSCH format, which is configured by the base station or fixed or implicitly determined according to the period.
- the coverage type x3 such as the extreme coverage
- the set of offset values corresponding to the single tone PUSCH format is ⁇ z1, z2, z3, z4 ⁇ .
- one of the values is configured by the SIB or RRC to notify the terminal of the offset value.
- the base station configuration period is the set of Mi or Mi
- the offset corresponds to the set of zi or zi
- the value or the set of values is determined according to the implicit correspondence table 2, and when determined as the set of values, the base station is determined.
- the elements in the M-value set used by different coverage types may be the same or different or partially identical.
- a set of values of 2. ⁇ X ⁇ M, offset ⁇ is indicated.
- the set of values ⁇ (M0, offset 0), (M1, offset 1), (M2, offset 2), (M3, offset 3), (M4, offset 4), (M5, offset 5) are used.
- the subframe set size involved in this embodiment is determined by a fixed or base station configuration.
- the starting subframe is the first subframe of the subframe set.
- the subframe used for repeated transmission and the Aggregation Level (AL) are included in one of the following ways:
- the search space involved in the embodiment includes at least an uplink control search space of an uplink grant UL grant and a downlink control search space of a downlink grant DL grant.
- the resources used by the uplink control search space and the downlink control search space are completely different resources or resources that are independently configured.
- the resource may be a partial subcarrier or a partial OFDM symbol or a partial control channel unit or a subframe or a subframe.
- the set is followed by a sub-frame as an example.
- the subframe resources in the downlink search space are configured in units of available subframes, and the subframe resources used in the uplink search space are not defined in the subframes; or the available subframes in the uplink search space are defined.
- the downlink search space is used to avoid the use of subframes after the uplink search space is available.
- the uplink search space uses the subframe resource and the downlink search space uses resources are independently configured by the base station, and the configuration subframes may be identical or partially identical or completely different.
- the manner in which the terminal detects the initial control channel unit in the search space includes base station configuration or iteration between sub-frames or radio frames or detection windows or search spaces according to a hash function.
- the same control channel unit is used in each subframe/subframe of the repeated transmission.
- Repeated transmission of each subframe uses the same ECCE, which is the same as the first subframe; Alt2-2: in the search space (Rmax) or radio frame.
- Hash calculation repeated transmission of each subframe uses the same ECCE, the same as the first sub-frame.
- composition form of the candidate set in the search space includes one of the following modes:
- the candidate set is composed of one or more aggregation levels and multiple repetition times, and the starting subframes corresponding to the candidate sets of different repetition times are the same;
- the candidate set is composed of one or more aggregation levels and multiple repetition times, and the start subframe corresponding to the candidate set of different repetition times is different, and the candidate set corresponding to the non-maximum repetition number is multiple in the search space;
- the candidate set consists of multiple aggregation levels and one repetition number
- the candidate set is composed of an aggregation level, wherein the candidate set occupies all control channel units of the search space;
- the aggregation level corresponding to the candidate set is determined according to different application scenarios, where the scenario includes at least: an Inband scenario and a standalone/guardband scenario.
- some or all resources are used in the window in units of detection windows or scheduling windows when the search space is discrete in the time domain; or, the search space is discrete in the time domain.
- the downlink control channel is repeatedly transmitted, part or all of the resources are used in the window in units of detection windows or scheduling windows, and time domain repetition is performed in the window and/or between the windows.
- this method is preferred for large coverage; in Normal coverage, the preferred search space is continuously included in the time domain: the search space is continuous in units of subframe sets and/or the search space is continuous in subframes. ; and used in large coverage.
- the downlink control channel is time-division multiplexed with the downlink traffic channel, or the resources used by different coverage types of the downlink control channel are time-division multiplexed.
- the number of subframes in the search window in the detection window is not repeated or the number of repetitions can be pre-configured.
- the search space is determined by at least one of the following parameters: a starting subframe, a subframe set, a repetition number, a scheduling window or a number of repetitions in the detection window, a detection period, a sub-band or a sub-carrier position, wherein the search space is determined.
- the parameters are predefined or fixed Or base station configuration.
- the search space may have only one detection window, and the subframe or subframe set is in the defined repetition window, and the repetition number indicates the repetition number of the repetition window, and the repetition is repeated when the transmission is repeated.
- the window is repeatedly transmitted R times in units, and is repeatedly transmitted R times in the detection window. That is, the repeating window length is greater than the subframe set length, but smaller than the detection window length.
- the manner in which the terminal detects the initial control channel unit in the search space includes: fixed or base station configuration or iterating between subframes or radio frames or detection windows or search spaces according to a hash function, where the transmission is repeated The same control channel unit is used in each subframe/subframe in which the transmission is repeated.
- the manner in which the base station is configured includes: the user equipment UE-specific RRC configuration start + offset, and all UEs start the same.
- the initial control channel unit index needs to be configured, such as configuring a direct index of the control channel unit in the search space, or configuring a control channel unit start index and offset in the search space.
- composition of the candidate set in the search space includes one of the following ways:
- the candidate set is composed of one or more aggregation levels and multiple repetition times, and the starting subframes corresponding to the candidate sets of different repetition times are the same;
- the candidate set is composed of one or more aggregation levels and multiple repetition times, and the start subframe corresponding to the candidate set of different repetition times is different, and the candidate set corresponding to the non-maximum repetition number is multiple in the search space;
- a candidate set consists of multiple aggregation levels and one repetition number.
- the candidate set is composed of an aggregation level, wherein the candidate set occupies all control channel units of the search space;
- the aggregation level corresponding to the candidate set is determined according to different application scenarios.
- the scenario includes at least an Inband scenario and a standalone/guardband scenario, and the total number of candidate sets corresponding to each scenario is the same.
- the number of the candidate sets is determined according to different scenarios, and the determined manner includes: the sum of the number of candidate sets corresponding to different scenarios is the same, and the number of candidate sets corresponding to different scenarios is determined independently;
- the number of repetitions involved in the embodiment is determined by the number of repetitions between windows, or by the number of repetitions in the window and the number of repetitions between windows.
- the search space involved in this embodiment is time-division multiplexed with different types, different messages, or different users/user groups.
- the frequency division multiplexing method includes at least one of the following: frequency division multiplexing FDM between channels of the same type, FDM between different types of channels, and different coverage types. Inter-FDM, FDM between different message types, and different types of channels are multiplexed in units of enhanced control channel elements ECCE.
- the manner in which the downlink control channel scheduling indicates the downlink traffic channel in the frequency division multiplexing includes at least one of the following:
- Sub-subbands or subcarriers indicate occupied subframe positions in different subbands
- the interval between the start subframe of the downlink traffic channel and the end subframe of the downlink control channel is in a subframe or a scheduling window, where the start of the downlink traffic channel
- the value of the interval between the subframe and the downlink control channel end subframe is a fixed value or a variable value; wherein the value range of the variable value is determined according to at least one of the following parameters: detection period, scheduling window, and coverage Type, physical uplink shared channel PUSCH format.
- the value range is a limited set of values, and the elements in the set are determined according to at least one of a detection period, a scheduling window, an overlay level, and a PUSCH format single tone.
- the range of the value set of k is determined by not exceeding the detection period and the size of the scheduling window. For example, when the detection period is M, the value k is not greater than M, and when the coverage type is determined by the coverage type, different coverage types correspond to respective variable ranges.
- the value value set such as the coverage type x3 corresponding to the k value set ⁇ k0, k1, k2, k3, k4, k5, k6, k7 ⁇ , the coverage type x2 corresponding to the k value set and the x3 corresponding value set have an intersection
- the set of values corresponding to ⁇ k4, k5, k6, k7, k8, k9, k10, k11 ⁇ or its non-intersection is ⁇ k8, k9, k10, k11, k12, k13, k14, k15 ⁇ ; the same applies to Different PUSCH formats correspond to respective sets of variable value values.
- the PUSCH format is as described previously.
- the downlink control channel end subframe is subframe n
- the start subframe of the downlink traffic channel is n+k.
- k is a fixed value or signaling.
- the variable value, k set of values is preferably an integer greater than zero.
- the scheduling window is used as the interval
- the downlink control channel end subframe is the subframe n
- the scheduling window is m
- the starting subframe of the downlink traffic channel is n+k
- the scheduling window is m+u, where u is greater than An integer equal to 0, where u is a fixed value or a signaled variable value.
- the signaling is physical layer signaling DCI or higher layer signaling SIB or RRC.
- the scheduling window length is the same or independently determined when the uplink single carrier single tone transmission channel of different subcarrier intervals is different; wherein, the uplink grant UL grant indicates that the uplink traffic channel is in the window.
- the starting subframe position is the same or independently determined when the uplink single carrier single tone transmission channel of different subcarrier intervals.
- the uplink grant UL grant indicates uplink single carrier transmission of different subcarrier spacing sizes. For example, 1 bit is used to indicate uplink single carrier transmission of two different subcarrier spacing sizes, such as 3.75 kHz and 15 kHz, or 2.5 kHz and 15 kHz.
- the uplink grant UL grant uses the same resource allocation indication bit field for uplink single carrier transmission of different subcarrier spacing sizes; in addition, the resource allocation bit field size is the same for uplink single carrier transmission with different subcarrier spacing sizes. .
- the uplink single carrier transmission for the smaller subcarrier spacing is numbered 0-X minimum basic allocation units according to the order in the frequency domain, and is used. The bit indicates one of them.
- the uplink single carrier transmission for a larger subcarrier interval is numbered 0-X minimum basic allocation units according to the order of the first frequency domain or the time domain of the first time domain. The bit indicates one of them.
- the downlink control channel end subframe is subframe n
- the initial subframe of the uplink traffic channel is n+k
- the scheduling interval that is, k children.
- the frame, k is a fixed value or a signaled variable value
- the k-value set is preferably an integer greater than zero.
- the scheduling window is used as the interval
- the downlink control channel end subframe is the subframe n
- the scheduling window is m
- the initial subframe of the uplink traffic channel is n+k
- the scheduling window is m+u, where u is greater than An integer equal to 0, where u is a fixed value or a signaled variable value.
- the signaling is physical layer signaling DCI or higher layer signaling SIB or RRC.
- the value of u when the scheduling interval is defined by the scheduling window is a fixed value.
- the scheduling window has a length N (representing N subframes or N TTIs or N milliseconds), and the value of N is preferably an element in the set ⁇ 1, 2, 4, 8, 10, 16, 20, 30, 32, 40, 48 ⁇ Or an integer multiple thereof.
- the scheduling window length N is a fixed value or the base station is configured through SIB or RRC.
- the scheduling window length is the same when the uplink single carrier transmission channels of different subcarrier intervals are the same, for example, the uplink single carrier has two types of 15Khz and 3.75kHz, and both use the same scheduling window length N.
- the PUSCH starting subframe is the starting subframe of the scheduling window
- the PUSCH starting subframe is the starting subframe of the scheduling window.
- a partial position in the scheduling window as a starting subframe for example, ⁇ 0, 1/4, 2/4, 3/4 ⁇ N, preferably indicating a starting subframe in the scheduling window of the PUSCH by 2 bits in the UL grant position.
- the scheduling window length corresponding to the uplink single-carrier transmission of different sub-carrier intervals is independently determined, for example, adopting different fixed values, or the base station respectively passes The independent configuration signaling notifies the value of the scheduling window.
- the initial subframe determination manner of the uplink single carrier transmission PUSCH for different subcarrier intervals is, preferably, the starting subframe of the respective scheduling window. It is also possible to further specify the starting subframe position within the window by the UL grant.
- the search space is determined in the narrowband system, and the time-division transmission achieves the effect of reducing the blocking rate between the downlink control channels corresponding to different message types and different coverage types, thereby saving unnecessary resource waste. Improve resource use efficiency.
- the method according to the above embodiment can be implemented by means of software plus a necessary general hardware platform, and of course, by hardware, but in many cases, the former is A better implementation.
- the technical solution of the present invention which is essential or contributes to the prior art, may be embodied in the form of a software product stored in a storage medium (such as ROM/RAM, disk,
- the optical disc includes a number of instructions for causing a terminal device (which may be a cell phone, a computer, a server, or a network device, etc.) to perform the methods described in various embodiments of the present invention.
- a device for determining a search space in a narrowband system is also provided.
- the device is used to implement the foregoing embodiments and preferred embodiments, and details are not described herein.
- the term "module” may implement a combination of software and/or hardware of a predetermined function.
- the apparatus described in the following embodiments is preferably implemented in software, hardware, or a combination of software and hardware, is also possible and contemplated.
- the device includes: an identification module 22 configured to identify a narrowband downlink control channel; a detection module 24, and an identification module a coupling connection is set to detect a search space in which the narrowband downlink control channel is located, and the terminal detects a narrowband downlink control channel in the determined narrowband search space, wherein the search space is searched in units of R subframes or subframes in the time domain.
- the space is in the frequency domain of M subcarriers in the entire narrowband or narrowband.
- the R and M value sets are positive integers, and the X subframes included in the subframe set are fixed in X or configurable in the base station.
- the search space in this embodiment is continuous or discrete in the time domain, where the coverage type supported by the search space includes one or more types, and each coverage type corresponds to a unique R value or one includes multiple R acquisitions.
- a set of values, R represents the number of repetitions of the downlink control channel.
- the search space continuously includes in the time domain: the search space is continuously in units of subframe sets And/or the search space is continuous in units of subframes.
- the search space is determined by at least one of the following parameters: a start subframe, a subframe set size, a repetition number or a number of subframes, a detection period, a sub-band or a sub-carrier position, wherein, the parameters determining the search space are predefined or fixed or base station configurations.
- the value set of the period corresponding to the start subframe involved is determined according to the coverage type, and the value of the period corresponding to the start subframe is configured or fixed by the base station; and/or the value set of the offset value offset or The value is determined according to the coverage type and/or the period; or, the value of the offset value offset is configured by the base station or fixed or determined according to the period.
- the value set of the period corresponding to the start subframe of the search space where the downlink control channel carrying the UL grant is located is determined according to at least one of the following: the coverage type, the uplink traffic channel PUSCH format, and the search space where the downlink control channel carrying the UL grant is located.
- the value of the period corresponding to the start subframe is configured or fixed by the base station; and/or the value set or value of the offset value offset is determined according to at least one of the following: coverage type, period, uplink traffic channel PUSCH format; Or, the value of the offset value offset is configured by the base station or fixed or implicitly determined according to the period. Wherein, in the case of a large coverage type, the period M and/or the offset value offset is greater than the value of the small coverage type.
- the subframe set size in this embodiment is determined by a fixed or base station configuration.
- the starting subframe is the first subframe of the subframe set.
- the search space includes at least an uplink control search space of an uplink grant UL grant and a downlink control search space of a downlink grant DL grant, where the uplink control search space and the downlink control search space
- the resources used are completely different resources or resources that are independently configured.
- composition form of the candidate set in the search space involved in the embodiment includes one of the following manners: the candidate set is composed of one or more aggregation levels and multiple repetition times, and the candidate sets of different repetition times correspond to The starting subframes are the same; the candidate set is composed of one or more aggregation levels and multiple repetition times, and the candidate sets of different repetition times correspond to The starting subframes are different, and the candidate set corresponding to the non-maximum number of repetitions has multiple in the search space; the candidate set is composed of multiple aggregation levels and one repetition number; the candidate set is composed of one aggregation level, wherein the candidate The set occupies all the control channel units of the search space; the aggregation level corresponding to the candidate set is determined according to different application scenarios, wherein the application scenario includes at least: an inband inband scene, a standalone band standalone, and a guard band guardband scene.
- the detection window or The dispatch window is a unit that uses some or all of the resources within the window and performs time domain repeats within the window and/or between the windows.
- the downlink control channel is time-division multiplexed with the downlink traffic channel, or the resources used by different coverage types of the downlink control channel are time-division multiplexed.
- the number of subframes in the search window in the detection window is not repeated or the number of repetitions can be pre-configured.
- the search space is determined by at least one of the following parameters: a starting subframe, a subframe set, a repetition number, a scheduling window or a number of repetitions in the detection window, a repetition window length, a detection period, a sub-band or a sub-carrier position, wherein the search is determined
- the way of space is predefined or fixed or base station configuration.
- the manner in which the terminal detects the initial control channel unit in the search space includes: fixed or base station configuration or iterating between a subframe or a subframe set or a radio frame or a detection window or a search space according to a hash function, where During transmission, the same control channel unit is used in each subframe/subframe in the repeated transmission.
- the configuration of the base station includes: user equipment UE-specific radio resource control RRC configuration start index and/or offset value offset, all UEs The same is true.
- the composition form of the candidate set in the search space includes one of the following manners: the candidate set is composed of one or more aggregation levels and multiple repetition times, and the start subframe corresponding to the candidate set of different repetition times is the same;
- the candidate set is composed of one or more aggregation levels and multiple repetition times, and the start subframe corresponding to the candidate set of different repetition times is different, and the candidate set corresponding to the non-maximum repetition number is multiple in the search space;
- the candidate set is composed of multiple aggregation levels and one repetition number;
- the candidate set is composed of one aggregation level, wherein the candidate set occupies all control channel units in the search space;
- the aggregation level corresponding to the candidate set is determined according to different application scenarios, wherein The application scenario includes at least: an inband inband scene, a standalone band standalone, and a guard band guardband scene; wherein the number of repetitions is determined by the number of repetitions between windows, or by the number of repetitions in the window and the number of repetition
- the search spaces are time division multiplexed with different types, different messages, or different groups of users/users.
- the frequency division multiplexing mode includes at least one of the following: frequency division multiplexing FDM between channels of the same type, FDM between different types of channels, different coverage types FDM between FDMs, different message types, and different types of channels are multiplexed in units of enhanced control channel elements ECCE.
- the manner in which the downlink control channel scheduling indicates the downlink traffic channel in the frequency division multiplexing includes at least one of: indicating the subsequent occupied subframe position in the same sub-band or sub-carrier position; and indicating the occupation in different sub-bands across the sub-band or sub-carrier Subframe position; simultaneously indicating subsequent occupied subframe positions in the same sub-band or sub-carrier position and cross-sub-band or sub-carrier indicating occupied sub-frame positions in different sub-bands.
- the interval between the start subframe of the downlink traffic channel and the end subframe of the downlink control channel is in a subframe or a scheduling window, where the start subframe of the downlink traffic channel is
- the interval between the end subframes of the downlink control channel is a fixed value or a variable value; wherein the value range of the variable value is based on at least the following parameters A determination: detection period, scheduling window, coverage type, physical uplink shared channel PUSCH format.
- the interval between the start subframe of the uplink traffic channel and the end subframe of the downlink control channel is in a subframe or a scheduling window, where the uplink traffic channel starts from The interval between the start subframe and the downlink control channel end subframe is a fixed value or a variable value.
- the scheduling window length is the same or independently determined when the uplink single carrier single tone transmission channel of different subcarrier intervals is used.
- the uplink grant UL grant indicates the initial subframe position of the uplink traffic channel in the window; the uplink grant UL grant indicates uplink single carrier transmission with different subcarrier spacing sizes; and the uplink grant UL grant transmits uplink single carrier for different subcarrier spacing sizes
- the same resource allocation indicator bit field is used.
- each of the above modules may be implemented by software or hardware.
- the foregoing may be implemented by, but not limited to, the foregoing modules are all located in the same processor; or, the modules are located in multiple In the processor.
- the present invention provides a method for determining a search space in a narrowband system.
- the technical solution of the method is as follows: the terminal detects that the search space where the narrowband downlink control channel is located is in a subframe or a subframe set in the time domain. In the frequency domain, the entire narrow band or narrow band middle molecular carrier is used.
- the search space in this alternative embodiment generally refers to various application scenarios, such as inband inband, guard band guardband, standalone band standalone, and various coverage types, such as normal, medium, and extreme components.
- the narrowband involved in the alternative embodiment is 200 kHz or 180 kHz.
- the physical resource block PRB defined by LTE is used, corresponding to 180 kHz, and the narrow band is 1 PRB, where the number of subcarriers There are 12.
- the subframe When cooperating with LTE in the time domain or working independently, the subframe uses LTE-defined subframes to contain 14 OFDM symbols and lasts for 1 ms in time, and the subframe set is fixed or predefined or base station configured several subframes, subframes
- the sub-frames included in the set are consecutive sub-frames or discrete sub-frames or consecutive or discrete sub-frames in a certain scheduling period or detection period, and the number of sub-frames may be selected as a set ⁇ 1, 2, 4, 6, 8, 10, 16, 20 ⁇ or a subset thereof.
- the base station configuration includes a manner of configuring the cell-specific type or the UE-specific type using SIB or RRC.
- the search space is continuous or discrete in the time domain when the overlay enhancement uses duplicate transmission, wherein the coverage enhancement includes one or more coverage types.
- Each coverage type corresponds to a unique R value or a set of R values.
- the search space may support only one type of coverage, or all coverage types are supported, and are supported by configuring different repetition times R; wherein each coverage type may only support a unique R value, or support an R A collection of values.
- the Rs corresponding to different coverage types have independent or overlapping elements in the set when there is a set of values.
- normal coverage corresponds to R1, medium coverage corresponds to R2, and extreme coverage corresponds to R3;
- R value set when each value set is independent of each other,
- the normal coverage corresponds to ⁇ R1, R2, R3, and R4 ⁇
- the medium coverage corresponds to ⁇ R5, R6, R7, and R8 ⁇
- the extreme coverage corresponds to ⁇ R9, R10, R11, and R12 ⁇ ;
- Normal coverage corresponds to ⁇ R1, R2, R3, R4 ⁇
- medium coverage corresponds to ⁇ R3, R4, R5, R6 ⁇
- extreme coverage corresponds to ⁇ R5, R6, R7, R8 ⁇ .
- the search space When the search space is continuous in the time domain, it is divided into a set of existing subframes and a set of subframes that are absent, that is, continuous in units of subframe sets and continuous in units of subframes.
- 3 is a schematic diagram of a search space that is continuous in the time domain according to an alternative embodiment of the present invention. As shown in FIG. 3, the search space is continuous in the time domain.
- the search space may be determined by at least one of a starting subframe, a repetition number or a number of subframes, a detection period, a sub-band, or a sub-carrier position, and the determining manner may be predefined, Fixed, or base station configuration.
- the configuration of the base station may be configured by using an SIB or an RRC.
- the configuration parameters include:
- Start subframe (1) determined by period (such as the first subframe in the period); (2) or period + offset determined;
- Length the number of repetitions (regardless of whether there is a subframe set, the number of repetitions is the number of repetitions in units of subframes or subframes) or the number of subframes (the number of repetitions is equal to the number of subframes when there is no subframe set), when When there are multiple Rs in the search space, the value is based on the maximum value Rmax of R, and the subframe used by the repetition may be a physical subframe or a usable subframe;
- Period This parameter needs to be greater than Rmax.
- Rmax Preferably an integer multiple of Rmax, or an integer multiple + offset;
- Sub-band or sub-carrier position It is only applicable to the case where the search space does not occupy 1 PRB or the entire narrowband in the frequency domain.
- the frequency domain sub-carrier resources for example, configuration ⁇ subframe number S, subcarriers. Number C ⁇ ; for example: ⁇ 8 subframe, 3 subcarrier ⁇ , ⁇ 16 subframe, 3 subcarrier ⁇ , ⁇ 32 subframe, 3 subcarrier ⁇ ; ⁇ 4 subframe, 6 subcarrier ⁇ , ⁇ 8 subframe, 6 subcarrier ⁇ , ⁇ 16 subframe, 6 subcarrier ⁇ and so on.
- the sub-frame and intra-frame aggregation levels used for repeated transmissions include one of the following methods:
- the subframe when R subframes or subframe sets are repeatedly transmitted from the start subframe, the subframe is used as a available subframe.
- the subframes in the subframe set are consecutive physical subframes or available subframes in the time domain.
- the transmission is repeated, the transmission is repeated R times in units of subframe sets.
- R transmission is repeated R times in units of subframes, that is, R physical subframes or available subframes.
- the aggregation level uses the maximum aggregation level that can be supported in the subframe or the aggregation level set that does not exceed the maximum aggregation level when there is no subframe set, and the elements in the set are one or more.
- Mode 3-1 The base station configures a cell-specific uplink control subframe set.
- Mode 3-2 The
- the determining manner in which the terminal detects the initial control channel unit in the search space comprises base station configuration or iterating between subframes or radio frames or detection windows or search spaces according to a hash function.
- the same control channel unit is used in each subframe/subframe of the repeated transmission.
- the initial ECCE is fixed to an integer multiple of the aggregation level or determined by configuration.
- the repeated transmission of each subframe uses the same ECCE, which is the same as the first subframe; Alt2-2: hash calculation in the search space (Rmax) or radio frame, repeated transmission Each subframe uses the same ECCE, which is the same as the first subframe.
- Alt1-1 the initial ECCE is fixed to an integer multiple of the aggregation level or determined by configuration. Each subframe is repeatedly transmitted using the same ECCE, which is the same as the first subframe.
- Alt1-2 Calculated in hashes of search space (Rmax) or radio frames. Repeated transmission of each subframe uses the same ECCE, the same as the first subframe.
- composition of the candidate set in the search space includes one of the following ways:
- the candidate set is composed of one or more aggregation levels and multiple repetition times, and the starting subframes corresponding to the candidate sets of different repetition times are the same;
- the candidate set is composed of one or more aggregation levels and multiple repetition times, and the start subframe corresponding to the candidate set of different repetition times is different, and the candidate set corresponding to the non-maximum repetition number is multiple in the search space;
- a candidate set consists of multiple aggregation levels and one repetition number.
- the aggregation level corresponding to the candidate set is determined according to different application scenarios.
- the Inband scenario and the standalone/guardband scenario support different aggregation levels, and the sum of the corresponding candidate sets is the same.
- FIG. 4 is a schematic diagram of the search space being discrete in the time domain according to an alternative embodiment of the present invention, as shown in FIG.
- the search space is discrete in the time domain.
- the downlink control channel is time-division multiplexed with the downlink traffic channel or the resources used by different coverage types.
- the way of time division multiplexing includes the following ways:
- FIG. 5 is a schematic diagram of time division multiplexing of different coverage types in a control region according to an alternative embodiment of the present invention. As shown in FIG. 5, CE1, CE2, and CE3 indicate different coverage levels, and different coverage levels are in The time domain is distinguished within the control area.
- FIG. 6 is a control and data time division multiplexing according to an alternative embodiment of the present invention, and the control region is no longer time-divisionally multiplexed with different coverage.
- the schematic diagram is shown in Figure 6. At this time, no distinction is made in the control area.
- FIG. 7 is a schematic diagram of different coverage time division multiplexing according to an alternative embodiment of the present invention, and control region and data differentiation time division multiplexing in the same coverage
- different coverage TDM same coverage control and data TDM, preferably control area before the data area.
- the control area under Alt4.TDM is discrete in the scheduling window.
- FIG. 8 is a schematic diagram of control and data time division multiplexing and control region dispersion according to an alternative embodiment of the present invention. As shown in FIG. 8, the control regions are not concentrated and are discrete in the time domain.
- the subframe set in the detection window in the search window is not repeated or the number of repetitions is configurable when the transmission is repeated.
- the medium/extreme coverage enhancement further distinguishes between two repetition modes, (1) repeating only between detection windows, and (2) repeating between detection windows and detection windows.
- the detection window start subframe is the same as the scheduling window start subframe or later than the scheduling window start subframe.
- the detection window start subframe is the same as the scheduling window start subframe or later than the scheduling window start subframe.
- the search space boundary is determined by Rout_max.
- the search space is determined by using at least one of a start subframe, a subframe set, a repetition number, a scheduling window or a number of repetitions in the detection window, a detection period, a sub-band, or a sub-carrier position, including a predefined or fixed or base station. Configuration.
- the configuration of the base station includes the SIB or the RRC, for example, the configuration parameters include:
- Subframe set ⁇ 2, 4, 8 ⁇ in the scheduling period
- the initial scheduling window (1) determines by the period (such as the first scheduling window in the period); (2) or the period + offset determines that the basic unit of the offset is not the scheduling window. Wherein, determining the initial scheduling window can determine the starting subframe according to the subframe set.
- Rin 1
- Rmax An integer multiple of Rmax, or an integer multiple + offset is preferred.
- Rout_max An integer multiple of Rout_max, or an integer multiple of +offset is preferred.
- Sub-band or sub-carrier position It is only applicable to the case where the search space does not occupy 1 PRB or the entire narrowband in the frequency domain.
- the frequency domain sub-carrier resources for example, configuration ⁇ subframe number S, subcarriers. Number C ⁇ .
- configuration ⁇ subframe number S, subcarriers. Number C Such as: ⁇ 8 subframe, 3 subcarrier ⁇ , ⁇ 16 subframe, 3 subcarrier ⁇ , ⁇ 32 subframe, 3 subcarrier ⁇ ; ⁇ 4 subframe, 6 subcarrier ⁇ , ⁇ 8 subframe, 6 subcarrier ⁇ , ⁇ 16 subframe, 6 subcarrier ⁇ , etc. .
- the manner in which the terminal detects the initial control channel unit in the search space includes: fixed or base station configuration or iterating between subframes or radio frames or detection windows or search spaces according to a hash function.
- the same control channel unit is used in each subframe/subframe of the repeated transmission.
- the configuration includes: (1) UE-specific RRC, configuration start + offset, and (2) all UEs start at the same.
- Alt1 The starting ECCE is calculated in search space (containing one or more scheduling periods) or hash in units of scheduling periods. At the same time, it is guaranteed that the repeated transmission of each subframe set (2, 4, 8) uses the same ECCE, which is the same as the first subframe set.
- Alt2 Fixed to an integer multiple of the aggregation level or determined by configuration, the candidate set start (E) CCE position is fixed to an integral multiple of L (E) CCE positions. (1) UE-specific RRC, configuration start + offset, (2) cell-specific configuration, all UEs start at the same.
- Alt3 extreme overrides a special case when Normal overlay is used for repeated transmission.
- the aggregation level of the occupied subframe set is selected, and the starting ECCE is always index 0 in the subframe set.
- composition form of the candidate set in the search space in the alternative embodiment includes one of the following ways:
- the candidate set is composed of one or more aggregation levels and multiple repetition times, and the starting subframes corresponding to the candidate sets of different repetition times are the same;
- the candidate set is composed of one or more aggregation levels and multiple repetition times, and the start subframe corresponding to the candidate set of different repetition times is different, and the candidate set corresponding to the non-maximum repetition number is multiple in the search space;
- the candidate set consists of multiple aggregation levels and one repetition number
- the aggregation level corresponding to the candidate set is determined according to different application scenarios.
- the Inband scenario and the standalone/guardband scenario support different aggregation levels, and the sum of the corresponding candidate sets is the same;
- the number of repetitions may be determined only by the number of repetitions between windows, or by the number of repetitions in the window and the number of repetitions between windows.
- the search space can be further divided into different types, different messages, and different users/user groups.
- the CSS and the USS are time-division, and the CSS corresponding to the RAR and the CSS corresponding to the Paging are time-division, different users, or different user groups.
- the base station configures each of the above search spaces through SIB or RRC. That is, if CSS and USS are overlapped, they can overlap.
- CSS and USS are configured, the blind detection complexity is reduced, and the search space itself (starting subframe, period, subframe set, aggregation level) is used for both types. There is no essential difference, just the difference in parameters. For example, the aggregation level corresponding to the CSS is less than the aggregation level corresponding to the USS.
- the USS/SS performs time division multiplexing on different UEs/UE groups. It is recommended that the CSS perform time division multiplexing on different message types.
- FIG. 9 is an embodiment according to the present invention
- the search space is divided into different types, different messages, and different users/user groups. As shown in FIG. 9, different gray shades indicate different UE/UE groups; Alt2: for CSS, time-division multiplexing different message types, such as As shown in FIG. 9, different gray shades indicate different public message types; Alt3: For different search space types, time division multiplexing USS and CSS, wherein the darkest grayscale is CSS, and the other two grayscales are USS.
- the downlink control channel and the downlink traffic channel may be FDM at the same time as time division multiplexing. Specifically, it includes at least one of the following: FDM between channels of the same type, FDM between different types of channels, FDM between different coverage types, and FDM between different message types.
- the downlink control channel scheduling indicates that the downlink traffic channel mode includes at least one of the following manners:
- FIG. 10 is a downlink control channel pair downlink when the downlink resource frequency division multiplexing is performed according to an alternative embodiment of the present invention.
- the traffic channel indicates only a schematic diagram of the subsequent occupied subframe positions in the same sub-band or sub-carrier position on the resource indication, as shown in FIG.
- the subsequent occupied subframe position may be determined by the number of repetitions R or by the basic occupied unit and the number of repetitions R.
- the basic occupied unit is the number of subframes that the source is encoded and modulated to occupy without being duplicated.
- the NB-PDCCH scheduling NB-PDSCH adopts cross-subframe scheduling.
- the cross-subframe scheduling interval is fixed or dynamically indicated, and the number of occupied subframes is indicated in the DCI.
- the occupied sub-frame positions in different sub-bands are indicated only across sub-bands or sub-carriers. That is, across sub-frames and or across sub-bands or sub-carrier indications.
- the downlink selected control channel in the different subbands is the same as the starting subframe of the traffic channel, indicating the number of subframes occupied or the ending subframe position, that is, the sub-mode 1, and the sub-band scheduling in the same subframe.
- the traffic channel start subframes in different subbands are not the same as the downlink control channel start subframes.
- the subsequent sub-frames Simultaneously indicating the subsequent occupied subframe positions in the same sub-band or sub-carrier position and the sub-bands or sub-carriers indicating the occupied sub-frame positions in different sub-bands, that is, sub-mode 2, the subsequent sub-frames have the same sub-band and the same/different sub-frames Subband scheduling.
- sub-mode 3 subsequent sub-frames have the same sub-band and different sub-band scheduling of the same sub-frame.
- the indication is for a cross-subframe and or a sub-band or sub-carrier.
- the NB-PDCCH scheduling NB-PDSCH has time-frequency two-dimensional scheduling. Considering the feedback timing alignment, the NB-PDSCH end times of different C subcarriers should remain the same.
- Sub-mode 1 Different sub-band scheduling with the same subframe. Only the same subframe scheduling mode 1 is supported. That is, the different C subcarriers, the NB-PDSCH and the NB-PDCCH start subframe are the same.
- FIG. 11 is a cross-sectional control channel for the downlink traffic channel on the resource indication only when the downlink resource frequency division multiplexing is used according to an alternative embodiment of the present invention.
- the frequency band indicates a schematic diagram of occupying a subframe position in different sub-bands and the starting subframes are the same. As shown in FIG. 11, the number of subframes in which the PDSCH is occupied in the DCI is required. Applicable to NB-PDCCH and NB-PDSCH full FDM.
- Sub-mode 2 Sub-band scheduling of the same sub-band and same/different sub-frames of subsequent sub-frames. Supports the same subframe scheduling mode 3. That is, different C subcarriers, the NB-PDSCH is different from the NB-PDCCH starting subframe, and the same C subcarrier, the NB-PDSCH is transmitted later than the NB-PDCCH. At this time, it is necessary to indicate the number of NB-PDSCH occupied subframes in different C subcarriers.
- 12 is a downlink control channel for a downlink traffic channel simultaneously indicating a subsequent sub-frame position in the same sub-band or sub-carrier position and a cross-subband or subcarrier on the resource indication according to an alternative embodiment of the present invention.
- Sub-mode 3 The same sub-band of the subsequent subframe and the different sub-band scheduling of the same subframe. Supports the same subframe scheduling mode 2. That is, different C subcarriers, the NB-PDSCH is the same as the NB-PDCCH starting subframe, and the same C subcarrier, the NB-PDSCH is transmitted later than the NB-PDCCH. At this time, it is necessary to indicate the number of NB-PDSCH occupied subframes in different C subcarriers. 13 is a downlink control channel for a downlink traffic channel simultaneously indicating a subsequent sub-frame position and a sub-subband or sub-band in the same sub-band or sub-carrier position on the resource indication according to an alternative embodiment of the present invention.
- Carrier indicates the difference in different subbands
- the cross-subframe scheduling interval is fixed/indicated, indicating the number of subframes of different C subcarriers, and the number of subframes of the same C subcarrier can be implicitly calculated (R_pdsch ⁇ R_pdcch ⁇ k).
- the cross-subframe scheduling interval is fixed/indicated, indicating the number of subframes of the same C subcarrier, and the number of subframes of different C subcarriers can be implicitly calculated (R_pdsch+R_pdcch+k).
- This alternative embodiment is directed to the search space continuously occupying a subframe or a subframe set mode.
- the candidate sets of different repetition times in the search space are the same in the time domain corresponding to the starting subframe.
- the corresponding aggregation level AL 1, 2, 4, 8MCCE.
- Different coverage levels are used for different coverage levels, and R sets determined by different Rmax are used.
- the starting subframes of different Rs are the same, and the total number of candidate sets is not greater than the number of blind detections of Legacy LTE single subframes.
- the search space and the candidate set are as shown in Table 1-1, wherein the consecutive occupied subframes are physical subframes or available subframes.
- the search space and the candidate set are as shown in Table 1-2.
- the consecutive occupied subframes and the subframes in the subframe set are physical subframes or available subframes.
- the base station also needs to configure the number of subframes of the subframe set and the time domain location of the subframe set.
- the subframe set time domain position continuously occupies a corresponding number of subframes from the start subframe in the cycle.
- This alternative embodiment is directed to the search space continuously occupying a subframe or a subframe set mode.
- the candidate sets of different repetition times in the search space are not all the same in the time domain, and the candidate set corresponding to the non-maximum repetition number has multiple starting subframes in the search space.
- the aggregation level can be fixed, or different aggregation level sets can be determined according to different coverage types.
- the aggregation level selects the maximum aggregation level supported in the subframe.
- Different coverage levels are used for different coverage levels, and R sets determined by different Rmax are used.
- the starting subframes of different Rs are the same, and the total number of candidate sets is not greater than the number of blind detections of Legacy LTE single subframes.
- the search space and the candidate set are as shown in Table 2-2, wherein the consecutive occupied subframes and the subframes in the subframe set are physical subframes or available subframes.
- the base station also needs to configure the number of subframes of the subframe set and the time domain location of the subframe set.
- the subframe set time domain position continuously occupies a corresponding number of subframes from the start subframe in the cycle.
- the aggregation level selects the maximum aggregation level supported by the subframe.
- This alternative embodiment is directed to the search space continuously occupying a subframe or a subframe set mode. And the search space configured in different scenarios is different.
- the Inband scenario there are many REs (Legacy PDCCH, CRS, etc.), which support a larger AL.
- the configuration is the same as the implementation 1 or 2.
- Different coverage levels are used for different coverage levels, and R sets determined by different Rmax are used.
- the starting subframes of different Rs are the same, and the total number of candidate sets is not greater than the number of blind detections of Legacy LTE single subframes.
- the search space and the candidate set are as shown in Table 3-1.
- the standalone/guardband scene search space and the candidate set are as shown in Table 3-2.
- a frame is a physical subframe or a usable subframe.
- the search space and the candidate set are as shown in Table 3-3, and the standalone/guardband scene search space and candidate set are as shown in Table 3-4, where the search space is continuously occupied.
- Both the frame and the subframe in the subframe are both physical or available.
- the base station also needs to configure the number of subframes of the subframe set and the time domain location of the subframe set.
- the subframe set time domain position continuously occupies a corresponding number of subframes from the start subframe in the cycle.
- a narrowband control channel search space of consecutively occupying a subframe or a subframe set is separately configured for different scenarios to adapt to different scenario requirements.
- the time division multiplexing between the downlink control channel and the downlink traffic channel can be implemented, and the blind detection of the same complexity in the single subframe of the LTE system is implemented in the configured period.
- This embodiment occupies a subframe set in a continuous scheduling window or a detection window for a search space of time-division transmission.
- the subframe set is not repeated within the window. That is, repeated transmissions are only repeated between windows.
- the candidate sets of different repetition times in the search space are the same in the time domain corresponding to the starting subframe.
- the N subframes may be configured continuously or discontinuously in the time domain, or may be fixed to N subframes starting from the first subframe in the window, where the initial subframe is located in the subframe in the first detection window in the period C.
- the aggregation level corresponds to the subframe set, as shown in Table 4-1.
- Different coverage levels are used for different coverage levels, and R sets determined by different Rmax are used.
- the starting subframes of different Rs are the same, and the total number of candidate sets is not greater than the number of blind detections of Legacy LTE single subframes.
- time division multiplexing between the downlink control channel and the downlink traffic channel can be implemented in units of a scheduling window or a detection window, and different coverage scenarios of different channels can be reduced.
- blind detection with the same complexity in a single subframe of the LTE system is implemented in the configured period.
- This alternative embodiment occupies a set of subframes in a continuous scheduling window or detection window for a search space for time-division transmission.
- the set of subframes is repeated within the window. That is, repeated transmissions are repeated in the window and repeated between windows.
- the candidate sets of different repetition times in the search space are the same in the time domain corresponding to the starting subframe.
- Case 1 the number of repetitions in the window is fixed or the number of repetitions between windows is fixed.
- the aggregation level can be fixed, or different aggregation level sets can be determined according to different coverage types.
- the N subframes may be configured continuously or discontinuously in the time domain, or may be fixed to N subframes starting from the first subframe in the window, where the initial subframe is located in the subframe in the first detection window in the period C.
- the aggregation level corresponds to the subframe set, as shown in Table 5-1.
- the fixed value may be configured by the base station through SIB or RRC, or implicitly determined according to the coverage level.
- Different coverage levels are used for different coverage levels, and R sets determined by different Rmax are used.
- the starting subframes of different Rs are the same, and the total number of candidate sets is not greater than the number of blind detections of Legacy LTE single subframes.
- the number of repetitions in the window and the number of repetitions in the window have a set of values.
- both Rin and Rout have a set of values.
- the total number of repetitions is determined by Rin ⁇ Rout, and the set of values can be fixed or the base station can pass the SIB. Or RRC configuration.
- the Rout times are repeated between the windows, and the Rin times are repeated in the window.
- the search space and the candidate set of the preferred embodiment are as shown in Table 5-2.
- the number of blind detections is not greater than the number of blind detections in a single subframe.
- time division multiplexing between the downlink control channel and the downlink traffic channel can be implemented in units of a scheduling window or a detection window, and different coverage scenarios of different channels can be reduced.
- the blocking rate at the time can be reduced and the resource utilization can be improved by increasing the number of repetitions in the window.
- This embodiment occupies a subframe set in a continuous scheduling window or a detection window for a search space of time-division transmission.
- the candidate sets of different repetition times in the search space are not all the same in the time domain corresponding to the starting subframe. That is, the candidate set corresponding to the non-Rmax repetition number has multiple starting subframes in the time domain in the search space.
- the aggregation level can be fixed, or different aggregation level sets can be determined according to different coverage types.
- the N subframes may be configured continuously or discontinuously in the time domain, or may be fixed to N subframes starting from the first subframe in the window, where the initial subframe is located in the subframe in the first detection window in the period C.
- Different coverage levels are used for different coverage levels, and R sets determined by different Rmax are used.
- the starting subframes of different Rs are not all the same, and the total number of candidate sets is not greater than the number of blind detections of Legacy LTE single subframes.
- the search space and the candidate set when the transmission is repeated only between the scheduling window or the detection window are as shown in Table 6-1.
- the fixed value may be configured by the base station through SIB or RRC.
- FIG. 14 is a Rin time domain candidate set position according to an alternative embodiment of the present invention.
- the Rout times are repeated between the windows, and the Rin times are repeated in the window.
- the search space and the candidate set of the preferred embodiment are as shown in Table 6-2.
- the number of blind detections is not greater than the number of blind detections in a single subframe.
- the number of repetitions in the window and the number of repetitions in the window have a set of values.
- both Rin and Rout have a set of values, and the total number of repetitions is determined by Rin ⁇ Rout, and the set of values can be
- the fixed or base station is configured through SIB or RRC.
- the Rout times are repeated between the windows, and the Rin times are repeated in the window.
- the search space and the candidate set of the preferred embodiment are as shown in Table 6-3.
- the number of blind detections is not greater than the number of blind detections in a single subframe, and the number of aggregation levels or R is required. The number is limited system.
- time division multiplexing between the downlink control channel and the downlink traffic channel in units of a scheduling window or a detection window may be implemented, and in the time domain. Increase the number of corresponding candidate sets to increase resource utilization.
- This embodiment occupies a subframe set in a continuous scheduling window or a detection window for a search space of time-division transmission.
- the number of repetitions and the coverage level are uniquely determined.
- the unique determination of the number of repetitions and the coverage level includes: mode one, the window does not support repetition, and the number of repetitions only refers to the repetition between windows, and the R value of the search space is uniquely determined.
- the coverage level is differentiated at this time, the number of repetitions is fixed, and the candidate set is composed of ⁇ aggregation level, number of candidate sets ⁇ .
- R is uniquely determined, and there is no longer a set of R values.
- the search space and candidate set are shown in Table 7-1.
- the second method it can be further divided into three cases.
- case 1 the number of repetitions in the window and the number of repetitions in the window are fixed, which is the same as the first method.
- case 2 the number of repetitions in the window and the number of repetitions between the windows are fixed, and the starting sub-frame of the Rout candidate set is the same.
- case 3 the number of repetitions in the window and the number of repetitions between the windows are fixed, and there are a plurality of non-Rout_max candidate set starting subframes.
- the candidate set of the number of repetitions Rout in the search space at this time is the same in the time domain corresponding to the starting subframe.
- the candidate set of the number of repetitions Rout in the search space at this time is not the same in the time domain.
- the aggregation level can be fixed, or different aggregation level sets can be determined according to different coverage types.
- the N subframes may be configured continuously or discontinuously in the time domain, or may be fixed to N subframes starting from the first subframe in the window, where the initial subframe is located in the subframe in the first detection window in the period C.
- the aggregation level corresponds to the subframe set. Different coverage levels are used for different coverage levels.
- the starting subframes of different Routs are the same, and the total number of candidate sets is not greater than the number of blind detections of Legacy LTE single subframes.
- the candidate set of different Rout repetition times in the search space at this time is not identical in the time domain corresponding to the start subframe. That is, the candidate set corresponding to the number of non-Rout_max repetitions has multiple starting subframes in the time domain in the search space.
- the search space and candidate set are shown in Table 7-3.
- time division multiplexing between the downlink control channel and the downlink traffic channel in units of a scheduling window or a detection window can be implemented, in the coverage level and the number of repetitions.
- the frequency domain resource granularity of the candidate set is increased and the maximum number of blind detections is reduced.
- Embodiments of the present invention also provide a storage medium.
- the foregoing storage medium may be configured to store program code for performing the following steps:
- S1 the terminal determines a narrowband search space location
- S2 The terminal detects a narrowband downlink control channel in the determined narrowband search space, where the search space is in units of R subframes or subframe sets in the time domain, and the search space is in the frequency domain with M subcarriers in the entire narrowband or narrowband.
- R and M are set to a positive integer
- X subframes are included in the subframe set, and the value of X is fixed or the base station is configurable.
- modules or steps of the present invention described above can be implemented by a general-purpose computing device that can be centralized on a single computing device or distributed across a network of multiple computing devices. Alternatively, they may be implemented by program code executable by the computing device such that they may be stored in the storage device by the computing device and, in some cases, may be different from the order herein.
- the steps shown or described are performed, or they are separately fabricated into individual integrated circuit modules, or a plurality of modules or steps thereof are fabricated as a single integrated circuit module.
- the invention is not limited to any specific combination of hardware and software.
- the search space in which the narrowband downlink control channel is located is detected, wherein the search space is in units of R subframes or subframe sets in the time domain, and the search space is in frequency.
- the domain is in units of M subcarriers in the entire narrowband or narrowband, where the set of R and M values is a positive integer, and the subframe set includes X subframes.
- the value of X is a fixed value or configured by a base station, and is implemented in a narrowband system.
Landscapes
- Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
- Signal Processing (AREA)
- Computer Networks & Wireless Communication (AREA)
- Computer Security & Cryptography (AREA)
- Mobile Radio Communication Systems (AREA)
Abstract
The present invention provides a method and apparatus for determining a search space in a narrowband system. The method comprises: a terminal detects a search space where a narrowband downlink control channel is located, the search space using R subframes or a subframe set as a unit in a time domain, and the search space using a whole narrowband or M subcarriers in the narrowband as a unit in a frequency domain, the set of values of R and M being formed by positive integers, the subframe set comprising X subframes, and X being a fixed value or configured by a base station. By means of the present invention, the problem, in the prior art, of the structures of search spaces of control channels in an LTE system, failing to satisfy the demands of an NB-IoT narrowband system that only has one PRB in the frequency domain bandwidth is resolved.
Description
本发明涉及通信领域,具体而言,涉及一种窄带系统中搜索空间的确定方法及装置。The present invention relates to the field of communications, and in particular to a method and apparatus for determining a search space in a narrowband system.
机器类型通信(Machine Type Communication,简称为MTC)又称机器到机器(Machine to Machine,简称为M2M),窄带物联网(NarrowBand Internet of Things,简称为NB-IoT)是目前物联网的主要应用形式。该类通信系统特点通常是相较于长期演进(Long Term Evolution,简称为LTE)系统来看带宽较窄,如1.4MHz、200kHz等;用户终端或设备(User Equipment,简称为UE)数量多,包括传统手持终端以及机器、传感器终端等;具有覆盖提升需求,包括覆盖提升15dB或20dB。Machine Type Communication (MTC), also known as Machine to Machine (M2M), Narrow Band Internet of Things (NB-IoT) is the main application form of the Internet of Things. . The characteristics of the communication system are generally narrower than that of the Long Term Evolution (LTE) system, such as 1.4 MHz, 200 kHz, etc.; the number of user terminals or devices (User Equipment, UE for short) is large. Including traditional handheld terminals as well as machines, sensor terminals, etc.; with coverage enhancement requirements, including coverage improvement of 15dB or 20dB.
目前NB-IoT系统存在三种工作场景:位于LTE系统频带内In-band、位于LTE系统的保护带guard-band、独立使用频带standalone;该类通信系统通常要求既可以独立工作,也可以与LTE系统共存;其中,NB-IoT的发射带宽与下行链路子载波间隔分别为180kHz和15kHz,分别与LTE系统一个物理资源块(Physical Resource Block,简称为PRB)的带宽和子载波间隔相同,有利于在NB-IoT系统中重用现有LTE系统的有关设计,当NB-IoT系统重用的全球移动通信系统(Global System for Mobile Communication,简称为GSM)频谱与LTE系统的频谱相邻时,也有利于降低两个系统的相互干扰。At present, there are three working scenarios in the NB-IoT system: In-band in the LTE system band, guard-band in the LTE system, and standalone in the independent band; such communication systems usually require independent operation or LTE. The system coexists; the transmission bandwidth and the downlink subcarrier spacing of the NB-IoT are 180 kHz and 15 kHz, respectively, which are the same as the bandwidth and subcarrier spacing of one Physical Resource Block (PRB) of the LTE system, respectively, which is beneficial to In the NB-IoT system, the design of the existing LTE system is reused. When the spectrum of the Global System for Mobile Communication (GSM) system reused by the NB-IoT system is adjacent to the spectrum of the LTE system, it is also advantageous. Reduce the mutual interference between the two systems.
现有LTE系统中分别使用下行授权(DownLink grant,简称为DL grant)和上行授权(UpLink grant,简称为UL grant)调度终端的下行数据传输和上行数据传输;其中,DL grant和UL grant统称为下行控制信息(Downlink Control Information,简称为DCI),使用物理下行控制信道(Physical Downlink Control Channel,简称为PDCCH)或增强物理下行控制信道(Enhanced Physical Downlink Control Channel,简称为EPDCCH)承载。下行数据承载在下行业务信道(Physical Downlink Shared Channel,简称为PDSCH)中,上行数据承载在上行业务信道(Physical Uplink Shared Channel,简称为PUSCH)中。现有LTE系统中PDCCH使用系统带宽中前1-4个正交频分复用(Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiplexing,简称OFDM)符号中的资源,以控制信道单元(Control Channel Element,简称CCE)为基本聚合资源粒度,传输方式使用发送分集。EPDCCH使用系统带宽中的部分PRB中的资源,以增强控制信道单元(Enhanced Control Channel Element,简称ECCE)为基本聚合资源粒度,传输方式使用集中式传输或分布式传输。The downlink data transmission and the uplink data transmission of the terminal are scheduled by using the downlink grant (Downlink grant, DL grant) and the uplink grant (Uplink grant, abbreviated as UL grant) respectively in the existing LTE system; wherein, the DL grant and the UL grant are collectively referred to as Downlink Control Information (DCI) is carried by a physical downlink control channel (Physical Downlink Control Channel, PDCCH for short) or an Enhanced Physical Downlink Control Channel (EPDCCH). The downlink data is carried in the Physical Downlink Shared Channel (PDSCH), and the uplink data is carried in the Physical Uplink Shared Channel (PUSCH). In the existing LTE system, the PDCCH uses the resources in the first 1-4 orthogonal frequency division multiplexing (OFDM) symbols of the system bandwidth, and the control channel element (CCE) is used as the basic aggregation. Resource granularity, the transmission method uses transmit diversity. The EPDCCH uses resources in a part of the PRBs in the system bandwidth to enhance the Control Channel Element (ECCE) as the basic aggregate resource granularity, and the transmission mode uses centralized transmission or distributed transmission.
由于相关技术中的下行控制信道搜索空间位于系统带宽的前1-4个OFDM符号中,增强下行控制信所使用的聚合等级仅存在与一个子帧中,子帧中部分PRB组成搜索空间频域集合。因此,相关技术中LTE系统中的控制信道搜索空间结构均不适用于频域带宽仅有1个PRB的NB-IoT窄带系统的需求。针对相关技术中的上述问题,目前尚未存在有效的解决方案。
Since the downlink control channel search space in the related art is located in the first 1-4 OFDM symbols of the system bandwidth, the aggregation level used by the enhanced downlink control signal exists only in one subframe, and the partial PRB in the subframe constitutes the search space frequency domain. set. Therefore, the control channel search space structure in the LTE system in the related art is not applicable to the demand of the NB-IoT narrowband system with only one PRB in the frequency domain bandwidth. In view of the above problems in the related art, there is currently no effective solution.
发明内容Summary of the invention
本发明实施例提供了一种窄带系统中搜索空间的确定方法及装置,以至少解决相关技术中LTE系统中的控制信道搜索空间结构均不适用于频域带宽仅有1个PRB的NB-IoT窄带系统的需求的问题。The embodiment of the invention provides a method and a device for determining a search space in a narrowband system, so as to at least solve the problem that the control channel search space structure in the LTE system in the related art is not applicable to the NB-IoT with only one PRB in the frequency domain bandwidth. The problem of the demand for narrowband systems.
根据本发明实施例的一个方面,提供了一种窄带系统中搜索空间的确定方法,包括:终端检测窄带下行控制信道所在的搜索空间,其中,所述搜索空间在时域上以R个子帧或子帧集为单位,所述搜索空间在频域上以整个窄带或窄带中M个子载波为单位,其中R、M取值集合为正整数,所述子帧集中包括X个子帧,X取值为固定值或由基站配置。According to an aspect of the embodiments of the present invention, a method for determining a search space in a narrowband system is provided, including: detecting, by a terminal, a search space in which a narrowband downlink control channel is located, wherein the search space has R subframes or The sub-frame set is a unit, and the search space is in the frequency domain of M subcarriers in the entire narrowband or narrowband, wherein the R and M value sets are positive integers, and the subframe set includes X subframes, and the X value is It is fixed or configured by the base station.
可选地,所述搜索空间在时域上连续或离散,其中,所述搜索空间支持的覆盖类型包括一种或多种,每种覆盖类型对应唯一R取值或一个包括多个R取值的集合,R表示下行控制信道的重复次数。Optionally, the search space is continuous or discrete in a time domain, where the search space supports one or more coverage types, and each coverage type corresponds to a unique R value or one includes multiple R values. The set, R represents the number of repetitions of the downlink control channel.
可选地,所述搜索空间在时域上连续包括:所述搜索空间以子帧集为单位连续和/或所述搜索空间以子帧为单位连续。Optionally, the search space continuously includes in the time domain: the search space is continuous in units of subframe sets and/or the search space is continuous in units of subframes.
可选地,所述搜索空间通过以下参数的至少之一确定:起始子帧、子帧集大小、重复次数或子帧数量、检测周期、子频带或子载波位置,其中,确定所述搜索空间的参数为预定义或固定或基站配置。Optionally, the search space is determined by at least one of a starting subframe, a subframe set size, a repetition number or a number of subframes, a detection period, a sub-band or a sub-carrier position, wherein the searching is determined The parameters of the space are predefined or fixed or base station configurations.
可选地,所述起始子帧根据以下参数的至少之一确定:最大重复次数Rmax、偏移值offset、无线帧号SFN、周期M;其中,确定的方式包括以下至少之一:起始子帧编号为索引index k,且满足(10*SFN+k)mod Rmax=0的子帧;起始子帧编号为index k,且满足(10*SFN+k)mod N*Rmax=0的子帧,N为大于0的正整数;起始子帧编号为index k,且满足(10*SFN+k)mod M=0的子帧,M为大于等于Rmax的正整数;起始子帧编号为index k,且满足(10*SFN+k+offset)mod M=0的子帧,M为大于等于Rmax的正整数;起始子帧编号为index k,且满足(10*SFN+k+X*offset)mod M=0的子帧,M为大于等于Rmax的正整数,X为大于0的正整数。Optionally, the starting subframe is determined according to at least one of the following parameters: a maximum number of repetitions Rmax, an offset value offset, a radio frame number SFN, and a period M; wherein the manner of determining includes at least one of the following: The subframe number is index index k, and the subframe satisfying (10*SFN+k) mod Rmax=0; the starting subframe number is index k, and satisfies (10*SFN+k) mod N*Rmax=0 Subframe, N is a positive integer greater than 0; the starting subframe number is index k, and the subframe satisfying (10*SFN+k) mod M=0, M is a positive integer greater than or equal to Rmax; the starting subframe A frame numbered as index k and satisfying (10*SFN+k+offset) mod M=0, M is a positive integer greater than or equal to Rmax; the starting subframe number is index k, and satisfies (10*SFN+k +X*offset) mod M=0 subframe, M is a positive integer greater than or equal to Rmax, and X is a positive integer greater than zero.
可选地,所述起始子帧对应的周期的取值集合根据覆盖类型确定,所述起始子帧对应的周期的取值由基站配置或固定;和/或,偏移值offset的取值集合或取值根据覆盖类型和/或周期确定;或,所述偏移值offset的取值由基站配置或固定或根据周期确定。Optionally, the value set of the period corresponding to the start subframe is determined according to the coverage type, and the value of the period corresponding to the start subframe is configured or fixed by the base station; and/or the offset value offset is taken. The set or value of values is determined according to the coverage type and/or period; or the value of the offset value offset is configured by the base station or fixed or determined according to the period.
可选地,承载UL grant的下行控制信道所在搜索空间的起始子帧对应的周期的取值集合根据以下至少之一确定:覆盖类型、上行业务信道PUSCH格式,所述承载UL grant的下行控制信道所在搜索空间的起始子帧对应的周期的取值由基站配置或固定;和/或,偏移值offset的取值集合或取值根据以下至少之一确定:覆盖类型、周期、上行业务信道PUSCH格式;或,所述偏移值offset的取值由基站配置或固定或根据周期隐含确定。Optionally, the value set of the period corresponding to the start subframe of the search space where the downlink control channel carrying the UL grant is located is determined according to at least one of the following: the coverage type, the uplink traffic channel PUSCH format, and the downlink control of the bearer UL grant The value of the period corresponding to the start subframe of the search space in which the channel is located is configured or fixed by the base station; and/or the value set or value of the offset value offset is determined according to at least one of the following: coverage type, period, and uplink service. Channel PUSCH format; or, the value of the offset value offset is configured by the base station or fixed or implicitly determined according to the period.
可选地,在大覆盖类型时,周期M和/或偏移值offset大于小覆盖类型时的取值。
Optionally, in the case of a large coverage type, the period M and/or the offset value offset is greater than the value of the small coverage type.
可选地,所述子帧集大小通过固定或基站配置确定。Optionally, the subframe set size is determined by a fixed or base station configuration.
可选地,在时域上连续时,所述起始子帧为子帧集的首子帧。Optionally, when consecutive in the time domain, the starting subframe is a first subframe of the subframe set.
可选地,在所述搜索空间在时域上连续时,重复传输使用的子帧和子帧内聚合等级AL包括以下方式之一:在不存在所述子帧集时,从起始子帧开始在一个子帧内以AL=1、2、4中的至少之一重复传输R个子帧;在存在所述子帧集时,从起始子帧开始在所述子帧集中以AL=1、2、4、8、16、32中的至少之一重复传输R个子帧集;其中,从起始子帧开始重复传输R个所述子帧或所述子帧集时,所使用的子帧为可用子帧。Optionally, when the search space is continuous in the time domain, repeating the used subframe and the intra-subframe aggregation level AL includes one of the following manners: when the subframe set is absent, starting from the start subframe R subframes are repeatedly transmitted in at least one of AL=1, 2, and 4 in one subframe; when the subframe set exists, AL=1 in the subframe set from the start subframe. And transmitting, by the at least one of 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, the R subframe sets; wherein, when the R subframes or the subframe set are repeatedly transmitted from the start subframe, the used subframe Is a available sub-frame.
可选地,所述搜索空间至少包括:上行授权UL grant的上行控制搜索空间和下行授权DL grant的下行控制搜索空间。Optionally, the search space includes at least an uplink control search space of an uplink grant UL grant and a downlink control search space of a downlink grant DL grant.
可选地,所述上行控制搜索空间与所述下行控制搜索空间使用的资源为完全不同的资源或各自独立配置的资源。Optionally, the resources used by the uplink control search space and the downlink control search space are completely different resources or resources that are independently configured.
可选地,所述搜索空间中候选集的组成形式包括以下方式之一:所述候选集由一种或多种聚合等级和多种重复次数组成,且不同重复次数的候选集所对应的起始子帧相同;所述候选集由一种或多种聚合等级和多种重复次数组成,且不同重复次数的候选集所对应的起始子帧不同,非最大重复次数所对应的候选集在所述搜索空间中有多个;所述候选集由多种聚合等级和一种重复次数组成;所述候选集由一种聚合等级组成,其中,所述候选集占满所述搜索空间所有控制信道单元;所述候选集所对应的聚合等级根据不同应用场景确定,其中,所述应用场景至少包括:带内Inband场景、独立使用频带standalone、保护带guardband场景。Optionally, the component form of the candidate set in the search space includes one of the following manners: the candidate set is composed of one or more aggregation levels and multiple repetition times, and the candidate sets of different repetition times correspond to The start subframe is the same; the candidate set is composed of one or more aggregation levels and multiple repetition times, and the start subframe corresponding to the candidate set of different repetition times is different, and the candidate set corresponding to the non-maximum repetition number is There are multiple in the search space; the candidate set is composed of multiple aggregation levels and one repetition number; the candidate set is composed of an aggregation level, wherein the candidate set fills all control of the search space a channel unit; the aggregation level corresponding to the candidate set is determined according to different application scenarios, where the application scenario includes at least an inband inband scenario, a standalone band standalone, and a guard band guardband scenario.
可选地,在所述搜索空间在时域上离散时,以检测窗或调度窗为单位在窗内使用部分或全部资源;或,在所述搜索空间在时域上离散且下行控制信道重复传输时,以检测窗或调度窗为单位在窗内使用部分或全部资源并进行窗内和/或窗间时域重复。Optionally, when the search space is discrete in the time domain, use some or all resources in the window in units of detection windows or scheduling windows; or, in the search space, discrete and downlink control channel repetitions in the time domain During transmission, some or all of the resources are used within the window in units of detection windows or scheduling windows and time-domain repetitions within the window and/or between the windows are performed.
可选地,在所述检测窗或所述调度窗中,所述下行控制信道与下行业务信道时分复用,或所述下行控制信道的不同覆盖类型所使用的资源时分复用。Optionally, in the detection window or the scheduling window, the downlink control channel is time division multiplexed with a downlink traffic channel, or resources used by different coverage types of the downlink control channel are time division multiplexed.
可选地,在重复传输时,所述搜索空间在所述检测窗内的子帧集不重复或重复次数可预先配置。Optionally, when the transmission is repeated, the subframe set in the detection window is not repeated or the number of repetitions may be pre-configured.
可选地,所述搜索空间通过以下参数至少之一确定:起始子帧、子帧集、重复次数、调度窗或检测窗内重复次数、重复窗长、检测周期、子频带或子载波位置,其中,确定所述搜索空间的方式为预定义或固定或基站配置。Optionally, the search space is determined by at least one of the following parameters: a starting subframe, a subframe set, a repetition number, a scheduling window or a number of repetitions in the detection window, a repetition window length, a detection period, a sub-band or a sub-carrier position. Wherein the manner in which the search space is determined is a predefined or fixed or base station configuration.
可选地,所述终端在所述搜索空间中检测起始控制信道单元的方式包括:固定或基站配置或根据hash函数在子帧或子帧集或无线帧或检测窗或搜索空间之间迭代,其中,在重复传输时,重复传输的各个子帧/子帧集中使用相同的控制信道单元,所述基站配置的方式包括:用户设备UE专有无线资源控制RRC配置起始索引和/或偏移值offset、所有UE起始相同。Optionally, the manner in which the terminal detects the initial control channel unit in the search space includes: fixed or base station configuration or iterating between a subframe or a subframe set or a radio frame or a detection window or a search space according to a hash function. In the case of repeated transmission, the same control channel unit is used in each subframe/subframe of the repeated transmission, and the manner of configuring the base station includes: the user equipment UE-specific radio resource control RRC configuration start index and/or partial The value is offset and all UEs start the same.
可选地,所述搜索空间中候选集的组成形式包括以下方式之一:所述候选集由一种或多
种聚合等级和多种重复次数组成,且不同重复次数的候选集所对应的起始子帧相同;所述候选集由一种或多种聚合等级和多种重复次数组成,且不同重复次数的候选集所对应的起始子帧不同,非最大重复次数所对应的候选集在搜索空间中有多个;所述候选集由多种聚合等级和一种重复次数组成;所述候选集由一种聚合等级组成,其中,所述候选集占满所述搜索空间所有控制信道单元;所述候选集所对应的聚合等级根据不同应用场景确定,其中,所述应用场景至少包括:带内Inband场景、独立使用频带standalone、保护带guardband场景;其中,所述重复次数由窗间重复次数确定,或同时由窗内重复次数和窗间重复次数确定。Optionally, the component form of the candidate set in the search space includes one of the following manners: the candidate set is one or more
The aggregation level is composed of multiple repetition times, and the start subframe corresponding to the candidate set of different repetition times is the same; the candidate set is composed of one or more aggregation levels and multiple repetition times, and the number of repetitions is different. The candidate subframe corresponding to the candidate set is different, and the candidate set corresponding to the non-maximum number of repetitions is plural in the search space; the candidate set is composed of multiple aggregation levels and one repetition number; the candidate set is composed of one An aggregation level composition, wherein the candidate set occupies all the control channel units in the search space; the aggregation level corresponding to the candidate set is determined according to different application scenarios, where the application scenario includes at least: an inband Inband scenario The standalone band and the guard band guardband scene are used independently; wherein the number of repetitions is determined by the number of repetitions between the windows, or by the number of repetitions in the window and the number of repetitions between the windows.
可选地,所述搜索空间以不同类型、不同消息、或不同用户/用户组进行时分复用。Optionally, the search space is time division multiplexed with different types, different messages, or different users/user groups.
可选地,所述搜索空间在频域上由部分子载波为单位时,频分复用方式包括以下至少之一:同类型信道之间频分多路复用FDM、不同类型信道之间FDM、不同覆盖类型之间FDM、不同消息类型之间FDM、以增强控制信道单元ECCE为单位复用不同类型信道。Optionally, when the search space is in a frequency domain by a part of subcarriers, the frequency division multiplexing manner includes at least one of the following: frequency division multiplexing FDM between channels of the same type, and FDM between different types of channels. FDM between different coverage types, FDM between different message types, and different types of channels are multiplexed in units of enhanced control channel elements ECCE.
可选地,所述频分复用中下行控制信道调度指示下行业务信道的方式包括以下至少之一:指示相同子频带或子载波位置中后续占用子帧位置;跨子频带或子载波指示不同子频带中占用子帧位置;同时指示相同子频带或子载波位置中后续占用子帧位置以及跨子频带或子载波指示不同子频带中占用子帧位置。Optionally, the manner in which the downlink control channel scheduling indicates the downlink traffic channel in the frequency division multiplexing includes at least one of: indicating a subsequent sub-frame position in the same sub-band or sub-carrier position; indicating different cross-sub-band or sub-carrier The subframe position is occupied in the sub-band; the subsequent occupied subframe position in the same sub-band or sub-carrier position is indicated, and the sub-band or sub-carrier is indicated in different sub-bands.
可选地,在所述下行控制信道调度下行业务信道时,所述下行业务信道的起始子帧与所述下行控制信道结束子帧之间的间隔以子帧或调度窗为单位,其中,所述下行业务信道的起始子帧与所述下行控制信道结束子帧之间间隔的取值为固定值或可变值;其中,所述可变值的取值范围根据以下参数的至少之一确定:检测周期、调度窗、覆盖类型、物理上行共享信道PUSCH格式。Optionally, when the downlink control channel schedules the downlink traffic channel, the interval between the start subframe of the downlink traffic channel and the end subframe of the downlink control channel is in a subframe or a scheduling window, where The value of the interval between the start subframe of the downlink traffic channel and the end subframe of the downlink control channel is a fixed value or a variable value; wherein the value range of the variable value is based on at least the following parameters A determination: detection period, scheduling window, coverage type, physical uplink shared channel PUSCH format.
可选地,在承载上行授权UL grant下行控制信道调度上行业务信道时,所述上行业务信道的起始子帧与所述下行控制信道结束子帧之间的间隔以子帧或调度窗为单位,其中,所述上行业务信道的起始子帧与所述下行控制信道结束子帧之间间隔的取值为固定值或可变值。Optionally, when the uplink grant traffic control channel is configured to carry the uplink grant channel, the interval between the start subframe of the uplink traffic channel and the end subframe of the downlink control channel is in a subframe or a scheduling window. The value of the interval between the start subframe of the uplink traffic channel and the end subframe of the downlink control channel is a fixed value or a variable value.
可选地,在以调度窗为单位确定定义关系时,调度窗长在不同子载波间隔的上行单载波single tone传输信道时相同或独立确定。Optionally, when the defined relationship is determined in units of the scheduling window, the scheduling window length is the same or independently determined when the uplink single carrier single tone transmission channel of different subcarrier intervals is used.
可选地,所述上行授权UL grant指示所述上行业务信道在窗内的起始子帧位置。Optionally, the uplink grant UL grant indicates a starting subframe position of the uplink traffic channel in a window.
可选地,所述上行授权UL grant指示不同子载波间隔大小的上行单载波传输。Optionally, the uplink grant UL grant indicates uplink single carrier transmission of different subcarrier spacing sizes.
可选地,所述上行授权UL grant对不同子载波间隔大小的上行单载波传输使用相同的资源分配指示比特域。Optionally, the uplink grant UL grant uses the same resource allocation indication bit field for uplink single carrier transmission of different subcarrier spacing sizes.
可选地,所述终端检测窄带下行控制信道所在的搜索空间由高层信令配置为一个或多个,包括以下至少之一:仅支持单个进程,基站通过高层信令为终端配置一个搜索空间;支持多个进程,基站通过高层信令为终端配置一个搜索空间;支持多个进程,基站通过高层信令为终端配置多个搜索空间,其中至少一个进程与其他进程位于不同的搜索空间中。
Optionally, the search space where the terminal detects the narrowband downlink control channel is configured by the high layer signaling to be one or more, including at least one of the following: only a single process is supported, and the base station configures a search space for the terminal by using high layer signaling; Supporting multiple processes, the base station configures a search space for the terminal through high-level signaling; supports multiple processes, and the base station configures multiple search spaces for the terminal through high-level signaling, at least one of which is located in a different search space from other processes.
可选地,所述支持多个进程,基站通过高层信令为终端配置一个搜索空间时,在该搜索空间中的下行控制信道调度下行业务信道或上行业务信道的调度定时确定方法包括以下至少之一:通过下行控制信道承载的下行控制信息指示的第一定时取值集合中的取值确定;通过第一个下行控制信道承载的下行控制信息指示的第二定时取值集合中的取值确定,并且通过第i个下行控制信道承载的下行信息指示的相对于第i-1个下行控制信道承载的下行控制信息调度的业务信道结束子帧的偏移值确定,i为大于1的正整数;通过第一个下行控制信道承载的下行控制信息指示的第二定时取值集合中的取值确定,并且通过第i个下行控制信道承载的下行信息指示的第一定时取值集合中的取值确定,i为大于1的正整数。Optionally, the method for determining a scheduling timing for scheduling a downlink traffic channel or an uplink traffic channel in a downlink control channel in the search space includes a following at least when the base station configures a search space for the terminal by using the high layer signaling. And determining: the value in the first timing value set indicated by the downlink control information carried by the downlink control channel; determining the value in the second timing value set indicated by the downlink control information carried by the first downlink control channel And determining, by the downlink information carried by the ith downlink control channel, an offset value of the traffic channel end subframe scheduled with respect to the downlink control information carried by the i-1th downlink control channel, where i is a positive integer greater than 1. The value in the second timing value set indicated by the downlink control information carried by the first downlink control channel is determined, and the first timing value set indicated by the downlink information carried by the ith downlink control channel is taken. The value determines that i is a positive integer greater than one.
可选地,在支持多个进程的情况下,所述基站通过高层信令为所述终端配置一个搜索空间时,并且调度不同进程业务信道的下行控制信道位于同一周期内,在该搜索空间中的下行控制信道调度下行业务信道或上行业务信道的调度定时确定方法包括以下至少之一:Optionally, in a case where multiple processes are supported, the base station configures a search space for the terminal by using high layer signaling, and the downlink control channels for scheduling different process traffic channels are located in the same period, in the search space. The downlink control channel scheduling method for determining the scheduling timing of the downlink traffic channel or the uplink traffic channel includes at least one of the following:
通过第一下行控制信道承载的下行控制信息指示的定时取值集合中取值确定,定时参考点为第一下行控制信道结束子帧;通过第二下行控制信道承载的下行控制信息指示的定时取值集合中取值确定,定时参考点为第一下行控制信道调度的业务信道的结束子帧;The value of the timing value set indicated by the downlink control information carried by the first downlink control channel is determined, and the timing reference point is the first downlink control channel end subframe; and the downlink control information carried by the second downlink control channel indicates The value in the set of timing values is determined, and the timing reference point is an end subframe of the traffic channel scheduled by the first downlink control channel;
通过第一下行控制信道承载的下行控制信息指示的定时取值集合中取值确定,定时参考点为第一下行控制信道结束子帧;并且承载对第一下行控制信道调度的业务信道反馈ACK/NACK的信道的定时参考点为第二下行控制信道调度的业务信道的结束子帧,偏移值通过第一下行控制信道承载的下行控制信息指示的定时取值集合中取值确定;Determining, by using a value in the set of timing values indicated by the downlink control information carried by the first downlink control channel, the timing reference point is the end subframe of the first downlink control channel; and carrying the traffic channel scheduled for the first downlink control channel The timing reference point of the channel for feeding back the ACK/NACK is the ending subframe of the traffic channel scheduled by the second downlink control channel, and the offset value is determined by the value in the set of timing values indicated by the downlink control information carried by the first downlink control channel. ;
通过第一下行控制信道承载的下行控制信息指示的定时取值集合中取值确定,定时参考点为第一下行控制信道结束子帧;并且承载对第一下行控制信道调度的业务信道反馈ACK/NACK的信道的定时参考点为第二下行控制信道调度的业务信道的结束子帧,偏移值通过第一下行控制信道承载的下行控制信息指示的定时取值集合中取值确定,并且承载对第二下行控制信道调度的业务信道反馈ACK/NACK的信道的定时参考点为承载对第一下行控制信道调度的业务信道反馈ACK/NACK的信道的结束子帧,偏移值通过第二下行控制信道承载的下行控制信息指示的定时取值集合中取值确定。Determining, by using a value in the set of timing values indicated by the downlink control information carried by the first downlink control channel, the timing reference point is the end subframe of the first downlink control channel; and carrying the traffic channel scheduled for the first downlink control channel The timing reference point of the channel for feeding back the ACK/NACK is the ending subframe of the traffic channel scheduled by the second downlink control channel, and the offset value is determined by the value in the set of timing values indicated by the downlink control information carried by the first downlink control channel. And the timing reference point of the channel carrying the ACK/NACK of the traffic channel scheduled for the second downlink control channel is the end subframe of the channel carrying the ACK/NACK of the traffic channel scheduled for the first downlink control channel, and the offset value And determining, by using a value set in the timing value set indicated by the downlink control information carried by the second downlink control channel.
可选地,所述第一下行控制信道与第二下行控制信道类型相同并且在同一周期内的搜索空间。Optionally, the first downlink control channel is the same type as the second downlink control channel and is in a search space in the same period.
可选地,在支持多个进程的情况下,基站通过高层信令为终端配置一个搜索空间时,并且调度不同类型业务信道的下行控制信道位于同一周期内,在该搜索空间中的下行控制信道调度不同类型业务信道的调度定时确定方法包括以下至少之一:Optionally, in the case that multiple processes are supported, when the base station configures a search space for the terminal by using the high layer signaling, and the downlink control channel for scheduling different types of traffic channels is located in the same period, the downlink control channel in the search space A scheduling timing determining method for scheduling different types of traffic channels includes at least one of the following:
通过第一下行控制信道承载的下行控制信息指示的定时取值集合中取值确定,定时参考点为第一下行控制信道结束子帧;通过第二下行控制信道承载的下行控制信息指示的定时取值集合中取值确定,定时参考点为第一下行控制信道调度的业务信道的结束子帧;The value of the timing value set indicated by the downlink control information carried by the first downlink control channel is determined, and the timing reference point is the first downlink control channel end subframe; and the downlink control information carried by the second downlink control channel indicates The value in the set of timing values is determined, and the timing reference point is an end subframe of the traffic channel scheduled by the first downlink control channel;
通过第一下行控制信道承载的下行控制信息指示的定时取值集合中取值确定,定时参考
点为第一下行控制信道结束子帧;通过第二下行控制信道承载的下行控制信息指示的定时取值集合中取值确定,定时参考点为承载对第一下行控制信道调度的业务信道反馈ACK/NACK的信道的结束子帧;Determining the value in the set of timing values indicated by the downlink control information carried by the first downlink control channel, timing reference
The point is the first downlink control channel end subframe; the value is determined by the value set in the downlink control information carried by the second downlink control channel, and the timing reference point is the bearer traffic channel scheduled for the first downlink control channel. End subframe of the channel that feeds back ACK/NACK;
通过第一下行控制信道承载的下行控制信息指示的定时取值集合中取值确定,定时参考点为第一下行控制信道结束子帧;并且承载对第一下行控制信道调度的业务信道反馈ACK/NACK的信道的定时参考点为第二下行控制信道调度的业务信道的结束子帧,偏移值通过第一下行控制信道承载的下行控制信息指示的定时取值集合中取值确定。Determining, by using a value in the set of timing values indicated by the downlink control information carried by the first downlink control channel, the timing reference point is the end subframe of the first downlink control channel; and carrying the traffic channel scheduled for the first downlink control channel The timing reference point of the channel for feeding back the ACK/NACK is the ending subframe of the traffic channel scheduled by the second downlink control channel, and the offset value is determined by the value in the set of timing values indicated by the downlink control information carried by the first downlink control channel. .
可选地,所述第一下行控制信道与第二下行控制信道类型不同并且在同一周期内的搜索空间。Optionally, the first downlink control channel is different from the second downlink control channel type and has a search space in the same period.
可选地,所述定时取值集合为第一定时取值集合或第二定时取值集合或第三定时取值集合;其中,所述第一定时取值集合或第二定时取值集合或第三定时取值集合对于调度下行业务信道与调度上行业务信道为集合元素不全相同的集合;或者,所述第一定时取值集合或第二定时取值集合或第三定时取值集合对于调度下行业务信道与调度上行业务信道与指示对下行业务信道反馈ACK/NACK的定时偏移为集合元素不全相同的集合。Optionally, the timing value set is a first timing value set or a second timing value set or a third timing value set; wherein the first timing value set or the second timing value set or The third set of timing values is a set that is different from the set element of the scheduled downlink traffic channel and the scheduled uplink traffic channel; or the first timing value set or the second timing value set or the third timing value set is configured for scheduling The downlink traffic channel and the scheduled uplink traffic channel and the timing offset indicating that the downlink traffic channel is fed back ACK/NACK are not the same set of set elements.
根据本发明实施例的另一个方面,提供了一种窄带系统中搜索空间的确定装置,其中,包括:检测模块,设置为检测窄带下行控制信道所在的搜索空间,其中,所述搜索空间在时域上以R个子帧或子帧集为单位,所述搜索空间在频域上以整个窄带或窄带中M个子载波为单位,其中R、M取值集合为正整数,所述子帧集中包括X个子帧,X取值为固定值或由基站配置。According to another aspect of the present invention, there is provided a device for determining a search space in a narrowband system, comprising: a detecting module configured to detect a search space in which a narrowband downlink control channel is located, wherein the search space is in time The domain is in units of R subframes or subframes, and the search space is in the frequency domain of M subcarriers in the entire narrowband or narrowband, where the R and M value sets are positive integers, and the subframe set includes X subframes, X is a fixed value or configured by the base station.
根据本发明的又一个实施例,还提供了一种存储介质。该存储介质设置为存储用于执行以下步骤的程序代码:According to still another embodiment of the present invention, a storage medium is also provided. The storage medium is arranged to store program code for performing the following steps:
检测窄带下行控制信道所在的搜索空间,其中,所述搜索空间在时域上以R个子帧或子帧集为单位,所述搜索空间在频域上以整个窄带或窄带中M个子载波为单位,其中R、M取值集合为正整数,所述子帧集中包括X个子帧,X取值为固定值或由基站配置。Detecting a search space where a narrowband downlink control channel is located, where the search space is in units of R subframes or subframe sets in the time domain, and the search space is in units of M subcarriers in the entire narrowband or narrowband in the frequency domain. The set of R and M values is a positive integer, and the subframe set includes X subframes, where X is a fixed value or configured by a base station.
在本发明实施例中,通过检测窄带下行控制信道所在的搜索空间,其中,搜索空间在时域上以R个子帧或子帧集为单位,搜索空间在频域上以整个窄带或窄带中M个子载波为单位,其中R、M取值集合为正整数,子帧集中包括X个子帧,X取值为固定值或由基站配置,实现了在窄带系统中如何确定搜索空间,通过时分传输达到了不同消息类型、不同覆盖类型所对应的下行控制信道间阻塞率降低的效果,解决了相关技术中LTE系统中的控制信道搜索空间结构均不适用于频域带宽仅有1个PRB的NB-IoT窄带系统的需求的问题。In the embodiment of the present invention, the search space in which the narrowband downlink control channel is located is detected, wherein the search space is in units of R subframes or subframe sets in the time domain, and the search space is in the entire narrowband or narrowband in the frequency domain. The subcarriers are in units, where R and M are set to a positive integer, and the subframe set includes X subframes. The value of X is a fixed value or configured by the base station, and how to determine the search space in the narrowband system is achieved by time division transmission. The effect of reducing the blocking rate between the downlink control channels corresponding to different message types and different coverage types, and solving the related art, the control channel search space structure in the LTE system is not applicable to the NB-band with only one PRB in the frequency domain bandwidth. The problem of the demand for IoT narrowband systems.
此处所说明的附图用来提供对本发明的进一步理解,构成本申请的一部分,本发明的示意性实施例及其说明用于解释本发明,并不构成对本发明的不当限定。在附图中:
The drawings described herein are intended to provide a further understanding of the invention, and are intended to be a part of the invention. In the drawing:
图1是根据本发明实施例的窄带系统中搜索空间的确定方法的流程图;1 is a flow chart of a method of determining a search space in a narrowband system according to an embodiment of the present invention;
图2是根据本发明实施例的窄带系统中搜索空间的确定装置的结构框图;2 is a structural block diagram of a device for determining a search space in a narrowband system according to an embodiment of the present invention;
图3是根据本发明可选实施例的搜索空间在时域上连续时的示意图;3 is a schematic diagram of a search space when it is continuous in the time domain according to an alternative embodiment of the present invention;
图4是根据本发明可选实施例的搜索空间在时域上离散时的示意图;4 is a schematic diagram of a search space when it is discrete in the time domain according to an alternative embodiment of the present invention;
图5是根据本发明可选实施例的控制与数据时分复用,控制区域内不同覆盖类型时分复用的示意图;5 is a schematic diagram of time division multiplexing of different coverage types in a control region according to an alternative embodiment of the present invention;
图6是根据本发明可选实施例的控制与数据时分复用,控制区域内不再以不同覆盖时分复用的示意图;6 is a schematic diagram of control and data time division multiplexing according to an alternative embodiment of the present invention, where time division multiplexing is no longer used in different coverage areas;
图7是根据本发明可选实施例的不同覆盖时分复用,同一覆盖中控制区域与数据区分再时分复用示意图;7 is a schematic diagram of different coverage time division multiplexing, control area and data division re-time division multiplexing in the same coverage according to an alternative embodiment of the present invention;
图8是根据本发明可选实施例的控制与数据时分复用且控制区域离散时的示意图;8 is a schematic diagram of control and data time division multiplexing and control region dispersion according to an alternative embodiment of the present invention;
图9是根据本发明实施例的搜索空间以不同类型、不同消息、不同用户/用户组进行时分的示意图;9 is a schematic diagram of time division of a search space by different types, different messages, and different users/user groups according to an embodiment of the present invention;
图10是根据本发明可选实施例的下行资源频分复用时下行控制信道对下行业务信道在资源指示上仅指示相同子频带或子载波位置中后续占用子帧位置的示意图;10 is a schematic diagram of a downlink control channel indicating only a downlink sub-frame position in a same sub-band or sub-carrier position on a resource indication of a downlink traffic channel when the downlink resource channel is frequency-division multiplexed according to an optional embodiment of the present invention;
图11是根据本发明可选实施例下行资源频分复用时下行控制信道对下行业务信道在资源指示上仅跨子频带指示不同子频带中占用子帧位置且起始子帧相同的示意图;11 is a schematic diagram of a downlink control channel indicating, on a resource indication, only the sub-bands occupy different sub-bands in different sub-bands and the starting subframes are the same when the downlink resource channel is frequency-division multiplexed according to an alternative embodiment of the present invention;
图12是根据本发明可选实施例下行资源频分复用时下行控制信道对下行业务信道在资源指示上同时指示相同子频带或子载波位置中后续占用子帧位置以及跨子频带或子载波指示不同子频带中占用子帧位置的示意图;12 is a downlink control channel for a downlink traffic channel simultaneously indicating a subsequent sub-frame position in the same sub-band or sub-carrier position and a cross-subband or subcarrier on the resource indication according to an alternative embodiment of the present invention. a schematic diagram indicating the location of occupied subframes in different sub-bands;
图13是根据本发明可选实施例的下行资源频分复用时下行控制信道对下行业务信道在资源指示上同时指示相同子频带或子载波位置中后续占用子帧位置以及跨子频带或子载波指示不同子频带中占用子帧位置且不同子频带起始子帧相同的示意图;13 is a downlink control channel for a downlink traffic channel simultaneously indicating a subsequent sub-frame position and a sub-subband or sub-band in the same sub-band or sub-carrier position on the resource indication according to an alternative embodiment of the present invention. The carrier indicates a schematic diagram of occupying a subframe position in different sub-bands and starting subframes of different sub-bands are the same;
图14是根据本发明可选实施例的Rin时域候选集位置在窗内相对位置相同的示意图。14 is a schematic diagram of Rin time domain candidate set locations having the same relative position within a window in accordance with an alternate embodiment of the present invention.
下文中将参考附图并结合实施例来详细说明本发明。需要说明的是,在不冲突的情况下,本申请中的实施例及实施例中的特征可以相互组合。The invention will be described in detail below with reference to the drawings in conjunction with the embodiments. It should be noted that the embodiments in the present application and the features in the embodiments may be combined with each other without conflict.
需要说明的是,本发明的说明书和权利要求书及上述附图中的术语“第一”、“第二”等是用于区别类似的对象,而不必用于描述特定的顺序或先后次序。
It is to be understood that the terms "first", "second" and the like in the specification and claims of the present invention are used to distinguish similar objects, and are not necessarily used to describe a particular order or order.
在本实施例中提供了一种窄带系统中搜索空间的确定方法,图1是根据本发明实施例的窄带系统中搜索空间的确定方法的流程图,如图1所示,该流程包括如下步骤:In this embodiment, a method for determining a search space in a narrowband system is provided. FIG. 1 is a flowchart of a method for determining a search space in a narrowband system according to an embodiment of the present invention. As shown in FIG. 1, the flow includes the following steps. :
步骤S102:终端确定窄带搜索空间位置;Step S102: The terminal determines a narrowband search space location.
步骤S104:终端在确定的窄带搜索空间中检测窄带下行控制信道,其中,搜索空间在时域上以R个子帧或子帧集为单位,搜索空间在频域上以整个窄带或窄带中M个子载波为单位,其中R、M取值集合为正整数,子帧集中包括的X个子帧,X取值固定或基站可配置。Step S104: The terminal detects a narrowband downlink control channel in the determined narrowband search space, where the search space is in units of R subframes or subframe sets in the time domain, and the search space is in the frequency domain over the entire narrowband or narrowband M subframes. The carrier is a unit, where the set of R and M values is a positive integer, and the X subframes included in the subframe set are fixed by X or configurable by the base station.
需要说明的是,本实施例中的步骤S102和步骤S104是对终端检测窄带下行控制信道的搜索空间的进一步解释。It should be noted that step S102 and step S104 in this embodiment are further explanations for the terminal to detect the search space of the narrowband downlink control channel.
另外,本实施例中的搜索空间泛指各种应用场景,例如带内inband、保护带guardband、独立使用频带standalone;以及各种覆盖类型,例如normal、medium、extreme的基本组成,或组成的基本单元,本可选实施例中涉及到的窄带为200kHz或180kHz,与LTE共存时使用LTE定义的物理资源块PRB,对应180kHz,窄带即为1个PRB,其中,子载波数目有12个。在时域上与LTE共存或独立工作时,子帧使用LTE定义的子帧包含14个OFDM符号且在时间上持续1ms,子帧集为固定或预定义或基站配置的若干个子帧,子帧集中所包含的子帧为连续的子帧或离散的子帧或在一定调度周期或检测周期中的连续或离散的若干个子帧,子帧数量可选取值为集合{1、2、4、6、8、10、16、20}或其子集。基站配置包括使用SIB或RRC配置为cell-specific类型或UE-specific类型的方式。In addition, the search space in this embodiment generally refers to various application scenarios, such as inband inband, guard band guardband, standalone band standalone, and various overlay types, such as basic components of normal, medium, extreme, or basic components. The narrowband of the optional embodiment is 200 kHz or 180 kHz. When coexisting with LTE, the physical resource block PRB defined by LTE is used, corresponding to 180 kHz, and the narrowband is 1 PRB, wherein the number of subcarriers is 12. When cooperating with LTE in the time domain or working independently, the subframe uses LTE-defined subframes to contain 14 OFDM symbols and lasts for 1 ms in time, and the subframe set is fixed or predefined or base station configured several subframes, subframes The sub-frames included in the set are consecutive sub-frames or discrete sub-frames or consecutive or discrete sub-frames in a certain scheduling period or detection period, and the number of sub-frames may be selected as a set {1, 2, 4, 6, 8, 10, 16, 20} or a subset thereof. The base station configuration includes a manner of configuring the cell-specific type or the UE-specific type using SIB or RRC.
在本实施例的可选实施方式中,本实施例中涉及到的搜索空间由高层信令配置为一个或多个,包括以下至少之一:仅支持单个进程,基站通过高层信令为终端配置一个搜索空间;支持多个进程,基站通过高层信令为终端配置一个搜索空间;支持多个进程,基站通过高层信令为终端配置多个搜索空间,其中至少一个进程与其他进程位于不同的搜索空间中;In an optional implementation manner of this embodiment, the search space involved in the embodiment is configured by one or more high layer signaling, including at least one of the following: only a single process is supported, and the base station configures the terminal by using high layer signaling. a search space; supporting multiple processes, the base station configures a search space for the terminal through high-level signaling; supports multiple processes, and the base station configures multiple search spaces for the terminal through high-level signaling, at least one of which is located in a different search from other processes. In space
具体的,在仅支持单个进程时,基站通过高层信令为终端配置一个搜索空间;支持多个进程,基站通过高层信令为终端配置一个搜索空间;支持多个进程,基站通过高层信令为终端配置多个搜索空间,其中至少一个进程与其他进程位于不同的搜索空间中;其中搜索空间的具体内容如本发明所述。Specifically, when only a single process is supported, the base station configures a search space for the terminal through high-level signaling; supports multiple processes, and the base station configures a search space for the terminal through high-level signaling; supports multiple processes, and the base station uses high-level signaling The terminal configures a plurality of search spaces, wherein at least one of the processes is located in a different search space from the other processes; wherein the specific content of the search space is as described in the present invention.
进一步的,在所述支持多个进程,基站通过高层信令为终端配置一个搜索空间时,在该搜索空间中的下行控制信道调度下行业务信道或上行业务信道的调度定时确定方法包括以下至少之一:Further, when the base station configures a search space for the terminal by using the high layer signaling, the scheduling control method for scheduling the downlink traffic channel or the uplink traffic channel in the search space includes the following at least One:
通过下行控制信道承载的下行控制信息指示的第一定时取值集合中的取值确定;在调度下行业务信道时,其中第一定时取值集合优选为:{0、4、8、12、16、20、24、28},或{0、4、8、12、16、32、48、64},或{0、1、2、3、4、5、6、8、10},或R1*{0、1、2、3、4、5、6、8、10}-R2;其中R1表示所调度的下行业务信道的重复次数,R2表示下行控制信道的重复次数。其中下行控制信息为下行授权时所调度的业务信道为下行业务信道。在调度上行业务信道时,其中第一定时取值集合优选为:{8、12、16、20},或{8、12、16、32},或{8、10、12、14},
或或或
或其中R1表示所调度的上行业务信道的重复次数,R2表示下行控制信道的重复次数。表示上行业务信道为单个资源单元时的时域长度,如表1所示,NRU表示上行业务信道包含的资源单元数量,其中NRU的取值为集合{0、1、2、3、4、5、6、8、10}中之一。其中下行控制信息为上行授权时所调度的业务信道为上行业务信道。The value of the first timing value set indicated by the downlink control information carried by the downlink control channel is determined; when the downlink traffic channel is scheduled, the first timing value set is preferably: {0, 4, 8, 12, 16 , 20, 24, 28}, or {0, 4, 8, 12, 16, 32, 48, 64}, or {0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8, 10}, or R1 *{0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8, 10}-R2; where R1 represents the number of repetitions of the scheduled downlink traffic channel and R2 represents the number of repetitions of the downlink control channel. The traffic channel scheduled when the downlink control information is the downlink grant is a downlink traffic channel. When scheduling the uplink traffic channel, the first set of timing values is preferably: {8, 12, 16, 20}, or {8, 12, 16, 32}, or {8, 10, 12, 14}, or or or or Where R1 represents the number of repetitions of the scheduled uplink traffic channel, and R2 represents the number of repetitions of the downlink control channel. Indicates the time domain length when the uplink traffic channel is a single resource unit. As shown in Table 1, N RU represents the number of resource elements included in the uplink traffic channel, where the value of N RU is set {0, 1, 2, 3, 4 One of 5, 6, 8, 10}. The traffic channel scheduled when the downlink control information is the uplink grant is an uplink traffic channel.
表1Table 1
通过第一个下行控制信道承载的下行控制信息指示的第二定时取值集合中的取值确定,并且通过第i个下行控制信道承载的下行信息指示的相对于第i-1个下行控制信道承载的下行控制信息调度的业务信道结束子帧的偏移值确定,i为大于1的正整数;在调度下行业务信道时,其中第二定时取值集合为{0、4、8、12、16、32、64、128}或{0、16、32、64、128、256、512、1024}。当多个进程最大为2个进程时,i=2;当多个进程最大为4个进程时,i=2、3、4;当多个进程最大为8个进程时,i=2、3、4、5、6、7、8;偏移值优选从第三定时取值集合中选取,第三定时取值集合优选为:{0、1、2、3、4、5、6、7、8},或{0、2、4、6、8、10、12、14},或{0、1、2、3、4、6、8、10},或{0、2、4、6、8、12、16、20},或{0、1、2、3、4、8、12、16}。其中第i个下行控制信道与第i-1个下行控制信道承载的下行控制信息类型相同,即都为下行授权。其中第i个下行控制信道与第i-1个下行控制信道均为发送给相同UE。其中下行控制信息为下行授权时所调度的业务信道为下行业务信道。在调度上行业务信道时,其中第二定时取值集合为{8、16、32、64}。当多个进程最大为2个进程时,i=2;当多个进程最大为4个进程时,i=2、3、4;当多个进程最大为8个进程时,i=2、3、4、5、6、7、8;偏移值优选从第三定时取值集合中选取,第三定时取值集合优选为:{0、1、2、3},或{0、2、4、6},或{0、2、6、10},或{0、4、8、12},或{0、1、3、5}。其中第i个下行控制信道与第i-1个下行控制信道承载的下行控制信息类型相同,即都为上行授权。其中第i个下行控制信道与第i-1个下行控制信道均为发送给相同UE。其中下行控制信息为上行授权时所调度的业务信道为上行业务信道。第i个控制信道和第i-1个控制信道确定方式为:(方式1,通过时频资源确定)在相同搜索空间同一周期内时,时域上第i个控制信道位于第i-1个控制信道之后,额外的对于控制信道采用聚合等级AL=1并且时域位置相同时,频域上第i个控制信道位于第i-1个控制信道之后。在相同搜索空间不同周期内,时域上第i个控制信道位于第i-1个控制信道之后。(方式2,通过进程号确定)第i个控制信道的进程号大于第i-1个控制信道的进程号。
The value in the second timing value set indicated by the downlink control information carried by the first downlink control channel is determined, and the downlink information indicated by the ith downlink control channel indicates the i-1th downlink control channel. The offset value of the service channel end subframe of the downlink control information scheduled by the bearer is determined, i is a positive integer greater than 1; when the downlink traffic channel is scheduled, the second timing set is {0, 4, 8, 12, 16, 32, 64, 128} or {0, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024}. When multiple processes have a maximum of 2 processes, i=2; when multiple processes have a maximum of 4 processes, i=2, 3, 4; when multiple processes have a maximum of 8 processes, i=2, 3 4, 5, 6, 7, 8; the offset value is preferably selected from the third set of timing values, and the third set of timing values is preferably: {0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7 , 8}, or {0, 2, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12, 14}, or {0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10}, or {0, 2, 4, 6, 8, 12, 16, 20}, or {0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 8, 12, 16}. The downlink control information carried by the i-th downlink control channel and the i-th downlink control channel are of the same type, that is, the downlink authorization is performed. The ith downlink control channel and the i-1th downlink control channel are both sent to the same UE. The traffic channel scheduled when the downlink control information is the downlink grant is a downlink traffic channel. When the uplink traffic channel is scheduled, the second timing set is {8, 16, 32, 64}. When multiple processes have a maximum of 2 processes, i=2; when multiple processes have a maximum of 4 processes, i=2, 3, 4; when multiple processes have a maximum of 8 processes, i=2, 3 4, 5, 6, 7, 8; the offset value is preferably selected from the third set of timing values, and the third set of timing values is preferably: {0, 1, 2, 3}, or {0, 2 4, 6}, or {0, 2, 6, 10}, or {0, 4, 8, 12}, or {0, 1, 3, 5}. The downlink control information carried by the i-th downlink control channel and the i-th downlink control channel are of the same type, that is, the uplink authorization. The ith downlink control channel and the i-1th downlink control channel are both sent to the same UE. The traffic channel scheduled when the downlink control information is the uplink grant is an uplink traffic channel. The i-th control channel and the i-th control channel are determined in the following manner: (method 1, determined by time-frequency resources), when the same search space is in the same period, the i-th control channel in the time domain is located at the i-1th After the control channel, when the aggregation level AL=1 is used for the control channel and the time domain position is the same, the i-th control channel in the frequency domain is located after the i-1th control channel. The i-th control channel in the time domain is located after the i-1th control channel in different periods of the same search space. (Mode 2, determined by the process number) The process number of the i-th control channel is greater than the process number of the i-1th control channel.
通过第一个下行控制信道承载的下行控制信息指示的第二定时取值集合中的取值确定,并且通过第i个下行控制信道承载的下行信息指示的第一定时取值集合中的取值确定,i为大于1的正整数;在调度下行业务信道时,其中第二定时取值集合为{0、4、8、12、16、32、64、128}或{0、16、32、64、128、256、512、1024}。当多个进程最大为2个进程时,i=2;当多个进程最大为4个进程时,i=2、3、4;当多个进程最大为8个进程时,i=2、3、4、5、6、7、8;其中第一定时取值集合优选为:{0、4、8、12、16、20、24、28},或{0、4、8、12、16、32、48、64},或{0、1、2、3、4、5、6、8、10},或R1*{0、1、2、3、4、5、6、8、10}-R2;其中R1表示所调度的业务信道的重复次数,R2表示下行控制信道的重复次数。其中第i个下行控制信道与第i-1个下行控制信道承载的下行控制信息类型相同,即都为下行授权。其中第i个下行控制信道与第i-1个下行控制信道均为发送给相同UE。其中下行控制信息为下行授权时所调度的业务信道为下行业务信道。在调度下行业务信道时,其中第二定时取值集合为{8、16、32、64}。当多个进程最大为2个进程时,i=2;当多个进程最大为4个进程时,i=2、3、4;当多个进程最大为8个进程时,i=2、3、4、5、6、7、8;其中第一定时取值集合优选为:{8、12、16、20},或{8、12、16、32},或{8、10、12、14},或
或或或其中R1表示所调度的上行业务信道的重复次数,R2表示下行控制信道的重复次数。表示上行业务信道为单个资源单元时的时域长度,如表2所示,NRU表示上行业务信道包含的资源单元数量,其中NRU的取值为集合{0、1、2、3、4、5、6、8、10}中之一。其中第i个下行控制信道与第i-1个下行控制信道承载的下行控制信息类型相同,即都为上行授权。其中第i个下行控制信道与第i-1个下行控制信道均为发送给相同UE。其中下行控制信息为上行授权时所调度的业务信道为上行业务信道。The value in the second set of timing values indicated by the downlink control information carried by the first downlink control channel is determined, and the value in the first set of timing values indicated by the downlink information carried by the ith downlink control channel is determined. It is determined that i is a positive integer greater than one; when scheduling the downlink traffic channel, wherein the second timing set is {0, 4, 8, 12, 16, 32, 64, 128} or {0, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024}. When multiple processes have a maximum of 2 processes, i=2; when multiple processes have a maximum of 4 processes, i=2, 3, 4; when multiple processes have a maximum of 8 processes, i=2, 3 , 4, 5, 6, 7, 8; wherein the first set of timing values is preferably: {0, 4, 8, 12, 16, 20, 24, 28}, or {0, 4, 8, 12, 16 , 32, 48, 64}, or {0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8, 10}, or R1*{0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8, 10 }-R2; where R1 represents the number of repetitions of the scheduled traffic channel and R2 represents the number of repetitions of the downlink control channel. The downlink control information carried by the i-th downlink control channel and the i-th downlink control channel are of the same type, that is, the downlink authorization is performed. The ith downlink control channel and the i-1th downlink control channel are both sent to the same UE. The traffic channel scheduled when the downlink control information is the downlink grant is a downlink traffic channel. When the downlink traffic channel is scheduled, the second timing set is {8, 16, 32, 64}. When multiple processes have a maximum of 2 processes, i=2; when multiple processes have a maximum of 4 processes, i=2, 3, 4; when multiple processes have a maximum of 8 processes, i=2, 3 , 4, 5, 6, 7, 8; wherein the first set of timing values is preferably: {8, 12, 16, 20}, or {8, 12, 16, 32}, or {8, 10, 12, 14}, or or or or Where R1 represents the number of repetitions of the scheduled uplink traffic channel, and R2 represents the number of repetitions of the downlink control channel. Indicates the time domain length when the uplink traffic channel is a single resource unit. As shown in Table 2, N RU represents the number of resource elements included in the uplink traffic channel, where the value of N RU is set {0, 1, 2, 3, 4 One of 5, 6, 8, 10}. The downlink control information carried by the i-th downlink control channel and the i-th downlink control channel are of the same type, that is, the uplink authorization. The ith downlink control channel and the i-1th downlink control channel are both sent to the same UE. The traffic channel scheduled when the downlink control information is the uplink grant is an uplink traffic channel.
第i个控制信道和第i-1个控制信道确定方式为:(方式1,通过时频资源确定)在相同搜索空间同一周期内时,时域上第i个控制信道位于第i-1个控制信道之后,额外的对于控制信道采用聚合等级AL=1并且时域位置相同时,频域上第i个控制信道位于第i-1个控制信道之后。在相同搜索空间不同周期内,时域上第i个控制信道位于第i-1个控制信道之后。(方式2,通过进程号确定)第i个控制信道的进程号大于第i-1个控制信道的进程号。The i-th control channel and the i-th control channel are determined in the following manner: (method 1, determined by time-frequency resources), when the same search space is in the same period, the i-th control channel in the time domain is located at the i-1th After the control channel, when the aggregation level AL=1 is used for the control channel and the time domain position is the same, the i-th control channel in the frequency domain is located after the i-1th control channel. The i-th control channel in the time domain is located after the i-1th control channel in different periods of the same search space. (Mode 2, determined by the process number) The process number of the i-th control channel is greater than the process number of the i-1th control channel.
进一步的,在所述支持多个进程,基站通过高层信令为终端配置一个搜索空间时,并且调度不同进程业务信道的下行控制信道位于同一周期内,在该搜索空间中的下行控制信道调度下行业务信道或上行业务信道的调度定时确定方法包括以下至少之一:Further, when the plurality of processes are supported, the base station configures a search space for the terminal by using the high layer signaling, and the downlink control channel for scheduling the traffic channels of different processes is located in the same period, and the downlink control channel is scheduled to be downlinked in the search space. The scheduling timing determining method of the traffic channel or the uplink traffic channel includes at least one of the following:
通过第一下行控制信道承载的下行控制信息指示的定时取值集合中取值确定,定时参考点为第一下行控制信道结束子帧;通过第二下行控制信道承载的下行控制信息指示的定时取值集合中取值确定,定时参考点为第一下行控制信道调度的业务信道的结束子帧。The value of the timing value set indicated by the downlink control information carried by the first downlink control channel is determined, and the timing reference point is the first downlink control channel end subframe; and the downlink control information carried by the second downlink control channel indicates The value in the set of timing values is determined, and the timing reference point is the end subframe of the traffic channel scheduled by the first downlink control channel.
通过第一下行控制信道承载的下行控制信息指示的定时取值集合中取值确定,定时参考点为第一下行控制信道结束子帧;并且承载对第一下行控制信道调度的业务信道反馈ACK/NACK的信道的定时参考点为第二下行控制信道调度的业务信道的结束子帧,偏移值通
过第一下行控制信道承载的下行控制信息指示的定时取值集合中取值确定。Determining, by using a value in the set of timing values indicated by the downlink control information carried by the first downlink control channel, the timing reference point is the end subframe of the first downlink control channel; and carrying the traffic channel scheduled for the first downlink control channel The timing reference point of the channel for feeding back the ACK/NACK is the end subframe of the traffic channel scheduled by the second downlink control channel, and the offset value is
The value in the set of timing values indicated by the downlink control information carried by the first downlink control channel is determined.
通过第一下行控制信道承载的下行控制信息指示的定时取值集合中取值确定,定时参考点为第一下行控制信道结束子帧;并且承载对第一下行控制信道调度的业务信道反馈ACK/NACK的信道的定时参考点为第二下行控制信道调度的业务信道的结束子帧,偏移值通过第一下行控制信道承载的下行控制信息指示的定时取值集合中取值确定。并且承载对第二下行控制信道调度的业务信道反馈ACK/NACK的信道的定时参考点为承载对第一下行控制信道调度的业务信道反馈ACK/NACK的信道的结束子帧,偏移值通过第二下行控制信道承载的下行控制信息指示的定时取值集合中取值确定。Determining, by using a value in the set of timing values indicated by the downlink control information carried by the first downlink control channel, the timing reference point is the end subframe of the first downlink control channel; and carrying the traffic channel scheduled for the first downlink control channel The timing reference point of the channel for feeding back the ACK/NACK is the ending subframe of the traffic channel scheduled by the second downlink control channel, and the offset value is determined by the value in the set of timing values indicated by the downlink control information carried by the first downlink control channel. . And the timing reference point of the channel carrying the ACK/NACK for the traffic channel scheduled by the second downlink control channel is the end subframe of the channel carrying the ACK/NACK for the traffic channel scheduled for the first downlink control channel, and the offset value is passed. The value of the set of timing values indicated by the downlink control information carried by the second downlink control channel is determined.
更进一步的,所述第一下行控制信道与第二下行控制信道类型相同并且在同一周期内的搜索空间。具体的,第一下行控制信道与第二下行控制信道均为承载调度下行业务信道的下行授权信息的信道,称为类型相同。第一下行控制信道与第二下行控制信道位于相同的搜索空间内并且是同一周期内,该周期为配置搜索空间起始子帧所满足的周期。Further, the first downlink control channel is the same as the second downlink control channel type and has a search space in the same period. Specifically, the first downlink control channel and the second downlink control channel are both channels carrying the downlink grant information for scheduling the downlink traffic channel, and are referred to as the same type. The first downlink control channel and the second downlink control channel are located in the same search space and are in the same period, and the period is a period that is satisfied by configuring the start subframe of the search space.
更进一步的,所述定时取值集合为第一定时取值集合或第二定时取值集合或第三定时取值集合。其中所述第一定时取值集合或第二定时取值集合或第三定时取值集合对于调度下行业务信道与调度上行业务信道为集合元素不全相同的集合;或者所述第一定时取值集合或第二定时取值集合或第三定时取值集合对于调度下行业务信道与调度上行业务信道与指示对下行业务信道反馈ACK/NACK的定时偏移为集合元素不全相同的集合。具体的,在通过第一下行控制信道承载的下行控制信息指示的定时取值集合中取值确定时,所述定时取值集合优选为第二定时取值集合,也可以是第一定时取值集合或第三定时取值集合。具体的,在通过第二下行控制信道承载的下行控制信息指示的定时取值集合中取值确定时,所述定时取值集合优选为第三定时取值集合或第二定时取值集合或第一定时取值集合。具体的,第一下行控制信道承载的下行控制信息对第一下行控制信道调度的业务信道反馈ACK/NACK的信道的定时偏移值指示时所使用的定时取值集合优选为第三定时取值集合或第二定时取值集合或第一定时取值集合。具体的,第二下行控制信道承载的下行控制信息对第二下行控制信道调度的业务信道反馈ACK/NACK的信道的定时偏移值指示时所使用的定时取值集合优选为第三定时取值集合或第二定时取值集合或第一定时取值集合。具体的,所述第一定时取值集合或第二定时取值集合或第三定时取值集合对于调度下行业务信道与调度上行业务信道为集合元素不全相同的集合,具体集合示例见下述具体实例所述。具体的,所述第一定时取值集合或第二定时取值集合或第三定时取值集合对于调度下行业务信道与调度上行业务信道与指示对下行业务信道反馈ACK/NACK的定时偏移为集合元素不全相同的集合,具体集合示例见下述具体实例所述。Further, the timing value set is a first timing value set or a second timing value set or a third timing value set. The first timing value set or the second timing value set or the third timing value set is a set in which the scheduled downlink traffic channel and the scheduled uplink traffic channel are not all the same set elements; or the first timing value set is set. Or the second timing value set or the third timing value set is a set that is different from the set element for scheduling the downlink traffic channel and scheduling the uplink traffic channel and indicating that the downlink traffic channel feedback ACK/NACK is delayed. Specifically, when the value is determined in the timing value set indicated by the downlink control information carried by the first downlink control channel, the timing value set is preferably a second timing value set, or may be a first timing A set of values or a set of third timing values. Specifically, when the value is determined in the timing value set indicated by the downlink control information carried by the second downlink control channel, the timing value set is preferably a third timing value set or a second timing value set or A set of values is taken at a certain time. Specifically, the timing value set used by the downlink control information carried by the first downlink control channel for indicating the timing offset value of the channel of the ACK/NACK for the traffic channel scheduled by the first downlink control channel is preferably a third timing. A set of values or a set of second timing values or a set of first timing values. Specifically, the downlink control information carried by the second downlink control channel is used to indicate the timing offset value of the channel ACK/NACK channel of the traffic channel scheduled by the second downlink control channel, and the timing value set used is preferably the third timing value. The set or the second set of timing values or the first set of timing values. Specifically, the first timing value set or the second timing value set or the third timing value set is not the same set for the scheduled downlink traffic channel and the scheduled uplink traffic channel, and the specific set example is as follows. As described in the examples. Specifically, the timing offset of the first timing value set or the second timing value set or the third timing value set for scheduling the downlink traffic channel and scheduling the uplink traffic channel and indicating the downlink traffic channel feedback ACK/NACK is The collection elements are not all the same collection. The specific collection examples are described in the specific examples below.
对于同一UE在同一周期内搜索空间中检测到一个以上的下行控制信道时,并且都是承载调度下行业务信道的下行授权信息。在调度下行业务信道时,其中第二定时取值集合为{0、4、8、12、16、32、64、128}(该集合针对Rmax<128时,Rmax为下行控制信道的最大重复次数)或{0、16、32、64、128、256、512、1024}(该集合针对Rmax≥128时,Rmax为下行控制信道的最大重复次数)。第三定时取值集合优选为:{0、1、2、3、4、5、6、7、8},或{0、
2、4、6、8、10、12、14},或{0、1、2、3、4、6、8、10},或{0、2、4、6、8、12、16、20},或{0、1、2、3、4、8、12、16}。第一定时取值集合优选为:{0、4、8、12、16、20、24、28},或{0、4、8、12、16、32、48、64},或{0、1、2、3、4、5、6、8、10},或R1*{0、1、2、3、4、5、6、8、10}-R2;其中R1表示所调度的下行业务信道的重复次数,R2表示下行控制信道的重复次数。其中第一下行控制信道与第二个下行控制信道承载的下行控制信息类型相同,即都为下行授权。其中第一下行控制信道与第二下行控制信道均为发送给相同UE。其中下行控制信息为下行授权时所调度的业务信道为下行业务信道。通过第一下行控制信道承载的下行控制信息指示的定时取值集合中取值确定,定时参考点为第一下行控制信道结束子帧,并且是在最小定时(如采用最小间隔4ms,即最小定时n+5)的基础上再加上所述取值;通过第二下行控制信道承载的下行控制信息指示的定时取值集合中取值确定,定时参考点为第一下行控制信道调度的业务信道的结束子帧,可以在最小定时的基础上再加上所述取值,或者无需最小定时直接使用所述取值确定定时。所述取值为所对应的子帧为可用子帧或物理子帧。When the same UE detects more than one downlink control channel in the search space in the same period, and all of them carry downlink authorization information for scheduling the downlink traffic channel. When scheduling the downlink traffic channel, where the second timing value set is {0, 4, 8, 12, 16, 32, 64, 128} (when the set is for Rmax<128, Rmax is the maximum number of repetitions of the downlink control channel) Or {0, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024} (this set is for Rmax ≥ 128, Rmax is the maximum number of repetitions of the downlink control channel). The third set of timing values is preferably: {0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8}, or {0,
2, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12, 14}, or {0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10}, or {0, 2, 4, 6, 8, 12, 16, 20}, or {0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 8, 12, 16}. The first set of timing values is preferably: {0, 4, 8, 12, 16, 20, 24, 28}, or {0, 4, 8, 12, 16, 32, 48, 64}, or {0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8, 10}, or R1*{0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8, 10}-R2; where R1 represents the scheduled downlink service The number of repetitions of the channel, and R2 represents the number of repetitions of the downlink control channel. The downlink control information carried by the first downlink control channel and the second downlink control channel are of the same type, that is, the downlink authorization is performed. The first downlink control channel and the second downlink control channel are both sent to the same UE. The traffic channel scheduled when the downlink control information is the downlink grant is a downlink traffic channel. The value of the timing value set indicated by the downlink control information carried by the first downlink control channel is determined, and the timing reference point is the end subframe of the first downlink control channel, and is at a minimum timing (eg, using a minimum interval of 4 ms, that is, Adding the value to the minimum timing n+5); determining the value in the timing value set indicated by the downlink control information carried by the second downlink control channel, and the timing reference point is the first downlink control channel scheduling The end subframe of the traffic channel may be added to the minimum timing basis, or the timing may be directly used to determine the timing without minimum timing. The value of the corresponding subframe is a available subframe or a physical subframe.
对于同一UE在同一周期内搜索空间中仅检测到一个下行控制信道时,并且为承载调度下行业务信道的下行授权信息。在调度下行业务信道时,仅使用第二定时取值集合为{0、4、8、12、16、32、64、128}或{0、16、32、64、128、256、512、1024}。通过该下行控制信道承载的下行控制信息指示的定时取值集合中取值确定,定时参考点为第一下行控制信道结束子帧,并且是在最小定时(如采用最小间隔4ms,即最小定时n+5)的基础上再加上所述取值。所述取值为所对应的子帧为可用子帧或物理子帧。When the same UE detects only one downlink control channel in the search space in the same period, and performs downlink grant information for scheduling the downlink traffic channel. When scheduling the downlink traffic channel, only the second timing value set is used as {0, 4, 8, 12, 16, 32, 64, 128} or {0, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024. }. The value of the timing value set indicated by the downlink control information carried by the downlink control channel is determined, and the timing reference point is the first downlink control channel end subframe, and is at a minimum timing (eg, using a minimum interval of 4 ms, that is, a minimum timing) Add the value based on n+5). The value of the corresponding subframe is a available subframe or a physical subframe.
对于同一UE在同一周期内搜索空间中检测到一个以上的下行控制信道时,并且都是承载调度上行业务信道的上行授权信息。在调度上行业务信道时,其中第二定时取值集合为{8、16、32、64}。第三定时取值集合优选为:{0、1、2、3},或{0、2、4、6},或{0、2、6、10},或{0、4、8、12},或{0、1、3、5}。第一定时取值集合优选为:{8、12、16、20},或{8、12、16、32},或{8、10、12、14},或或
或或其中R1表示所调度的上行业务信道的重复次数,R2表示下行控制信道的重复次数。表示上行业务信道为单个资源单元时的时域长度,如表1所示,NRU表示上行业务信道包含的资源单元数量,其中NRU的取值为集合{0、1、2、3、4、5、6、8、10}中之一。其中第一下行控制信道与第二下行控制信道承载的下行控制信息类型相同,即都为上行授权。其中第一下行控制信道与第二下行控制信道均为发送给相同UE。其中下行控制信息为上行授权时所调度的业务信道为上行业务信道。通过第一下行控制信道承载的下行控制信息指示的定时取值集合中取值确定,定时参考点为第一下行控制信道结束子帧;通过第二下行控制信道承载的下行控制信息指示的定时取值集合中取值确定,定时参考点为第一下行控制信道调度的业务信道的结束子帧,可以在最小定时的基础上再加上所述取值,或者无需最小定时直接使用所述取值确定定时。When the same UE detects more than one downlink control channel in the search space in the same period, and all of them carry uplink grant information for scheduling the uplink traffic channel. When the uplink traffic channel is scheduled, the second timing set is {8, 16, 32, 64}. The third set of timing values is preferably: {0, 1, 2, 3}, or {0, 2, 4, 6}, or {0, 2, 6, 10}, or {0, 4, 8, 12 }, or {0, 1, 3, 5}. The first set of timing values is preferably: {8, 12, 16, 20}, or {8, 12, 16, 32}, or {8, 10, 12, 14}, or or or or Where R1 represents the number of repetitions of the scheduled uplink traffic channel, and R2 represents the number of repetitions of the downlink control channel. Indicates the time domain length when the uplink traffic channel is a single resource unit. As shown in Table 1, N RU represents the number of resource elements included in the uplink traffic channel, where the value of N RU is set {0, 1, 2, 3, 4 One of 5, 6, 8, 10}. The downlink control information carried by the first downlink control channel and the second downlink control channel are of the same type, that is, the uplink authorization is performed. The first downlink control channel and the second downlink control channel are both sent to the same UE. The traffic channel scheduled when the downlink control information is the uplink grant is an uplink traffic channel. The value of the timing value set indicated by the downlink control information carried by the first downlink control channel is determined, and the timing reference point is the first downlink control channel end subframe; and the downlink control information carried by the second downlink control channel indicates The value in the set of timing values is determined, and the timing reference point is the end subframe of the traffic channel scheduled by the first downlink control channel, and the value may be added on the basis of the minimum timing, or may be directly used without minimum timing. The value is determined to determine the timing.
对于同一UE在同一周期内搜索空间中仅检测到一个下行控制信道时,并且为承载调度上行业务信道的上行授权信息。在调度上行业务信道时,仅使用第二定时取值集合为{8、16、
32、64}。通过该下行控制信道承载的下行控制信息指示的定时取值集合中取值确定,定时参考点为第一下行控制信道结束子帧。For the same UE, only one downlink control channel is detected in the search space in the same period, and the uplink grant information for scheduling the uplink traffic channel is carried. When scheduling the uplink traffic channel, only the second timing value set is used as {8, 16,
32, 64}. The value of the timing value set indicated by the downlink control information carried by the downlink control channel is determined, and the timing reference point is the first downlink control channel end subframe.
对于同一UE在同一周期内搜索空间中检测到一个以上的下行控制信道时,并且都是承载调度下行业务信道的下行授权信息。在指示对下行业务信道反馈ACK/NACK的定时偏移时,其中第二定时取值集合为{0、8}(该集合针对子载波间隔为3.75kHz时)或{0、2、4、5}(该集合针对子载波间隔为15kHz时)。第三定时取值集合在子载波间隔为3.75kHz时优选为:{0、1},或{0、2},或{0、4},或{0、6},或{0、10};在子载波间隔为15kHz时优选为:{0、1、2、3},或{0、1、2、4},或{0、2、4、6},或{0、1、3、4},或{0、1、3、5}。第一定时取值集合在子载波间隔为3.75kHz时优选为:{0、16},或{0、32},或{0、48},或{0、64};在子载波间隔为15kHz时优选为:{0、4、8、12},或{0、8、16、24},或{0、8、16、32},或{0、12、24、36},或{0、12、24、48}。其中第一下行控制信道与第二个下行控制信道承载的下行控制信息类型相同,即都为下行授权。其中第一下行控制信道与第二下行控制信道均为发送给相同UE。其中下行控制信息为下行授权时所调度的业务信道为下行业务信道。通过第一下行控制信道承载的下行控制信息指示对第一下行控制信道调度的下行业务信道反馈ACK/NACK的定时偏移时,定时参考点为第二下行控制信道调度的业务信道的结束子帧,可以在最小定时间隔(如采用最小间隔12ms)的基础上再加上所述取值,或者无需最小定时直接使用所述取值确定定时。可选的,对于通过第二下行控制信道承载的下行控制信息指示对第二下行控制信道调度的下行业务信道反馈ACK/NACK的定时偏移时,定时参考点为承载对第一下行控制信道调度的业务信道反馈ACK/NACK的信道的结束子帧,可以在最小定时间隔(如采用最小间隔12ms)的基础上再加上所述取值,或者无需最小定时直接使用所述取值确定定时。When the same UE detects more than one downlink control channel in the search space in the same period, and all of them carry downlink authorization information for scheduling the downlink traffic channel. When indicating a timing offset for feeding back ACK/NACK to the downlink traffic channel, where the second timing set is {0, 8} (the set is for a subcarrier spacing of 3.75 kHz) or {0, 2, 4, 5 } (This set is for a subcarrier spacing of 15 kHz). The third timing set is preferably {0, 1}, or {0, 2}, or {0, 4}, or {0, 6}, or {0, 10} when the subcarrier spacing is 3.75 kHz. When the subcarrier spacing is 15 kHz, it is preferably: {0, 1, 2, 3}, or {0, 1, 2, 4}, or {0, 2, 4, 6}, or {0, 1, 3 , 4}, or {0, 1, 3, 5}. The first timing set is preferably: {0, 16}, or {0, 32}, or {0, 48}, or {0, 64} when the subcarrier spacing is 3.75 kHz; the subcarrier spacing is 15 kHz. The time is preferably: {0, 4, 8, 12}, or {0, 8, 16, 24}, or {0, 8, 16, 32}, or {0, 12, 24, 36}, or {0 , 12, 24, 48}. The downlink control information carried by the first downlink control channel and the second downlink control channel are of the same type, that is, the downlink authorization is performed. The first downlink control channel and the second downlink control channel are both sent to the same UE. The traffic channel scheduled when the downlink control information is the downlink grant is a downlink traffic channel. When the downlink control information carried by the first downlink control channel indicates the timing offset of the downlink traffic channel feedback ACK/NACK scheduled by the first downlink control channel, the timing reference point is the end of the traffic channel scheduled by the second downlink control channel. The subframe may be added to the minimum timing interval (eg, with a minimum interval of 12 ms), or the timing may be directly used to determine the timing without minimum timing. Optionally, when the downlink control information carried by the second downlink control channel indicates the timing offset of the downlink traffic channel feedback ACK/NACK scheduled by the second downlink control channel, the timing reference point is the bearer pair first downlink control channel. The end subframe of the channel for which the scheduled traffic channel feeds back the ACK/NACK may be added to the minimum timing interval (eg, using a minimum interval of 12 ms), or may be directly used to determine the timing without using the minimum timing. .
对于同一UE在同一周期内搜索空间中仅检测到一个下行控制信道时,并且为承载调度下行业务信道的下行授权信息。在指示对下行业务信道反馈ACK/NACK的定时偏移时,仅使用第二定时取值集合为{0、8}(该集合针对子载波间隔为3.75kHz时)或{0、2、4、5}(该集合针对子载波间隔为15kHz时)。通过该下行控制信道承载的下行控制信息指示对下行业务信道反馈ACK/NACK的定时偏移时,定时参考点为第二下行控制信道调度的业务信道的结束子帧,并且是在最小定时间隔(如采用最小间隔12ms)的基础上再加上所述取值。When the same UE detects only one downlink control channel in the search space in the same period, and performs downlink grant information for scheduling the downlink traffic channel. When indicating the timing offset of the ACK/NACK for the downlink traffic channel, only the second timing set is {0, 8} (the set is for the subcarrier spacing of 3.75 kHz) or {0, 2, 4, 5} (This set is for a subcarrier spacing of 15 kHz). When the downlink control information carried by the downlink control channel indicates that the timing offset of the ACK/NACK is fed back to the downlink traffic channel, the timing reference point is the end subframe of the traffic channel scheduled by the second downlink control channel, and is at the minimum timing interval ( The value is added on the basis of a minimum interval of 12 ms.
第一下行控制信道和第二下行控制信道确定方式为:(方式1,通过时频资源确定)在相同搜索空间同一周期内时,时域上第二下行控制信道位于第一下行控制信道之后,额外的对于下行控制信道采用聚合等级AL=1并且时域位置相同时,频域上第二下行控制信道位于第一下行控制信道之后。(方式2,通过进程号确定)第二下行控制信道的进程号大于第一下行控制信道的进程号。The first downlink control channel and the second downlink control channel are determined by: (method 1, determined by time-frequency resources), when the same search space is in the same period, the second downlink control channel is located in the first downlink control channel in the time domain. Then, when the aggregation level AL=1 is used for the downlink control channel and the time domain location is the same, the second downlink control channel in the frequency domain is located after the first downlink control channel. (Mode 2, determined by the process ID) The process number of the second downlink control channel is greater than the process ID of the first downlink control channel.
进一步的,在所述支持多个进程,基站通过高层信令为终端配置一个搜索空间时,并且调度不同类型业务信道的下行控制信道位于同一周期内,在该搜索空间中的下行控制信道调度不同类型业务信道的调度定时确定方法包括以下至少之一:Further, when the plurality of processes are supported, the base station configures a search space for the terminal by using the high layer signaling, and the downlink control channels for scheduling different types of traffic channels are located in the same period, and the downlink control channel scheduling in the search space is different. The scheduling timing determination method of the type traffic channel includes at least one of the following:
通过第一下行控制信道承载的下行控制信息指示的定时取值集合中取值确定,定时参考
点为第一下行控制信道结束子帧;通过第二下行控制信道承载的下行控制信息指示的定时取值集合中取值确定,定时参考点为第一下行控制信道调度的业务信道的结束子帧。Determining the value in the set of timing values indicated by the downlink control information carried by the first downlink control channel, timing reference
The point is the first downlink control channel end subframe; the value is determined by the timing value set indicated by the downlink control information carried by the second downlink control channel, and the timing reference point is the end of the traffic channel scheduled by the first downlink control channel. Subframe.
通过第一下行控制信道承载的下行控制信息指示的定时取值集合中取值确定,定时参考点为第一下行控制信道结束子帧;通过第二下行控制信道承载的下行控制信息指示的定时取值集合中取值确定,定时参考点为承载对第一下行控制信道调度的业务信道反馈ACK/NACK的信道的结束子帧。The value of the timing value set indicated by the downlink control information carried by the first downlink control channel is determined, and the timing reference point is the first downlink control channel end subframe; and the downlink control information carried by the second downlink control channel indicates The value in the set of timing values is determined. The timing reference point is an end subframe of a channel carrying ACK/NACK for the traffic channel scheduled for the first downlink control channel.
通过第一下行控制信道承载的下行控制信息指示的定时取值集合中取值确定,定时参考点为第一下行控制信道结束子帧;并且承载对第一下行控制信道调度的业务信道反馈ACK/NACK的信道的定时参考点为第二下行控制信道调度的业务信道的结束子帧,偏移值通过第一下行控制信道承载的下行控制信息指示的定时取值集合中取值确定。Determining, by using a value in the set of timing values indicated by the downlink control information carried by the first downlink control channel, the timing reference point is the end subframe of the first downlink control channel; and carrying the traffic channel scheduled for the first downlink control channel The timing reference point of the channel for feeding back the ACK/NACK is the ending subframe of the traffic channel scheduled by the second downlink control channel, and the offset value is determined by the value in the set of timing values indicated by the downlink control information carried by the first downlink control channel. .
更进一步的,所述第一下行控制信道与第二下行控制信道类型不同并且在同一周期内的搜索空间。具体的,第一下行控制信道为承载调度下行业务信道的下行授权信息的信道,第二下行控制信道为承载调度上行业务信道的上行授权信息的信道,称为类型不同。或者,第一下行控制信道为承载调度上行业务信道的上行授权信息的信道,第二下行控制信道为承载调度下行业务信道的下行授权信息的信道,称为类型不同。第一下行控制信道与第二下行控制信道位于相同的搜索空间内并且是同一周期内,该周期为配置搜索空间起始子帧所满足的周期。Further, the first downlink control channel is different from the second downlink control channel type and has a search space in the same period. Specifically, the first downlink control channel is a channel that carries downlink grant information for scheduling a downlink traffic channel, and the second downlink control channel is a channel that carries uplink grant information for scheduling an uplink traffic channel, and is called a different type. Alternatively, the first downlink control channel is a channel carrying uplink grant information for scheduling an uplink traffic channel, and the second downlink control channel is a channel carrying downlink grant information for scheduling a downlink traffic channel, which is called a type. The first downlink control channel and the second downlink control channel are located in the same search space and are in the same period, and the period is a period that is satisfied by configuring the start subframe of the search space.
更进一步的,所述定时取值集合为第一定时取值集合或第二定时取值集合或第三定时取值集合。其中所述第一定时取值集合或第二定时取值集合或第三定时取值集合对于调度下行业务信道与调度上行业务信道为集合元素不全相同的集合;或者所述第一定时取值集合或第二定时取值集合或第三定时取值集合对于调度下行业务信道与调度上行业务信道与指示对下行业务信道反馈ACK/NACK的定时偏移为集合元素不全相同的集合。具体的,在通过第一下行控制信道承载的下行控制信息指示的定时取值集合中取值确定时,所述定时取值集合优选为第二定时取值集合,也可以是第一定时取值集合或第三定时取值集合。具体的,在通过第二下行控制信道承载的下行控制信息指示的定时取值集合中取值确定时,所述定时取值集合优选为第三定时取值集合或第二定时取值集合或第一定时取值集合。具体的,第一下行控制信道承载的下行控制信息对第一下行控制信道调度的业务信道反馈ACK/NACK的信道的定时偏移值指示时所使用的定时取值集合优选为第三定时取值集合或第二定时取值集合或第一定时取值集合。具体的,所述第一定时取值集合或第二定时取值集合或第三定时取值集合对于调度下行业务信道与调度上行业务信道为集合元素不全相同的集合,具体集合示例见下述具体实例所述。具体的,所述第一定时取值集合或第二定时取值集合或第三定时取值集合对于调度下行业务信道与调度上行业务信道与指示对下行业务信道反馈ACK/NACK的定时偏移为集合元素不全相同的集合,具体集合示例见下述具体实例所述。Further, the timing value set is a first timing value set or a second timing value set or a third timing value set. The first timing value set or the second timing value set or the third timing value set is a set in which the scheduled downlink traffic channel and the scheduled uplink traffic channel are not all the same set elements; or the first timing value set is set. Or the second timing value set or the third timing value set is a set that is different from the set element for scheduling the downlink traffic channel and scheduling the uplink traffic channel and indicating that the downlink traffic channel feedback ACK/NACK is delayed. Specifically, when the value is determined in the timing value set indicated by the downlink control information carried by the first downlink control channel, the timing value set is preferably a second timing value set, or may be a first timing A set of values or a set of third timing values. Specifically, when the value is determined in the timing value set indicated by the downlink control information carried by the second downlink control channel, the timing value set is preferably a third timing value set or a second timing value set or A set of values is taken at a certain time. Specifically, the timing value set used by the downlink control information carried by the first downlink control channel for indicating the timing offset value of the channel of the ACK/NACK for the traffic channel scheduled by the first downlink control channel is preferably a third timing. A set of values or a set of second timing values or a set of first timing values. Specifically, the first timing value set or the second timing value set or the third timing value set is not the same set for the scheduled downlink traffic channel and the scheduled uplink traffic channel, and the specific set example is as follows. As described in the examples. Specifically, the timing offset of the first timing value set or the second timing value set or the third timing value set for scheduling the downlink traffic channel and scheduling the uplink traffic channel and indicating the downlink traffic channel feedback ACK/NACK is The collection elements are not all the same collection. The specific collection examples are described in the specific examples below.
对于同一UE在同一周期内搜索空间中检测到一个以上的下行控制信道时,并且其中一个是承载调度下行业务信道的下行授权信息,另一个是承载调度上行业务信道的上行授权信息。在第一下行控制信道调度下行业务信道时,其中第二定时取值集合为{0、4、8、12、16、32、
64、128}(该集合针对Rmax<128时,Rmax为下行控制信道的最大重复次数)或{0、16、32、64、128、256、512、1024}(该集合针对Rmax≥128时,Rmax为下行控制信道的最大重复次数)。第三定时取值集合优选为:{0、1、2、3、4、5、6、7、8},或{0、2、4、6、8、10、12、14},或{0、1、2、3、4、6、8、10},或{0、2、4、6、8、12、16、20},或{0、1、2、3、4、8、12、16}。第一定时取值集合优选为:{0、4、8、12、16、20、24、28},或{0、4、8、12、16、32、48、64},或{0、1、2、3、4、5、6、8、10},或R1*{0、1、2、3、4、5、6、8、10}-R2;其中R1表示所调度的下行业务信道的重复次数,R2表示下行控制信道的重复次数。通过第一下行控制信道承载的下行控制信息指示的定时取值集合中取值确定,定时参考点为第一下行控制信道结束子帧,可以是在最小定时(如采用最小间隔4ms,即最小定时n+5)的基础上再加上所述取值,也可以是无需最小定时直接加上所述取值,所述取值为所对应的子帧为可用子帧或物理子帧。在第二下行控制信道调度上行业务信道时,其中第二定时取值集合为{8、16、32、64}。第三定时取值集合优选为:{0、1、2、3},或{0、2、4、6},或{0、2、6、10},或{0、4、8、12},或{0、1、3、5}。第一定时取值集合优选为:{8、12、16、20},或{8、12、16、32},或{8、10、12、14},或或
或或其中R1表示所调度的上行业务信道的重复次数,R2表示下行控制信道的重复次数。表示上行业务信道为单个资源单元时的时域长度,如表1所示,NRU表示上行业务信道包含的资源单元数量,其中NRU的取值为集合{0、1、2、3、4、5、6、8、10}中之一。通过第二下行控制信道承载的下行控制信息指示的定时取值集合中取值确定,定时参考点为第一下行控制信道调度的业务信道的结束子帧;或者定时参考点为承载对第一下行控制信道调度的业务信道反馈ACK/NACK的信道的结束子帧。可以在最小定时的基础上再加上所述取值,或者无需最小定时直接使用所述取值确定定时。其中第一下行控制信道与第二个下行控制信道承载的下行控制信息类型不同。其中第一下行控制信道与第二下行控制信道均为发送给相同UE。其中下行控制信息为下行授权时所调度的业务信道为下行业务信道。其中下行控制信息为上行授权时所调度的业务信道为上行业务信道。可选的,本实例对于第一下行控制信道调度上行业务信道,第二下行控制信道调度下行业务信道同样适用,不再赘述。When the same UE detects more than one downlink control channel in the search space in the same period, and one of them is the downlink grant information that carries the scheduled downlink traffic channel, and the other is the uplink grant information that carries the scheduled uplink traffic channel. When the downlink control channel is scheduled by the first downlink control channel, where the second timing value set is {0, 4, 8, 12, 16, 32, 64, 128} (when the set is Rmax<128, Rmax is downlink) The maximum number of repetitions of the control channel) or {0, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024} (when Rmax ≥ 128, Rmax is the maximum number of repetitions of the downlink control channel). The third set of timing values is preferably: {0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8}, or {0, 2, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12, 14}, or { 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10}, or {0, 2, 4, 6, 8, 12, 16, 20}, or {0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 8, 12, 16}. The first set of timing values is preferably: {0, 4, 8, 12, 16, 20, 24, 28}, or {0, 4, 8, 12, 16, 32, 48, 64}, or {0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8, 10}, or R1*{0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8, 10}-R2; where R1 represents the scheduled downlink service The number of repetitions of the channel, and R2 represents the number of repetitions of the downlink control channel. The value of the timing value set indicated by the downlink control information carried by the first downlink control channel is determined, and the timing reference point is the end subframe of the first downlink control channel, which may be at a minimum timing (eg, using a minimum interval of 4 ms, that is, Adding the value to the minimum timing n+5) may also directly add the value without using a minimum timing, where the corresponding subframe is a available subframe or a physical subframe. When the second downlink control channel schedules the uplink traffic channel, the second timing set is {8, 16, 32, 64}. The third set of timing values is preferably: {0, 1, 2, 3}, or {0, 2, 4, 6}, or {0, 2, 6, 10}, or {0, 4, 8, 12 }, or {0, 1, 3, 5}. The first set of timing values is preferably: {8, 12, 16, 20}, or {8, 12, 16, 32}, or {8, 10, 12, 14}, or or or or Where R1 represents the number of repetitions of the scheduled uplink traffic channel, and R2 represents the number of repetitions of the downlink control channel. Indicates the time domain length when the uplink traffic channel is a single resource unit. As shown in Table 1, N RU represents the number of resource elements included in the uplink traffic channel, where the value of N RU is set {0, 1, 2, 3, 4 One of 5, 6, 8, 10}. The value of the timing value set indicated by the downlink control information carried by the second downlink control channel is determined, and the timing reference point is the end subframe of the traffic channel scheduled by the first downlink control channel; or the timing reference point is the bearer pair. The traffic channel scheduled by the downlink control channel feeds back the end subframe of the ACK/NACK channel. The value may be added to the minimum timing or the timing may be directly determined using the value without minimum timing. The downlink control information carried by the first downlink control channel and the second downlink control channel is different. The first downlink control channel and the second downlink control channel are both sent to the same UE. The traffic channel scheduled when the downlink control information is the downlink grant is a downlink traffic channel. The traffic channel scheduled when the downlink control information is the uplink grant is an uplink traffic channel. Optionally, in this example, the uplink traffic channel is scheduled for the first downlink control channel, and the downlink traffic channel is also applicable to the second downlink control channel, and details are not described herein.
对于同一UE在同一周期内搜索空间中检测到一个以上的下行控制信道时,并且其中一个是承载调度下行业务信道的下行授权信息,另一个是承载调度上行业务信道的上行授权信息。在第一下行控制信道调度下行业务信道时,其中第二定时取值集合为{0、4、8、12、16、32、64、128}(该集合针对Rmax<128时,Rmax为下行控制信道的最大重复次数)或{0、16、32、64、128、256、512、1024}(该集合针对Rmax≥128时,Rmax为下行控制信道的最大重复次数)。第三定时取值集合优选为:{0、1、2、3、4、5、6、7、8},或{0、2、4、6、8、10、12、14},或{0、1、2、3、4、6、8、10},或{0、2、4、6、8、12、16、20},或{0、1、2、3、4、8、12、16}。第一定时取值集合优选为:{0、4、8、12、16、20、24、28},或{0、4、8、12、16、32、48、64},或{0、1、2、3、4、5、6、8、10},或R1*{0、1、2、3、4、5、6、8、10}-R2;其中R1表示所调度的下行业务信道的重复次数,R2表示下行控制信道的重复次数。
通过第一下行控制信道承载的下行控制信息指示的定时取值集合中取值确定,定时参考点为第一下行控制信道结束子帧,可以是在最小定时(如采用最小间隔4ms,即最小定时n+5)的基础上再加上所述取值,也可以是无需最小定时直接加上所述取值,所述取值为所对应的子帧为可用子帧或物理子帧。在第二下行控制信道调度上行业务信道时,其中第二定时取值集合为{8、16、32、64}。第三定时取值集合优选为:{0、1、2、3},或{0、2、4、6},或{0、2、6、10},或{0、4、8、12},或{0、1、3、5}。第一定时取值集合优选为:{8、12、16、20},或{8、12、16、32},或{8、10、12、14},或或
或或其中R1表示所调度的上行业务信道的重复次数,R2表示下行控制信道的重复次数。表示上行业务信道为单个资源单元时的时域长度,如表1所示,NRU表示上行业务信道包含的资源单元数量,其中NRU的取值为集合{0、1、2、3、4、5、6、8、10}中之一。通过第二下行控制信道承载的下行控制信息指示的定时取值集合中取值确定,定时参考点为第二下行控制信道的结束子帧。并且承载对第一下行控制信道调度的业务信道反馈ACK/NACK的信道的定时参考点为第二下行控制信道调度的业务信道的结束子帧,偏移值通过第一下行控制信道承载的下行控制信息指示的定时取值集合中取值确定。所述取值集合为第三定时取值集合或第二定时取值集合或第一定时取值集合,其中第二定时取值集合为{0、8}(该集合针对子载波间隔为3.75kHz时)或{0、2、4、5}(该集合针对子载波间隔为15kHz时)。第三定时取值集合在子载波间隔为3.75kHz时优选为:{0、1},或{0、2},或{0、4},或{0、6},或{0、10};在子载波间隔为15kHz时优选为:{0、1、2、3},或{0、1、2、4},或{0、2、4、6},或{0、1、3、4},或{0、1、3、5}。第一定时取值集合在子载波间隔为3.75kHz时优选为:{0、16},或{0、32},或{0、48},或{0、64};在子载波间隔为15kHz时优选为:{0、4、8、12},或{0、8、16、24},或{0、8、16、32},或{0、12、24、36},或{0、12、24、48}。可以在最小定时的基础上再加上所述取值,或者无需最小定时直接使用所述取值确定定时。其中第一下行控制信道与第二个下行控制信道承载的下行控制信息类型不同。其中第一下行控制信道与第二下行控制信道均为发送给相同UE。其中下行控制信息为下行授权时所调度的业务信道为下行业务信道。其中下行控制信息为上行授权时所调度的业务信道为上行业务信道。可选的,本实例对于第一下行控制信道调度上行业务信道,第二下行控制信道调度下行业务信道同样适用,不再赘述。When the same UE detects more than one downlink control channel in the search space in the same period, and one of them is the downlink grant information that carries the scheduled downlink traffic channel, and the other is the uplink grant information that carries the scheduled uplink traffic channel. When the first downlink control channel schedules the downlink traffic channel, where the second timing value set is {0, 4, 8, 12, 16, 32, 64, 128} (when the set is for Rmax<128, Rmax is downlink) The maximum number of repetitions of the control channel) or {0, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024} (when Rmax ≥ 128, Rmax is the maximum number of repetitions of the downlink control channel). The third set of timing values is preferably: {0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8}, or {0, 2, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12, 14}, or { 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10}, or {0, 2, 4, 6, 8, 12, 16, 20}, or {0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 8, 12, 16}. The first set of timing values is preferably: {0, 4, 8, 12, 16, 20, 24, 28}, or {0, 4, 8, 12, 16, 32, 48, 64}, or {0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8, 10}, or R1*{0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8, 10}-R2; where R1 represents the scheduled downlink service The number of repetitions of the channel, and R2 represents the number of repetitions of the downlink control channel. The value of the timing value set indicated by the downlink control information carried by the first downlink control channel is determined, and the timing reference point is the end subframe of the first downlink control channel, which may be at a minimum timing (eg, using a minimum interval of 4 ms, that is, Adding the value to the minimum timing n+5) may also directly add the value without using a minimum timing, where the corresponding subframe is a available subframe or a physical subframe. When the second downlink control channel schedules the uplink traffic channel, the second timing set is {8, 16, 32, 64}. The third set of timing values is preferably: {0, 1, 2, 3}, or {0, 2, 4, 6}, or {0, 2, 6, 10}, or {0, 4, 8, 12 }, or {0, 1, 3, 5}. The first set of timing values is preferably: {8, 12, 16, 20}, or {8, 12, 16, 32}, or {8, 10, 12, 14}, or or or or Where R1 represents the number of repetitions of the scheduled uplink traffic channel, and R2 represents the number of repetitions of the downlink control channel. Indicates the time domain length when the uplink traffic channel is a single resource unit. As shown in Table 1, N RU represents the number of resource elements included in the uplink traffic channel, where the value of N RU is set {0, 1, 2, 3, 4 One of 5, 6, 8, 10}. The value of the timing value set indicated by the downlink control information carried by the second downlink control channel is determined, and the timing reference point is the end subframe of the second downlink control channel. And the timing reference point of the channel carrying the ACK/NACK for the traffic channel scheduled by the first downlink control channel is the end subframe of the traffic channel scheduled by the second downlink control channel, and the offset value is carried by the first downlink control channel. The value in the set of timing values indicated by the downlink control information is determined. The value set is a third timing value set or a second timing value set or a first timing value set, where the second timing value set is {0, 8} (the set is for a subcarrier spacing of 3.75 kHz) Time) or {0, 2, 4, 5} (this set is for a subcarrier spacing of 15 kHz). The third timing set is preferably {0, 1}, or {0, 2}, or {0, 4}, or {0, 6}, or {0, 10} when the subcarrier spacing is 3.75 kHz. When the subcarrier spacing is 15 kHz, it is preferably: {0, 1, 2, 3}, or {0, 1, 2, 4}, or {0, 2, 4, 6}, or {0, 1, 3 , 4}, or {0, 1, 3, 5}. The first timing set is preferably: {0, 16}, or {0, 32}, or {0, 48}, or {0, 64} when the subcarrier spacing is 3.75 kHz; the subcarrier spacing is 15 kHz. The time is preferably: {0, 4, 8, 12}, or {0, 8, 16, 24}, or {0, 8, 16, 32}, or {0, 12, 24, 36}, or {0 , 12, 24, 48}. The value may be added to the minimum timing or the timing may be directly determined using the value without minimum timing. The downlink control information carried by the first downlink control channel and the second downlink control channel is different. The first downlink control channel and the second downlink control channel are both sent to the same UE. The traffic channel scheduled when the downlink control information is the downlink grant is a downlink traffic channel. The traffic channel scheduled when the downlink control information is the uplink grant is an uplink traffic channel. Optionally, in this example, the uplink traffic channel is scheduled for the first downlink control channel, and the downlink traffic channel is also applicable to the second downlink control channel, and details are not described herein.
第一下行控制信道和第二下行控制信道确定方式为:(方式1,通过时频资源确定)在相同搜索空间同一周期内时,时域上第二下行控制信道位于第一下行控制信道之后,额外的对于下行控制信道采用聚合等级AL=1并且时域位置相同时,频域上第二下行控制信道位于第一下行控制信道之后。(方式2,通过进程号确定)第二下行控制信道的进程号大于第一下行控制信道的进程号。The first downlink control channel and the second downlink control channel are determined by: (method 1, determined by time-frequency resources), when the same search space is in the same period, the second downlink control channel is located in the first downlink control channel in the time domain. Then, when the aggregation level AL=1 is used for the downlink control channel and the time domain location is the same, the second downlink control channel in the frequency domain is located after the first downlink control channel. (Mode 2, determined by the process ID) The process number of the second downlink control channel is greater than the process ID of the first downlink control channel.
在本实施例的可选实施方式中,本实施例中涉及到的搜索空间在时域上连续或离散,其
中,该搜索空间支持的覆盖类型包括一种或多种,每种覆盖类型对应唯一R取值或一个包括多个R取值的集合,R表示下行控制信道的重复次数。In an optional implementation manner of this embodiment, the search space involved in this embodiment is continuous or discrete in the time domain, and
The coverage type supported by the search space includes one or more types, each coverage type corresponding to a unique R value or a set including multiple R values, and R represents the number of repetitions of the downlink control channel.
在本实施例的具体应用场景中,对于本实施例中涉及到的覆盖类型,在每种覆盖类型唯一支持一个R值时,normal覆盖对应R1,medium覆盖对应R2,extreme覆盖对应R3;在每种覆盖类型支持一个R取值集合时,各取值集合相互独立时,如normal覆盖对应{R1、R2、R3、R4},medium覆盖对应{R5、R6、R7、R8},extreme覆盖对应{R9、R10、R11、R12};各取值集合互有重叠时,如normal覆盖对应{R1、R2、R3、R4},medium覆盖对应{R3、R4、R5、R6},extreme覆盖对应{R5、R6、R7、R8}。In the specific application scenario of this embodiment, for the coverage type involved in this embodiment, when each coverage type uniquely supports one R value, the normal coverage corresponds to R1, the medium coverage corresponds to R2, and the extreme coverage corresponds to R3; When the coverage type supports an R value set, when each value set is independent of each other, such as normal coverage corresponds to {R1, R2, R3, R4}, medium coverage corresponds to {R5, R6, R7, R8}, and extreme coverage corresponds to { R9, R10, R11, R12}; when each value set overlaps with each other, such as normal coverage corresponding to {R1, R2, R3, R4}, medium coverage corresponds to {R3, R4, R5, R6}, and extreme coverage corresponds to {R5 , R6, R7, R8}.
在本实施例中该搜索空间在时域上连续时,可以是指包括:搜索空间以子帧集为单位连续和/或搜索空间以子帧为单位连续。基于此,该搜索空间通过以下至少之一的参数确定:起始子帧、重复次数或子帧数量、检测周期、子频带或子载波位置,其中,确定搜索空间的参数为预定义配置或固定或基站配置。需要说明的是,固定是指为确定搜索空间的参数无需基站配置,在标准中直接确定为固定取值。When the search space is continuous in the time domain in this embodiment, it may be included that the search space is continuous in units of subframe sets and/or the search space is continuous in units of subframes. Based on this, the search space is determined by at least one of the following parameters: a starting subframe, a number of repetitions or a number of subframes, a detection period, a sub-band or a sub-carrier position, wherein the parameters of the search space are determined to be predefined configurations or fixed. Or base station configuration. It should be noted that the fixed means that the parameter of the search space is not required to be configured by the base station, and is directly determined to be a fixed value in the standard.
其中,基站配置可以是SIB或RRC进行配置,例如,该配置参数中的起始子帧:(1)通过周期确定(如周期中第一个子帧);(2)或者周期+offset确定;长度:即重复次数(无论是否存在子帧集,重复次数为以子帧或子帧集为单位的重复次数)或子帧数量(当不存在子帧集时重复次数等于子帧数量),当搜索空间存在有多个R时该值以R的最大值Rmax为准,该重复所使用的子帧可以是物理子帧或可用子帧;周期:该参数需要大于Rmax。优选Rmax的整数倍,或者整数倍+offset;子频带或子载波位置:仅适用于搜索空间在频域上不占满1PRB或整个窄带的情况,配置子帧资源时还需要配置频域子载波资源,例如配置{子帧数S,子载波数C};如:{8 subframe,3 subcarrier}、{16 subframe,3 subcarrier}、{32 subframe,3 subcarrier};{4 subframe,6 subcarrier}、{8 subframe,6 subcarrier}、{16 subframe,6 subcarrier}等。The base station configuration may be configured by using an SIB or an RRC, for example, a starting subframe in the configuration parameter: (1) determining by a period (such as a first subframe in a period); (2) or determining a period + offset; Length: the number of repetitions (regardless of whether there is a subframe set, the number of repetitions is the number of repetitions in units of subframes or subframes) or the number of subframes (the number of repetitions is equal to the number of subframes when there is no subframe set), when When there are multiple Rs in the search space, the value is based on the maximum value Rmax of R. The subframe used by the repetition may be a physical subframe or a usable subframe; period: the parameter needs to be greater than Rmax. Preferably, the integer multiple of Rmax, or integer multiple + offset; sub-band or sub-carrier position: only applicable to the case where the search space does not occupy 1 PRB or the entire narrow band in the frequency domain, and the frequency domain sub-carrier needs to be configured when configuring the subframe resource. Resources, for example, configuration {subframe number S, number of subcarriers C}; for example: {8 subframe, 3 subcarrier}, {16 subframe, 3 subcarrier}, {32 subframe, 3 subcarrier}; {4 subframe, 6 subcarrier}, {8 subframe, 6 subcarrier}, {16 subframe, 6 subcarrier}, etc.
对于上述涉及到的起始子帧可以根据以下参数的至少之一确定:最大重复次数Rmax、偏移值offset、无线帧号SFN、周期M;而基于上述参数的确定方式可以包括以下至少之一:起始子帧编号为索引index k,且满足(10*SFN+k)mod Rmax=0的子帧;或,起始子帧编号为index k,且满足(10*SFN+k)mod N*Rmax=0的子帧,N为大于0的正整数;或,起始子帧编号为index k,且满足(10*SFN+k)mod M=0的子帧,M为大于等于Rmax的正整数;或,起始子帧编号为index k,且满足(10*SFN+k+offset)mod M=0的子帧,M为大于等于Rmax的正整数;或,起始子帧编号为index k,且满足(10*SFN+k+X*offset)mod M=0的子帧,M为大于等于Rmax的正整数,X为大于0的正整数。The initial subframe involved may be determined according to at least one of the following parameters: a maximum number of repetitions Rmax, an offset value offset, a radio frame number SFN, a period M; and the determining manner based on the foregoing parameters may include at least one of the following : the starting subframe number is index index k, and the subframe satisfying (10*SFN+k) mod Rmax=0; or, the starting subframe number is index k, and satisfies (10*SFN+k) mod N *Subframe with Rmax=0, N is a positive integer greater than 0; or, the starting subframe number is index k, and the subframe satisfying (10*SFN+k)mod M=0, M is greater than or equal to Rmax a positive integer; or, the starting subframe number is index k, and satisfies (10*SFN+k+offset) mod M=0, M is a positive integer greater than or equal to Rmax; or, the starting subframe number is Index k, and satisfying (10*SFN+k+X*offset) mod M=0, M is a positive integer greater than or equal to Rmax, and X is a positive integer greater than 0.
本实施例中上述涉及到的起始子帧所述起始子帧对应的周期的取值集合根据覆盖类型确定,取值由基站配置或固定。和或偏移值offset根据覆盖类型和或周期确定取值集合或取值,由基站配置或固定或根据周期隐含确定。可以周期和偏移值都存在,或者仅有周期没有偏移值。In this embodiment, the value set of the period corresponding to the start subframe of the start subframe mentioned above is determined according to the coverage type, and the value is configured or fixed by the base station. And or offset value offset determines the set of values or values according to the coverage type and or period, which is configured or fixed by the base station or implicitly determined according to the period. Both the period and the offset value can exist, or only the period has no offset value.
其中,所述起始子帧对应的周期的取值集合根据覆盖类型确定,取值由基站配置或固定,
例如,覆盖类型x3(如extreme覆盖)对应的周期取值集合为{M10、M9、M8、M7}当由基站配置时,通过SIB或RRC配置(信令通知)其中一个值给终端通知周期取值,此时信令使用2bit指示四种周期取值。覆盖类型x2(如medium覆盖)对应的周期取值集合为与覆盖类型x3有交集的情况如{M8、M7、M6、M5}或者与覆盖类型x3无交集的情况如{M6、M5、M4、M3},通过SIB或RRC配置其中一个值给终端通知周期取值。上述集合中元素个数仅为示例。周期取值例如为1、2、4、8、16、32、64、128、256ms或10、20、30、40、80、100ms等。偏移值offset根据覆盖类型和或周期确定取值集合或取值,由基站配置或固定或根据周期隐含确定。例如,覆盖类型x3(如extreme覆盖)对应的offset取值集合为{z1、z2、z3、z4}当由基站配置时,通过SIB或RRC配置其中一个值给终端通知offset取值。或者根据周期隐含确定,当基站配置周期为Mi或Mi所在集合时,offset对应为zi或zi所在集合,根据隐含对应表2确定取值或取值集合,当确定为取值集合时基站配置其中之一取值;需要说明的是,在仅配置周期同时没有偏移值时,相当于所述zi取值均为0。The value set of the period corresponding to the start subframe is determined according to the coverage type, and the value is configured or fixed by the base station.
For example, the coverage type set corresponding to the coverage type x3 (such as the extreme coverage) is {M10, M9, M8, M7}. When configured by the base station, one of the values is configured (signaled by the SIB or RRC) to notify the terminal of the period. Value, at this time, the signaling uses 2 bits to indicate the values of the four periods. The coverage type x2 (such as medium coverage) corresponds to a case where the set of period values has an intersection with the coverage type x3, such as {M8, M7, M6, M5} or no overlap with the coverage type x3, such as {M6, M5, M4, M3}, configure one of the values through the SIB or RRC to inform the terminal of the period value. The number of elements in the above set is only an example. The period value is, for example, 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256 ms or 10, 20, 30, 40, 80, 100 ms, or the like. The offset value offset determines the set of values or values according to the coverage type and or the period, which is configured by the base station or fixed or implicitly determined according to the period. For example, the offset value set corresponding to the coverage type x3 (eg, extreme coverage) is {z1, z2, z3, z4}. When configured by the base station, one of the values is configured by the SIB or RRC to notify the terminal of the offset value. Or, according to the period implicitly, when the base station configuration period is the set of Mi or Mi, the offset corresponds to the set of zi or zi, and the value or the set of values is determined according to the implicit correspondence table 2, and when determined as the set of values, the base station is determined. One of the values is configured. It should be noted that when there is no offset value in the configuration period only, the value of the zi is 0.
表2Table 2
周期MCycle M | 偏移值offsetOffset value offset |
M1M1 | z1或{z1、z2、z3、z4}Z1 or {z1, z2, z3, z4} |
M2M2 | z2或{z1、z2、z3、z4}Z2 or {z1, z2, z3, z4} |
…... | …... |
MiMi | zi或{z(i-1)、zi、z(i+1)、z(i+2)}Zi or {z(i-1), zi, z(i+1), z(i+2)} |
此外,所述承载UL grant的下行控制信道所在搜索空间的起始子帧对应的周期的取值集合根据覆盖类型、上行业务信道PUSCH格式至少之一确定,取值由基站配置或固定,和/或偏移值offset根据覆盖类型、周期、上行业务信道PUSCH格式至少之一确定取值集合或取值,由基站配置或固定或根据周期隐含确定。In addition, the value set of the period corresponding to the start subframe of the search space in which the downlink control channel carrying the UL grant is located is determined according to at least one of the coverage type and the uplink traffic channel PUSCH format, and the value is configured or fixed by the base station, and/ Or the offset value offset determines the value set or the value according to at least one of the coverage type, the period, and the uplink traffic channel PUSCH format, which is configured by the base station or fixed or implicitly determined according to the period.
具体的,PUSCH格式包括:single tone传输格式、multiple tones传输格式,其中single tone传输格式进一步又分为不同子载波间隔的single tone传输格式。所述承载UL grant的下行控制信道所在搜索空间的起始子帧对应的周期的取值集合根据覆盖类型、上行业务信道PUSCH格式至少之一确定,取值由基站配置或固定,例如,覆盖类型x3(如extreme覆盖)时single tone PUSCH格式对应的周期取值集合为{M10、M9、M8、M7}当由基站配置时,通过SIB或RRC配置(信令通知)其中一个值给终端通知周期取值,此时信令使用2bit指示四种周期取值。multiple tones PUSCH格式对应的周期取值集合为与single tone PUSCH格式所对应周期有交集的情况如{M8、M7、M6、M5}或者与其无交集的情况如{M6、M5、M4、M3},通过SIB或RRC配置其中一个值给终端通知周期取值。同理适用于与single tone不同子载波间隔所对应的PUSCH格式,例如3.75kHz和15kHz。偏移值offset根据覆盖类型、周期、上行业务信道PUSCH格式至少之一确定取值集合或取值,由基站配置或固定或根据周期隐含确定。例如,
覆盖类型x3(如extreme覆盖)时single tone PUSCH格式对应的offset取值集合为{z1、z2、z3、z4}当由基站配置时,通过SIB或RRC配置其中一个值给终端通知offset取值。或者根据周期隐含确定,当基站配置周期为Mi或Mi所在集合时,offset对应为zi或zi所在集合,根据隐含对应表2确定取值或取值集合,当确定为取值集合时基站配置其中之一取值;Specifically, the PUSCH format includes: a single tone transmission format, and a multiple tones transmission format, wherein the single tone transmission format is further divided into a single tone transmission format with different subcarrier spacings. The value set of the period corresponding to the start subframe of the search space where the downlink control channel carrying the UL grant is located is determined according to at least one of the coverage type and the uplink traffic channel PUSCH format, and the value is configured or fixed by the base station, for example, the coverage type. When x3 (such as extreme coverage), the set of period values corresponding to the single tone PUSCH format is {M10, M9, M8, M7}. When configured by the base station, one of the values is configured (signaled by SIB or RRC) to notify the terminal of the period. The value is taken. At this time, the signaling uses 2 bits to indicate the values of the four periods. The case where the period value set corresponding to the multiple tones PUSCH format is an intersection with the period corresponding to the single tone PUSCH format, such as {M8, M7, M6, M5} or the case where there is no intersection, such as {M6, M5, M4, M3}, One of the values is configured by the SIB or RRC to notify the terminal of the period value. The same applies to the PUSCH format corresponding to the subcarrier spacing different from the single tone, such as 3.75 kHz and 15 kHz. The offset value offset determines the value set or the value according to at least one of the coverage type, the period, and the uplink traffic channel PUSCH format, which is configured by the base station or fixed or implicitly determined according to the period. E.g,
When the coverage type x3 (such as the extreme coverage), the set of offset values corresponding to the single tone PUSCH format is {z1, z2, z3, z4}. When configured by the base station, one of the values is configured by the SIB or RRC to notify the terminal of the offset value. Or, according to the period implicitly, when the base station configuration period is the set of Mi or Mi, the offset corresponds to the set of zi or zi, and the value or the set of values is determined according to the implicit correspondence table 2, and when determined as the set of values, the base station is determined. Configure one of the values;
表3table 3
周期MCycle M | 偏移值offsetOffset value offset |
M1M1 | z1或{z1、z2、z3、z4}Z1 or {z1, z2, z3, z4} |
M2M2 | z2或{z1、z2、z3、z4}Z2 or {z1, z2, z3, z4} |
…... | …... |
MiMi | zi或{z(i-1)、zi、z(i+1)、z(i+2)}Zi or {z(i-1), zi, z(i+1), z(i+2)} |
在具体应用场景中,基站使用X个bit配置周期M和或偏移值offset时,在仅指示M、offset之一时,指示2.^X种取值集合。例如使用3bit仅指示M时,在取值集合{M0、M1、M2、M3、M4、M5、M6、M7}中指示其中一种周期并按照(10*SFN+k)mod M=0方式确定起始子帧。不同覆盖类型使用的M取值集合的中元素可以相同或不同或部分相同。在同时指示M、offset时,指示2.^X种{M、offset}取值集合。例如使用3bit仅指示M、offset时,在取值集合{(M0,offset0)、(M1,offset1)、(M2,offset2)、(M3,offset3)、(M4,offset4)、(M5,offset5)、(M6,offset6)、(M7,offset7)}中指示其中一种组合,或者子在周期{M0、M1}与{offset0、offset1、offset2、offset3}任意组合中指示,并按照(10*SFN+k+offset)mod M=0方式确定起始子帧。In a specific application scenario, when the base station uses the X bit configuration period M and the offset value offset, when only one of the M and offset is indicated, the base station indicates the 2.^X value set. For example, when only 3 bits are used to indicate M, one of the periods is indicated in the set of values {M0, M1, M2, M3, M4, M5, M6, M7} and determined according to (10*SFN+k)mod M=0. Start subframe. The elements in the M-value set used by different coverage types may be the same or different or partially identical. When M and offset are simultaneously indicated, a set of values of 2.^X {M, offset} is indicated. For example, when 3 bits are used to indicate only M and offset, the set of values {(M0, offset 0), (M1, offset 1), (M2, offset 2), (M3, offset 3), (M4, offset 4), (M5, offset 5) are used. , (M6, offset6), (M7, offset7)} indicates one of the combinations, or the child is indicated in any combination of the period {M0, M1} and {offset0, offset1, offset2, offset3}, and according to (10*SFN) +k+offset) mod M=0 mode determines the starting subframe.
另外,对于本实施例中涉及到的子帧集大小通过固定或基站配置确定。优选地,在时域上连续时,起始子帧为子帧集的首子帧。In addition, the subframe set size involved in this embodiment is determined by a fixed or base station configuration. Preferably, when consecutive in the time domain, the starting subframe is the first subframe of the subframe set.
可选地,在搜索空间在时域上连续时,重复传输使用的子帧和子帧内聚合等级(Aggregation Level,简称为AL)包括以下方式之一:Optionally, when the search space is continuous in the time domain, the subframe used for repeated transmission and the Aggregation Level (AL) are included in one of the following ways:
在不存在子帧集时,从起始子帧开始在一个子帧内以AL=1、2、4中的至少之一重复传输R个子帧;When there is no subframe set, R subframes are repeatedly transmitted in at least one of AL=1, 2, and 4 within one subframe from the start subframe;
在存在子帧集时,从起始子帧开始在子帧集中以AL=1、2、4、8、16、32中的至少之一重复传输R个子帧集;其中,从起始子帧开始重复传输R个子帧或子帧集时,所使用的子帧为可用子帧。When there is a subframe set, R subframe sets are repeatedly transmitted in the subframe set with at least one of AL=1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32 from the start subframe; wherein, from the start subframe When starting to repeatedly transmit R subframes or subframe sets, the used subframe is a usable subframe.
此外,需要说明的是,本实施例中涉及到的搜索空间至少包括:上行授权UL grant的上行控制搜索空间和下行授权DL grant的下行控制搜索空间。其中,上行控制搜索空间与下行控制搜索空间使用的资源为完全不同的资源或各自独立配置的资源。In addition, it should be noted that the search space involved in the embodiment includes at least an uplink control search space of an uplink grant UL grant and a downlink control search space of a downlink grant DL grant. The resources used by the uplink control search space and the downlink control search space are completely different resources or resources that are independently configured.
也就是说,资源可以为部分子载波或部分OFDM符号或部分控制信道单元或子帧或子帧
集,后续以子帧为例进行说明。对于二者资源完全不同,所配置下行搜索空间时的子帧资源以可用子帧为单位进行配置,不可用子帧中定义上行搜索空间所使用的子帧资源;或者定义上行搜索空间可用子帧,避开上行搜索空间可用子帧之后配置下行搜索空间使用子帧。对于二者资源独立配置,即上行搜索空间使用子帧资源与下行搜索空间使用资源均为基站独立配置,配置子帧可以完全相同或部分相同或完全不同。That is, the resource may be a partial subcarrier or a partial OFDM symbol or a partial control channel unit or a subframe or a subframe.
The set is followed by a sub-frame as an example. For the two resources are completely different, the subframe resources in the downlink search space are configured in units of available subframes, and the subframe resources used in the uplink search space are not defined in the subframes; or the available subframes in the uplink search space are defined. The downlink search space is used to avoid the use of subframes after the uplink search space is available. For the independent configuration of the two resources, that is, the uplink search space uses the subframe resource and the downlink search space uses resources are independently configured by the base station, and the configuration subframes may be identical or partially identical or completely different.
此外,在本实施例的可选实施方式中,终端在搜索空间中检测起始控制信道单元的确定方式包括基站配置或根据hash函数在子帧或无线帧或检测窗或搜索空间间迭代。当在重复传输时,重复传输的各个子帧/子帧集中使用相同的控制信道单元。Moreover, in an alternative embodiment of the present embodiment, the manner in which the terminal detects the initial control channel unit in the search space includes base station configuration or iteration between sub-frames or radio frames or detection windows or search spaces according to a hash function. When repeating transmission, the same control channel unit is used in each subframe/subframe of the repeated transmission.
对于该可选实施方式,无subframe set时,Alt1:AL=4ECCE,起始子帧决定起始位置,子帧中4ECCE都使用,起始总是ECCE index 0;Alt2-1:AL=1、2、4ECCE,起始ECCE固定为聚合等级的整数倍位置或通过配置确定,重复传输各子帧使用相同ECCE,与首子帧相同;Alt2-2:以搜索空间(Rmax)或无线帧为单位hash计算,重复传输各子帧使用相同ECCE,与首子帧相同。For this optional implementation, when there is no subframe set, Alt1:AL=4ECCE, the starting subframe determines the starting position, 4ECCE is used in the subframe, the starting is always ECCE index 0; Alt2-1:AL=1, 2, 4ECCE, the initial ECCE is fixed to an integer multiple of the aggregation level or determined by configuration. Repeated transmission of each subframe uses the same ECCE, which is the same as the first subframe; Alt2-2: in the search space (Rmax) or radio frame. Hash calculation, repeated transmission of each subframe uses the same ECCE, the same as the first sub-frame.
基于此,本实施例中的该搜索空间中候选集(搜索空间中检测下行控制信道的最小粒度)的组成形式包括以下方式之一:Based on this, the composition form of the candidate set in the search space (detecting the minimum granularity of the downlink control channel in the search space) includes one of the following modes:
候选集由一种或多种聚合等级和多种重复次数组成,且不同重复次数的候选集所对应的起始子帧相同;The candidate set is composed of one or more aggregation levels and multiple repetition times, and the starting subframes corresponding to the candidate sets of different repetition times are the same;
候选集由一种或多种聚合等级和多种重复次数组成,且不同重复次数的候选集所对应的起始子帧不同,非最大重复次数所对应的候选集在搜索空间中有多个;The candidate set is composed of one or more aggregation levels and multiple repetition times, and the start subframe corresponding to the candidate set of different repetition times is different, and the candidate set corresponding to the non-maximum repetition number is multiple in the search space;
候选集由多种聚合等级和一种重复次数组成;The candidate set consists of multiple aggregation levels and one repetition number;
候选集由一种聚合等级组成,其中,候选集占满搜索空间所有控制信道单元;The candidate set is composed of an aggregation level, wherein the candidate set occupies all control channel units of the search space;
候选集所对应的聚合等级根据不同应用场景确定,其中,场景至少包括:Inband场景、standalone/guardband场景。The aggregation level corresponding to the candidate set is determined according to different application scenarios, where the scenario includes at least: an Inband scenario and a standalone/guardband scenario.
在本实施例的另一个可选实施方式中,在该搜索空间在时域上离散时以检测窗或调度窗为单位在窗内使用部分或全部资源;或,在搜索空间在时域上离散且下行控制信道重复传输时以检测窗或调度窗为单位在窗内使用部分或全部资源并进行窗内和/或窗间进行时域重复。需要说明的是,该方式首选在大覆盖使用;而在Normal覆盖时,首选为搜索空间在时域上连续包括:搜索空间以子帧集为单位连续和/或搜索空间以子帧为单位连续;而在大覆盖使用。In another optional implementation manner of this embodiment, some or all resources are used in the window in units of detection windows or scheduling windows when the search space is discrete in the time domain; or, the search space is discrete in the time domain. And when the downlink control channel is repeatedly transmitted, part or all of the resources are used in the window in units of detection windows or scheduling windows, and time domain repetition is performed in the window and/or between the windows. It should be noted that this method is preferred for large coverage; in Normal coverage, the preferred search space is continuously included in the time domain: the search space is continuous in units of subframe sets and/or the search space is continuous in subframes. ; and used in large coverage.
其中,在检测窗或调度窗中,下行控制信道与下行业务信道时分复用,或下行控制信道的不同覆盖类型所使用的资源时分复用。In the detection window or the scheduling window, the downlink control channel is time-division multiplexed with the downlink traffic channel, or the resources used by different coverage types of the downlink control channel are time-division multiplexed.
而在重复传输时,搜索空间在检测窗内的子帧集不重复或重复次数可预先配置。其中,该搜索空间通过以下至少之一的参数确定:起始子帧、子帧集、重复次数、调度窗或检测窗内重复次数、检测周期、子频带或子载波位置,其中,确定搜索空间的参数为预定义或固定
或基站配置。在本实施例的可选实施方式中,此时搜索空间可以只有1个检测窗,子帧或子帧集在所定义的重复窗内,重复次数表示重复窗的重复次数,重复传输时以重复窗为单位重复传输R次,并且重复传输R次在检测窗内。即重复窗长度大于子帧集长度,但小于检测窗长度。In the case of repeated transmission, the number of subframes in the search window in the detection window is not repeated or the number of repetitions can be pre-configured. The search space is determined by at least one of the following parameters: a starting subframe, a subframe set, a repetition number, a scheduling window or a number of repetitions in the detection window, a detection period, a sub-band or a sub-carrier position, wherein the search space is determined. The parameters are predefined or fixed
Or base station configuration. In an optional implementation manner of this embodiment, the search space may have only one detection window, and the subframe or subframe set is in the defined repetition window, and the repetition number indicates the repetition number of the repetition window, and the repetition is repeated when the transmission is repeated. The window is repeatedly transmitted R times in units, and is repeatedly transmitted R times in the detection window. That is, the repeating window length is greater than the subframe set length, but smaller than the detection window length.
在本实施例中,终端在搜索空间中检测起始控制信道单元的确定方式包括:固定或基站配置或根据hash函数在子帧或无线帧或检测窗或搜索空间间迭代,其中,在重复传输时,重复传输的各个子帧/子帧集中使用相同的控制信道单元,基站配置的方式包括:用户设备UE专有RRC配置起始+offset、所有UE起始相同。在本实施例的可选实施方式中,需要配置起始控制信道单元索引,如配置搜索空间中控制信道单元直接索引,或配置搜索空间中控制信道单元起始索引和偏置。In this embodiment, the manner in which the terminal detects the initial control channel unit in the search space includes: fixed or base station configuration or iterating between subframes or radio frames or detection windows or search spaces according to a hash function, where the transmission is repeated The same control channel unit is used in each subframe/subframe in which the transmission is repeated. The manner in which the base station is configured includes: the user equipment UE-specific RRC configuration start + offset, and all UEs start the same. In an optional implementation of this embodiment, the initial control channel unit index needs to be configured, such as configuring a direct index of the control channel unit in the search space, or configuring a control channel unit start index and offset in the search space.
基于此,该搜索空间中候选集的组成形式包括以下方式之一:Based on this, the composition of the candidate set in the search space includes one of the following ways:
候选集由一种或多种聚合等级和多种重复次数组成,且不同重复次数的候选集所对应的起始子帧相同;The candidate set is composed of one or more aggregation levels and multiple repetition times, and the starting subframes corresponding to the candidate sets of different repetition times are the same;
候选集由一种或多种聚合等级和多种重复次数组成,且不同重复次数的候选集所对应的起始子帧不同,非最大重复次数所对应的候选集在搜索空间中有多个;The candidate set is composed of one or more aggregation levels and multiple repetition times, and the start subframe corresponding to the candidate set of different repetition times is different, and the candidate set corresponding to the non-maximum repetition number is multiple in the search space;
候选集由多种聚合等级和一种重复次数组成。A candidate set consists of multiple aggregation levels and one repetition number.
候选集由一种聚合等级组成,其中,候选集占满搜索空间所有控制信道单元;The candidate set is composed of an aggregation level, wherein the candidate set occupies all control channel units of the search space;
候选集所对应的聚合等级根据不同应用场景确定,其中,场景至少包括:Inband场景、standalone/guardband场景,各个场景对应的候选集数量总和一致。其中,该候选集数量根据不同场景确定,确定的方式包括:不同场景对应的候选集数量总和相同,不同场景对应的候选集数量独立确定;The aggregation level corresponding to the candidate set is determined according to different application scenarios. The scenario includes at least an Inband scenario and a standalone/guardband scenario, and the total number of candidate sets corresponding to each scenario is the same. The number of the candidate sets is determined according to different scenarios, and the determined manner includes: the sum of the number of candidate sets corresponding to different scenarios is the same, and the number of candidate sets corresponding to different scenarios is determined independently;
其中,本实施例中涉及到的重复次数由窗间重复次数确定,或同时由窗内重复次数和窗间重复次数确定。The number of repetitions involved in the embodiment is determined by the number of repetitions between windows, or by the number of repetitions in the window and the number of repetitions between windows.
需要说明的是,本实施例中涉及到的搜索空间以不同类型、不同消息、或不同用户/用户组进行时分复用。此外,搜索空间在频域上由部分子载波为单位时,频分复用方式包括以下至少之一:同类型信道之间频分多路复用FDM、不同类型信道间FDM、不同覆盖类型之间FDM、不同消息类型之间FDM、以增强控制信道单元ECCE为单位复用不同类型信道。其中,频分复用中下行控制信道调度指示下行业务信道的方式包括以下至少之一:It should be noted that the search space involved in this embodiment is time-division multiplexed with different types, different messages, or different users/user groups. In addition, when the search space is in a frequency domain by a part of subcarriers, the frequency division multiplexing method includes at least one of the following: frequency division multiplexing FDM between channels of the same type, FDM between different types of channels, and different coverage types. Inter-FDM, FDM between different message types, and different types of channels are multiplexed in units of enhanced control channel elements ECCE. The manner in which the downlink control channel scheduling indicates the downlink traffic channel in the frequency division multiplexing includes at least one of the following:
指示相同子频带或子载波位置中后续占用子帧位置;Indicates a subsequent occupied subframe position in the same sub-band or sub-carrier position;
跨子频带或子载波指示不同子频带中占用子帧位置;Sub-subbands or subcarriers indicate occupied subframe positions in different subbands;
同时指示相同子频带或子载波位置中后续占用子帧位置以及跨子频带或子载波指示不同子频带中占用子帧位置。
At the same time indicating the subsequent occupied subframe position in the same sub-band or sub-carrier position and the sub-band or sub-carrier indicating the occupied sub-frame position in the different sub-band.
可选地,在下行控制信道调度下行业务信道时,下行业务信道的起始子帧与下行控制信道结束子帧之间的间隔以子帧或调度窗为单位,其中,下行业务信道的起始子帧与下行控制信道结束子帧之间间隔的取值为固定值或可变值;其中,所述可变值的取值范围根据以下参数的至少之一确定:检测周期、调度窗、覆盖类型、物理上行共享信道PUSCH格式。Optionally, when the downlink control channel schedules the downlink traffic channel, the interval between the start subframe of the downlink traffic channel and the end subframe of the downlink control channel is in a subframe or a scheduling window, where the start of the downlink traffic channel The value of the interval between the subframe and the downlink control channel end subframe is a fixed value or a variable value; wherein the value range of the variable value is determined according to at least one of the following parameters: detection period, scheduling window, and coverage Type, physical uplink shared channel PUSCH format.
需要说明的是,该可变值由DCI通知时,取值范围时有限取值集合,该集合中的元素根据检测周期、调度窗、覆盖级别、PUSCH格式single tone至少之一确定。包括以不超过检测周期、调度窗的大小确定k的取值集合范围,例如检测周期为M时,取值k不大于M,以覆盖类型确定取值范围时,不同覆盖类型对应各自的可变值取值集合,如覆盖类型x3对应k取值集合{k0、k1、k2、k3、k4、k5、k6、k7},覆盖类型x2对应k取值集合与x3对应取值集合有交集时如{k4、k5、k6、k7、k8、k9、k10、k11}或与其无交集时对应的取值集合如{k8、k9、k10、k11、k12、k13、k14、k15};同理适用于不同PUSCH格式对应各自的可变值取值集合。PUSCH格式如之前所述。It should be noted that, when the variable value is notified by the DCI, the value range is a limited set of values, and the elements in the set are determined according to at least one of a detection period, a scheduling window, an overlay level, and a PUSCH format single tone. The range of the value set of k is determined by not exceeding the detection period and the size of the scheduling window. For example, when the detection period is M, the value k is not greater than M, and when the coverage type is determined by the coverage type, different coverage types correspond to respective variable ranges. The value value set, such as the coverage type x3 corresponding to the k value set {k0, k1, k2, k3, k4, k5, k6, k7}, the coverage type x2 corresponding to the k value set and the x3 corresponding value set have an intersection The set of values corresponding to {k4, k5, k6, k7, k8, k9, k10, k11} or its non-intersection is {k8, k9, k10, k11, k12, k13, k14, k15}; the same applies to Different PUSCH formats correspond to respective sets of variable value values. The PUSCH format is as described previously.
另外,下行控制信道结束子帧为子帧n,下行业务信道的起始子帧为n+k,当以子帧作为调度间隔时,即k个子帧,k为固定值或信令通知的可变值,k取值集合优选为大于0的整数。当以调度窗为间隔时,下行控制信道结束子帧为子帧n,所在调度窗为m,下行业务信道的起始子帧为n+k,所在调度窗为m+u,其中u为大于等于0的整数,u为固定值或信令通知的可变值。信令为物理层信令DCI或高层信令SIB或RRC。In addition, the downlink control channel end subframe is subframe n, and the start subframe of the downlink traffic channel is n+k. When the subframe is used as the scheduling interval, that is, k subframes, k is a fixed value or signaling. The variable value, k set of values is preferably an integer greater than zero. When the scheduling window is used as the interval, the downlink control channel end subframe is the subframe n, the scheduling window is m, the starting subframe of the downlink traffic channel is n+k, and the scheduling window is m+u, where u is greater than An integer equal to 0, where u is a fixed value or a signaled variable value. The signaling is physical layer signaling DCI or higher layer signaling SIB or RRC.
基于上述方式,在以调度窗为单位确定定义关系时,调度窗长在不同子载波间隔的上行单载波single tone传输信道时相同或独立确定;其中,上行授权UL grant指示上行业务信道在窗内的起始子帧位置。Based on the foregoing manner, when the definition relationship is determined in units of the scheduling window, the scheduling window length is the same or independently determined when the uplink single carrier single tone transmission channel of different subcarrier intervals is different; wherein, the uplink grant UL grant indicates that the uplink traffic channel is in the window. The starting subframe position.
此外,该所述上行授权UL grant指示不同子载波间隔大小的上行单载波传输。例如使用1bit指示两种不同子载波间隔大小的上行单载波传输,例如3.75kHz和15kHz,或2.5kHz和15kHz。In addition, the uplink grant UL grant indicates uplink single carrier transmission of different subcarrier spacing sizes. For example, 1 bit is used to indicate uplink single carrier transmission of two different subcarrier spacing sizes, such as 3.75 kHz and 15 kHz, or 2.5 kHz and 15 kHz.
此外,所述上行授权UL grant对不同子载波间隔大小的上行单载波传输使用相同的资源分配指示比特域;说明书中补充,对于不同子载波间隔大小的上行单载波传输,资源分配比特域大小相同。在一定的调度窗长内,对较小子载波间隔的上行单载波传输按照频域上的顺序编号0-X个最小基本分配单元,使用比特指示其中之一。同样在一定的调度窗长内,对较大子载波间隔的上行单载波传输按照先频域后时域或先时域后频域的顺序编号0-X个最小基本分配单元,使用比特指示其中之一。In addition, the uplink grant UL grant uses the same resource allocation indication bit field for uplink single carrier transmission of different subcarrier spacing sizes; in addition, the resource allocation bit field size is the same for uplink single carrier transmission with different subcarrier spacing sizes. . Within a certain scheduling window length, the uplink single carrier transmission for the smaller subcarrier spacing is numbered 0-X minimum basic allocation units according to the order in the frequency domain, and is used. The bit indicates one of them. Similarly, within a certain scheduling window length, the uplink single carrier transmission for a larger subcarrier interval is numbered 0-X minimum basic allocation units according to the order of the first frequency domain or the time domain of the first time domain. The bit indicates one of them.
基于上述描述,在本实施例的具体应用场景中,下行控制信道结束子帧为子帧n,上行业务信道的起始子帧为n+k,当以子帧作为调度间隔时,即k个子帧,k为固定值或信令通知的可变值,k取值集合优选为大于0的整数。当以调度窗为间隔时,下行控制信道结束子帧为子帧n,所在调度窗为m,上行业务信道的起始子帧为n+k,所在调度窗为m+u,其中u为大于等于0的整数,u为固定值或信令通知的可变值。信令为物理层信令DCI或高层信令SIB或RRC。其中,优选以调度窗方式定义调度间隔时的u取值为固定值。
Based on the above description, in the specific application scenario of the embodiment, the downlink control channel end subframe is subframe n, the initial subframe of the uplink traffic channel is n+k, and when the subframe is used as the scheduling interval, that is, k children. The frame, k is a fixed value or a signaled variable value, and the k-value set is preferably an integer greater than zero. When the scheduling window is used as the interval, the downlink control channel end subframe is the subframe n, the scheduling window is m, the initial subframe of the uplink traffic channel is n+k, and the scheduling window is m+u, where u is greater than An integer equal to 0, where u is a fixed value or a signaled variable value. The signaling is physical layer signaling DCI or higher layer signaling SIB or RRC. Preferably, the value of u when the scheduling interval is defined by the scheduling window is a fixed value.
调度窗长N(表示N个子帧或N个TTI或N毫秒),N取值优选为集合{1、2、4、8、10、16、20、30、32、40、48}中的元素或其整数倍。调度窗长N取值为固定值或基站通过SIB或RRC配置。The scheduling window has a length N (representing N subframes or N TTIs or N milliseconds), and the value of N is preferably an element in the set {1, 2, 4, 8, 10, 16, 20, 30, 32, 40, 48} Or an integer multiple thereof. The scheduling window length N is a fixed value or the base station is configured through SIB or RRC.
对于调度窗长在不同子载波间隔的上行单载波传输信道时相同时,例如上行单载波有15Khz和3.75kHz两种,两者使用相同的调度窗长N。此时调度较小的子载波间隔的PUSCH时,PUSCH起始子帧为调度窗的起始子帧,调度较大子载波间隔的PUSCH时,PUSCH起始子帧为调度窗的起始子帧或调度窗内部分位置作为起始子帧,例如{0、1/4、2/4、3/4}×N,优选通过UL grant中2bit指示该PUSCH的在调度窗内的起始子帧位置。When the scheduling window length is the same when the uplink single carrier transmission channels of different subcarrier intervals are the same, for example, the uplink single carrier has two types of 15Khz and 3.75kHz, and both use the same scheduling window length N. When a PUSCH with a smaller subcarrier spacing is scheduled at this time, the PUSCH starting subframe is the starting subframe of the scheduling window, and when the PUSCH with a larger subcarrier spacing is scheduled, the PUSCH starting subframe is the starting subframe of the scheduling window. Or a partial position in the scheduling window as a starting subframe, for example, {0, 1/4, 2/4, 3/4}×N, preferably indicating a starting subframe in the scheduling window of the PUSCH by 2 bits in the UL grant position.
对于调度窗长在不同子载波间隔的上行单载波传输信道独立确定时,对于不同子载波间隔的上行单载波传输所对应的调度窗长分别独立确定,例如取不同的固定值,或者基站分别通过独立的配置信令通知调度窗长度取值。此时对于不同子载波间隔的上行单载波传输PUSCH的起始子帧确定方式为,优选为各自调度窗的起始子帧。也可以进一步通过ULgrant中具体指示窗内起始子帧位置。For the uplink single-carrier transmission channel whose scheduling window length is different in different sub-carrier intervals, the scheduling window length corresponding to the uplink single-carrier transmission of different sub-carrier intervals is independently determined, for example, adopting different fixed values, or the base station respectively passes The independent configuration signaling notifies the value of the scheduling window. At this time, the initial subframe determination manner of the uplink single carrier transmission PUSCH for different subcarrier intervals is, preferably, the starting subframe of the respective scheduling window. It is also possible to further specify the starting subframe position within the window by the UL grant.
通过本实施例可见,实现了在窄带系统中如何确定搜索空间,通过时分传输达到了不同消息类型、不同覆盖类型所对应的下行控制信道间阻塞率降低的效果,节省了不必要的资源浪费,提高了资源使用效率。It can be seen that the search space is determined in the narrowband system, and the time-division transmission achieves the effect of reducing the blocking rate between the downlink control channels corresponding to different message types and different coverage types, thereby saving unnecessary resource waste. Improve resource use efficiency.
通过以上的实施方式的描述,本领域的技术人员可以清楚地了解到根据上述实施例的方法可借助软件加必需的通用硬件平台的方式来实现,当然也可以通过硬件,但很多情况下前者是更佳的实施方式。基于这样的理解,本发明的技术方案本质上或者说对现有技术做出贡献的部分可以以软件产品的形式体现出来,该计算机软件产品存储在一个存储介质(如ROM/RAM、磁碟、光盘)中,包括若干指令用以使得一台终端设备(可以是手机,计算机,服务器,或者网络设备等)执行本发明各个实施例所述的方法。Through the description of the above embodiments, those skilled in the art can clearly understand that the method according to the above embodiment can be implemented by means of software plus a necessary general hardware platform, and of course, by hardware, but in many cases, the former is A better implementation. Based on such understanding, the technical solution of the present invention, which is essential or contributes to the prior art, may be embodied in the form of a software product stored in a storage medium (such as ROM/RAM, disk, The optical disc includes a number of instructions for causing a terminal device (which may be a cell phone, a computer, a server, or a network device, etc.) to perform the methods described in various embodiments of the present invention.
在本实施例中还提供了一种窄带系统中搜索空间的确定装置,该装置用于实现上述实施例及优选实施方式,已经进行过说明的不再赘述。如以下所使用的,术语“模块”可以实现预定功能的软件和/或硬件的组合。尽管以下实施例所描述的装置较佳地以软件来实现,但是硬件,或者软件和硬件的组合的实现也是可能并被构想的。In this embodiment, a device for determining a search space in a narrowband system is also provided. The device is used to implement the foregoing embodiments and preferred embodiments, and details are not described herein. As used below, the term "module" may implement a combination of software and/or hardware of a predetermined function. Although the apparatus described in the following embodiments is preferably implemented in software, hardware, or a combination of software and hardware, is also possible and contemplated.
图2是根据本发明实施例的窄带系统中搜索空间的确定装置的结构框图,如图2所示,该装置包括:识别模块22,设置为识别窄带下行控制信道;检测模块24,与识别模块22耦合连接,设置为检测窄带下行控制信道所在的搜索空间,终端在确定的窄带搜索空间中检测窄带下行控制信道,其中,搜索空间在时域上以R个子帧或子帧集为单位,搜索空间在频域上以整个窄带或窄带中M个子载波为单位,其中R、M取值集合为正整数,子帧集中包括的X个子帧,X取值固定或基站可配置。2 is a structural block diagram of a device for determining a search space in a narrowband system according to an embodiment of the present invention. As shown in FIG. 2, the device includes: an identification module 22 configured to identify a narrowband downlink control channel; a detection module 24, and an identification module a coupling connection is set to detect a search space in which the narrowband downlink control channel is located, and the terminal detects a narrowband downlink control channel in the determined narrowband search space, wherein the search space is searched in units of R subframes or subframes in the time domain. The space is in the frequency domain of M subcarriers in the entire narrowband or narrowband. The R and M value sets are positive integers, and the X subframes included in the subframe set are fixed in X or configurable in the base station.
可选地,本实施例中的搜索空间在时域上连续或离散,其中,搜索空间支持的覆盖类型包括一种或多种,每种覆盖类型对应唯一R取值或一个包括多个R取值的集合,R表示下行控制信道的重复次数。其中,该搜索空间在时域上连续包括:搜索空间以子帧集为单位连续
和/或搜索空间以子帧为单位连续。Optionally, the search space in this embodiment is continuous or discrete in the time domain, where the coverage type supported by the search space includes one or more types, and each coverage type corresponds to a unique R value or one includes multiple R acquisitions. A set of values, R represents the number of repetitions of the downlink control channel. Wherein, the search space continuously includes in the time domain: the search space is continuously in units of subframe sets
And/or the search space is continuous in units of subframes.
在本实施例的可选实施方式中,该搜索空间通过以下参数的至少之一确定:起始子帧、子帧集大小、重复次数或子帧数量、检测周期、子频带或子载波位置,其中,确定搜索空间的参数为预定义或固定或基站配置。In an optional implementation manner of this embodiment, the search space is determined by at least one of the following parameters: a start subframe, a subframe set size, a repetition number or a number of subframes, a detection period, a sub-band or a sub-carrier position, Wherein, the parameters determining the search space are predefined or fixed or base station configurations.
其中,起始子帧根据以下参数的至少之一确定:最大重复次数Rmax、偏移值offset、无线帧号SFN、周期M;其中,确定的方式包括以下至少之一:起始子帧编号为索引index k,且满足(10*SFN+k)mod Rmax=0的子帧;起始子帧编号为index k,且满足(10*SFN+k)mod N*Rmax=0的子帧,N为大于0的正整数;起始子帧编号为index k,且满足(10*SFN+k)mod M=0的子帧,M为大于等于Rmax的正整数;起始子帧编号为index k,且满足(10*SFN+k+offset)mod M=0的子帧,M为大于等于Rmax的正整数;起始子帧编号为index k,且满足(10*SFN+k+X*offset)mod M=0的子帧,M为大于等于Rmax的正整数,X为大于0的正整数。The starting subframe is determined according to at least one of the following parameters: a maximum number of repetitions Rmax, an offset value offset, a radio frame number SFN, and a period M; wherein the determined manner includes at least one of the following: the starting subframe number is a frame index index k, and satisfying (10*SFN+k) mod Rmax=0; the starting subframe number is index k, and the subframe satisfying (10*SFN+k) mod N*Rmax=0, N Is a positive integer greater than 0; the starting subframe number is index k, and the subframe satisfying (10*SFN+k) mod M=0, M is a positive integer greater than or equal to Rmax; the starting subframe number is index k And satisfying (10*SFN+k+offset) mod M=0, M is a positive integer greater than or equal to Rmax; the starting subframe number is index k, and satisfies (10*SFN+k+X*offset) a subframe with mod M=0, M is a positive integer greater than or equal to Rmax, and X is a positive integer greater than zero.
对于上述涉及到的起始子帧对应的周期的取值集合根据覆盖类型确定,起始子帧对应的周期的取值由基站配置或固定;和/或,偏移值offset的取值集合或取值根据覆盖类型和/或周期确定;或,偏移值offset的取值由基站配置或固定或根据周期确定。The value set of the period corresponding to the start subframe involved is determined according to the coverage type, and the value of the period corresponding to the start subframe is configured or fixed by the base station; and/or the value set of the offset value offset or The value is determined according to the coverage type and/or the period; or, the value of the offset value offset is configured by the base station or fixed or determined according to the period.
以及,承载UL grant的下行控制信道所在搜索空间的起始子帧对应的周期的取值集合根据以下至少之一确定:覆盖类型、上行业务信道PUSCH格式,承载UL grant的下行控制信道所在搜索空间的起始子帧对应的周期的取值由基站配置或固定;和/或,偏移值offset的取值集合或取值根据以下至少之一确定:覆盖类型、周期、上行业务信道PUSCH格式;或,偏移值offset的取值由基站配置或固定或根据周期隐含确定。其中,在大覆盖类型时,周期M和/或偏移值offset大于小覆盖类型时的取值。And the value set of the period corresponding to the start subframe of the search space where the downlink control channel carrying the UL grant is located is determined according to at least one of the following: the coverage type, the uplink traffic channel PUSCH format, and the search space where the downlink control channel carrying the UL grant is located The value of the period corresponding to the start subframe is configured or fixed by the base station; and/or the value set or value of the offset value offset is determined according to at least one of the following: coverage type, period, uplink traffic channel PUSCH format; Or, the value of the offset value offset is configured by the base station or fixed or implicitly determined according to the period. Wherein, in the case of a large coverage type, the period M and/or the offset value offset is greater than the value of the small coverage type.
另外,对于本实施例中的子帧集大小通过固定或基站配置确定,可选地,在时域上连续时,起始子帧为子帧集的首子帧。In addition, the subframe set size in this embodiment is determined by a fixed or base station configuration. Optionally, when consecutive in the time domain, the starting subframe is the first subframe of the subframe set.
需要说明的是,在搜索空间在时域上连续时,重复传输使用的子帧和子帧内聚合等级AL包括以下方式之一:在不存在子帧集时,从起始子帧开始在一个子帧内以AL=1、2、4中的至少之一重复传输R个子帧;在存在子帧集时,从起始子帧开始在子帧集中以AL=1、2、4、8、16、32中的至少之一重复传输R个子帧集;其中,从起始子帧开始重复传输R个子帧或子帧集时,所使用的子帧为可用子帧。It should be noted that, when the search space is continuous in the time domain, the subframe used for repeated transmission and the intra-subframe aggregation level AL include one of the following modes: when there is no subframe set, starting from the starting subframe in one sub-frame R subframes are repeatedly transmitted in at least one of AL=1, 2, and 4; when there is a subframe set, AL=1, 2, 4, 8, 16 are in the subframe set from the start subframe. And at least one of 32 repeats transmitting R subframe sets; wherein, when R subframes or subframe sets are repeatedly transmitted from the start subframe, the used subframe is a usable subframe.
在本实施例的另一个可选实施方式中,该搜索空间至少包括:上行授权UL grant的上行控制搜索空间和下行授权DL grant的下行控制搜索空间,其中,上行控制搜索空间与下行控制搜索空间使用的资源为完全不同的资源或各自独立配置的资源。In another optional implementation manner of the embodiment, the search space includes at least an uplink control search space of an uplink grant UL grant and a downlink control search space of a downlink grant DL grant, where the uplink control search space and the downlink control search space The resources used are completely different resources or resources that are independently configured.
此外,对于本实施例中涉及到的搜索空间中候选集的组成形式包括以下方式之一:候选集由一种或多种聚合等级和多种重复次数组成,且不同重复次数的候选集所对应的起始子帧相同;候选集由一种或多种聚合等级和多种重复次数组成,且不同重复次数的候选集所对应
的起始子帧不同,非最大重复次数所对应的候选集在搜索空间中有多个;候选集由多种聚合等级和一种重复次数组成;候选集由一种聚合等级组成,其中,候选集占满搜索空间所有控制信道单元;候选集所对应的聚合等级根据不同应用场景确定,其中,应用场景至少包括:带内Inband场景、独立使用频带standalone、保护带guardband场景。In addition, the composition form of the candidate set in the search space involved in the embodiment includes one of the following manners: the candidate set is composed of one or more aggregation levels and multiple repetition times, and the candidate sets of different repetition times correspond to The starting subframes are the same; the candidate set is composed of one or more aggregation levels and multiple repetition times, and the candidate sets of different repetition times correspond to
The starting subframes are different, and the candidate set corresponding to the non-maximum number of repetitions has multiple in the search space; the candidate set is composed of multiple aggregation levels and one repetition number; the candidate set is composed of one aggregation level, wherein the candidate The set occupies all the control channel units of the search space; the aggregation level corresponding to the candidate set is determined according to different application scenarios, wherein the application scenario includes at least: an inband inband scene, a standalone band standalone, and a guard band guardband scene.
而在搜索空间在时域上离散时,以检测窗或调度窗为单位在窗内使用部分或全部资源;或,在搜索空间在时域上离散且下行控制信道重复传输时,以检测窗或调度窗为单位在窗内使用部分或全部资源并进行窗内和/或窗间时域重复。When the search space is discrete in the time domain, some or all resources are used in the window in units of detection windows or scheduling windows; or, when the search space is discrete in the time domain and the downlink control channel is repeatedly transmitted, the detection window or The dispatch window is a unit that uses some or all of the resources within the window and performs time domain repeats within the window and/or between the windows.
其中,在检测窗或调度窗中,下行控制信道与下行业务信道时分复用,或下行控制信道的不同覆盖类型所使用的资源时分复用。而在重复传输时,搜索空间在检测窗内的子帧集不重复或重复次数可预先配置。该搜索空间通过以下参数至少之一确定:起始子帧、子帧集、重复次数、调度窗或检测窗内重复次数、重复窗长、检测周期、子频带或子载波位置,其中,确定搜索空间的方式为预定义或固定或基站配置。In the detection window or the scheduling window, the downlink control channel is time-division multiplexed with the downlink traffic channel, or the resources used by different coverage types of the downlink control channel are time-division multiplexed. In the case of repeated transmission, the number of subframes in the search window in the detection window is not repeated or the number of repetitions can be pre-configured. The search space is determined by at least one of the following parameters: a starting subframe, a subframe set, a repetition number, a scheduling window or a number of repetitions in the detection window, a repetition window length, a detection period, a sub-band or a sub-carrier position, wherein the search is determined The way of space is predefined or fixed or base station configuration.
基于此,终端在搜索空间中检测起始控制信道单元的方式包括:固定或基站配置或根据hash函数在子帧或子帧集或无线帧或检测窗或搜索空间之间迭代,其中,在重复传输时,重复传输的各个子帧/子帧集中使用相同的控制信道单元,基站配置的方式包括:用户设备UE专有无线资源控制RRC配置起始索引和/或偏移值offset、所有UE起始相同。Based on this, the manner in which the terminal detects the initial control channel unit in the search space includes: fixed or base station configuration or iterating between a subframe or a subframe set or a radio frame or a detection window or a search space according to a hash function, where During transmission, the same control channel unit is used in each subframe/subframe in the repeated transmission. The configuration of the base station includes: user equipment UE-specific radio resource control RRC configuration start index and/or offset value offset, all UEs The same is true.
另外,该搜索空间中候选集的组成形式包括以下方式之一:候选集由一种或多种聚合等级和多种重复次数组成,且不同重复次数的候选集所对应的起始子帧相同;候选集由一种或多种聚合等级和多种重复次数组成,且不同重复次数的候选集所对应的起始子帧不同,非最大重复次数所对应的候选集在搜索空间中有多个;候选集由多种聚合等级和一种重复次数组成;候选集由一种聚合等级组成,其中,候选集占满搜索空间所有控制信道单元;候选集所对应的聚合等级根据不同应用场景确定,其中,应用场景至少包括:带内Inband场景、独立使用频带standalone、保护带guardband场景;其中,重复次数由窗间重复次数确定,或同时由窗内重复次数和窗间重复次数确定。In addition, the composition form of the candidate set in the search space includes one of the following manners: the candidate set is composed of one or more aggregation levels and multiple repetition times, and the start subframe corresponding to the candidate set of different repetition times is the same; The candidate set is composed of one or more aggregation levels and multiple repetition times, and the start subframe corresponding to the candidate set of different repetition times is different, and the candidate set corresponding to the non-maximum repetition number is multiple in the search space; The candidate set is composed of multiple aggregation levels and one repetition number; the candidate set is composed of one aggregation level, wherein the candidate set occupies all control channel units in the search space; the aggregation level corresponding to the candidate set is determined according to different application scenarios, wherein The application scenario includes at least: an inband inband scene, a standalone band standalone, and a guard band guardband scene; wherein the number of repetitions is determined by the number of repetitions between windows, or by the number of repetitions in the window and the number of repetitions between windows.
在本实施例的又一个可选实施方式中,搜索空间以不同类型、不同消息、或不同用户/用户组进行时分复用。以及该搜索空间在频域上由部分子载波为单位时,频分复用方式包括以下至少之一:同类型信道之间频分多路复用FDM、不同类型信道之间FDM、不同覆盖类型之间FDM、不同消息类型之间FDM、以增强控制信道单元ECCE为单位复用不同类型信道。In still another alternative embodiment of this embodiment, the search spaces are time division multiplexed with different types, different messages, or different groups of users/users. And when the search space is in a frequency domain by a part of subcarriers, the frequency division multiplexing mode includes at least one of the following: frequency division multiplexing FDM between channels of the same type, FDM between different types of channels, different coverage types FDM between FDMs, different message types, and different types of channels are multiplexed in units of enhanced control channel elements ECCE.
其中,频分复用中下行控制信道调度指示下行业务信道的方式包括以下至少之一:指示相同子频带或子载波位置中后续占用子帧位置;跨子频带或子载波指示不同子频带中占用子帧位置;同时指示相同子频带或子载波位置中后续占用子帧位置以及跨子频带或子载波指示不同子频带中占用子帧位置。The manner in which the downlink control channel scheduling indicates the downlink traffic channel in the frequency division multiplexing includes at least one of: indicating the subsequent occupied subframe position in the same sub-band or sub-carrier position; and indicating the occupation in different sub-bands across the sub-band or sub-carrier Subframe position; simultaneously indicating subsequent occupied subframe positions in the same sub-band or sub-carrier position and cross-sub-band or sub-carrier indicating occupied sub-frame positions in different sub-bands.
而在下行控制信道调度下行业务信道时,下行业务信道的起始子帧与下行控制信道结束子帧之间的间隔以子帧或调度窗为单位,其中,下行业务信道的起始子帧与下行控制信道结束子帧之间间隔的取值为固定值或可变值;其中,可变值的取值范围根据以下参数的至少之
一确定:检测周期、调度窗、覆盖类型、物理上行共享信道PUSCH格式。When the downlink control channel schedules the downlink traffic channel, the interval between the start subframe of the downlink traffic channel and the end subframe of the downlink control channel is in a subframe or a scheduling window, where the start subframe of the downlink traffic channel is The interval between the end subframes of the downlink control channel is a fixed value or a variable value; wherein the value range of the variable value is based on at least the following parameters
A determination: detection period, scheduling window, coverage type, physical uplink shared channel PUSCH format.
在承载上行授权UL grant下行控制信道调度上行业务信道时,上行业务信道的起始子帧与下行控制信道结束子帧之间的间隔以子帧或调度窗为单位,其中,上行业务信道的起始子帧与下行控制信道结束子帧之间间隔的取值为固定值或可变值。其中,在以调度窗为单位确定定义关系时,调度窗长在不同子载波间隔的上行单载波single tone传输信道时相同或独立确定。以及上行授权UL grant指示上行业务信道在窗内的起始子帧位置;上行授权UL grant指示不同子载波间隔大小的上行单载波传输;上行授权UL grant对不同子载波间隔大小的上行单载波传输使用相同的资源分配指示比特域。When the uplink grant channel is allocated by the uplink grant control downlink grant control channel, the interval between the start subframe of the uplink traffic channel and the end subframe of the downlink control channel is in a subframe or a scheduling window, where the uplink traffic channel starts from The interval between the start subframe and the downlink control channel end subframe is a fixed value or a variable value. Wherein, when the definition relationship is determined in units of the scheduling window, the scheduling window length is the same or independently determined when the uplink single carrier single tone transmission channel of different subcarrier intervals is used. And the uplink grant UL grant indicates the initial subframe position of the uplink traffic channel in the window; the uplink grant UL grant indicates uplink single carrier transmission with different subcarrier spacing sizes; and the uplink grant UL grant transmits uplink single carrier for different subcarrier spacing sizes The same resource allocation indicator bit field is used.
需要说明的是,上述各个模块是可以通过软件或硬件来实现的,对于后者,可以通过以下方式实现,但不限于此:上述模块均位于同一处理器中;或者,上述模块分别位于多个处理器中。It should be noted that each of the above modules may be implemented by software or hardware. For the latter, the foregoing may be implemented by, but not limited to, the foregoing modules are all located in the same processor; or, the modules are located in multiple In the processor.
下面将结合本发明的可选实施例对本发明进行举例说明;The invention will now be described in connection with alternative embodiments of the invention;
本可选实施例提供了一种窄带系统中搜索空间确定方法,该方法的技术方案采用了:终端检测窄带下行控制信道所在的搜索空间在时域上以一个子帧或子帧集为单位,在频域上以整个窄带或窄带中部分子载波为单位。The present invention provides a method for determining a search space in a narrowband system. The technical solution of the method is as follows: the terminal detects that the search space where the narrowband downlink control channel is located is in a subframe or a subframe set in the time domain. In the frequency domain, the entire narrow band or narrow band middle molecular carrier is used.
需要说明的是,本可选实施例中的搜索空间泛指各种应用场景,例如带内inband、保护带guardband、独立使用频带standalone;以及各种覆盖类型,例如normal、medium、extreme的基本组成,或组成的基本单元,本可选实施例中涉及到的窄带为200kHz或180kHz,与LTE共存时使用LTE定义的物理资源块PRB,对应180kHz,窄带即为1个PRB,其中,子载波数目有12个。在时域上与LTE共存或独立工作时,子帧使用LTE定义的子帧包含14个OFDM符号且在时间上持续1ms,子帧集为固定或预定义或基站配置的若干个子帧,子帧集中所包含的子帧为连续的子帧或离散的子帧或在一定调度周期或检测周期中的连续或离散的若干个子帧,子帧数量可选取值为集合{1、2、4、6、8、10、16、20}或其子集。基站配置包括使用SIB或RRC配置为cell-specific类型或UE-specific类型的方式。It should be noted that the search space in this alternative embodiment generally refers to various application scenarios, such as inband inband, guard band guardband, standalone band standalone, and various coverage types, such as normal, medium, and extreme components. Or a basic unit, the narrowband involved in the alternative embodiment is 200 kHz or 180 kHz. When coexisting with LTE, the physical resource block PRB defined by LTE is used, corresponding to 180 kHz, and the narrow band is 1 PRB, where the number of subcarriers There are 12. When cooperating with LTE in the time domain or working independently, the subframe uses LTE-defined subframes to contain 14 OFDM symbols and lasts for 1 ms in time, and the subframe set is fixed or predefined or base station configured several subframes, subframes The sub-frames included in the set are consecutive sub-frames or discrete sub-frames or consecutive or discrete sub-frames in a certain scheduling period or detection period, and the number of sub-frames may be selected as a set {1, 2, 4, 6, 8, 10, 16, 20} or a subset thereof. The base station configuration includes a manner of configuring the cell-specific type or the UE-specific type using SIB or RRC.
另外,在覆盖增强需求使用重复传输时搜索空间在时域上连续或离散,其中,该覆盖增强包括一种或多种覆盖类型。每种覆盖类型对应唯一R取值或一个R取值集合。Additionally, the search space is continuous or discrete in the time domain when the overlay enhancement uses duplicate transmission, wherein the coverage enhancement includes one or more coverage types. Each coverage type corresponds to a unique R value or a set of R values.
可选地,该搜索空间中可以仅支持一种覆盖类型,或者所有覆盖类型都支持,通过配置不同重复次数R进行支持;其中,每种覆盖类型可以仅支持唯一的R值,或支持一个R取值集合。不同覆盖类型所对应的R在有取值集合时集合中的元素相互独立或互有重叠。Optionally, the search space may support only one type of coverage, or all coverage types are supported, and are supported by configuring different repetition times R; wherein each coverage type may only support a unique R value, or support an R A collection of values. The Rs corresponding to different coverage types have independent or overlapping elements in the set when there is a set of values.
例如,在每种覆盖类型唯一支持一个R值时,normal覆盖对应R1,medium覆盖对应R2,extreme覆盖对应R3;在每种覆盖类型支持一个R取值集合时,各取值集合相互独立时,如normal覆盖对应{R1、R2、R3、R4},medium覆盖对应{R5、R6、R7、R8},extreme覆盖对应{R9、R10、R11、R12};各取值集合互有重叠时,如normal覆盖对应{R1、R2、R3、R4},medium覆盖对应{R3、R4、R5、R6},extreme覆盖对应{R5、R6、R7、R8}。
For example, when each coverage type uniquely supports an R value, normal coverage corresponds to R1, medium coverage corresponds to R2, and extreme coverage corresponds to R3; when each coverage type supports an R value set, when each value set is independent of each other, For example, the normal coverage corresponds to {R1, R2, R3, and R4}, the medium coverage corresponds to {R5, R6, R7, and R8}, and the extreme coverage corresponds to {R9, R10, R11, and R12}; Normal coverage corresponds to {R1, R2, R3, R4}, medium coverage corresponds to {R3, R4, R5, R6}, and extreme coverage corresponds to {R5, R6, R7, R8}.
下面将对本可选实施例的连续传输搜索空间的方式进行说明;The manner of continuously transmitting the search space of the alternative embodiment will be described below;
在搜索空间在时域上连续时,分为存在子帧集和不存在子帧集,即以子帧集为单位连续和以子帧为单位连续。图3是根据本发明可选实施例的搜索空间在时域上连续时的示意图,如图3所示,搜索空间在时域上连续。When the search space is continuous in the time domain, it is divided into a set of existing subframes and a set of subframes that are absent, that is, continuous in units of subframe sets and continuous in units of subframes. 3 is a schematic diagram of a search space that is continuous in the time domain according to an alternative embodiment of the present invention. As shown in FIG. 3, the search space is continuous in the time domain.
在本可选实施例中,该搜索空间可以通过起始子帧、重复次数或子帧数量、检测周期、子频带或子载波位置至少之一进行确定,而该确定的方式可以是预定义、固定、或基站配置。In this optional embodiment, the search space may be determined by at least one of a starting subframe, a repetition number or a number of subframes, a detection period, a sub-band, or a sub-carrier position, and the determining manner may be predefined, Fixed, or base station configuration.
其中,基站配置可以是SIB或RRC进行配置,例如,配置参数包括:The configuration of the base station may be configured by using an SIB or an RRC. For example, the configuration parameters include:
起始子帧:(1)通过周期确定(如周期中第一个子帧);(2)或者周期+offset确定;Start subframe: (1) determined by period (such as the first subframe in the period); (2) or period + offset determined;
长度:即重复次数(无论是否存在子帧集,重复次数为以子帧或子帧集为单位的重复次数)或子帧数量(当不存在子帧集时重复次数等于子帧数量),当搜索空间存在有多个R时该值以R的最大值Rmax为准,该重复所使用的子帧可以是物理子帧或可用子帧;Length: the number of repetitions (regardless of whether there is a subframe set, the number of repetitions is the number of repetitions in units of subframes or subframes) or the number of subframes (the number of repetitions is equal to the number of subframes when there is no subframe set), when When there are multiple Rs in the search space, the value is based on the maximum value Rmax of R, and the subframe used by the repetition may be a physical subframe or a usable subframe;
周期:该参数需要大于Rmax。优选Rmax的整数倍,或者整数倍+offset;Period: This parameter needs to be greater than Rmax. Preferably an integer multiple of Rmax, or an integer multiple + offset;
子频带或子载波位置:仅适用于搜索空间在频域上不占满1PRB或整个窄带的情况,配置子帧资源时还需要配置频域子载波资源,例如配置{子帧数S,子载波数C};如:{8 subframe,3 subcarrier}、{16 subframe,3 subcarrier}、{32 subframe,3 subcarrier};{4 subframe,6 subcarrier}、{8 subframe,6 subcarrier}、{16 subframe,6 subcarrier}等。Sub-band or sub-carrier position: It is only applicable to the case where the search space does not occupy 1 PRB or the entire narrowband in the frequency domain. When configuring the subframe resources, you also need to configure the frequency domain sub-carrier resources, for example, configuration {subframe number S, subcarriers. Number C}; for example: {8 subframe, 3 subcarrier}, {16 subframe, 3 subcarrier}, {32 subframe, 3 subcarrier}; {4 subframe, 6 subcarrier}, {8 subframe, 6 subcarrier}, {16 subframe, 6 subcarrier} and so on.
此外,在连续方式时,重复传输使用的子帧和子帧内聚合等级包括以下方式之一:In addition, in the continuous mode, the sub-frame and intra-frame aggregation levels used for repeated transmissions include one of the following methods:
方式1:在没有子帧集时,从起始子帧开始在一个子帧内以AL=1、2、4至少之一重复传输R个子帧;Manner 1: when there is no subframe set, R subframes are repeatedly transmitted in at least one of AL=1, 2, and 4 in one subframe from the start subframe;
方式2:在有子帧集时,从起始子帧开始在子帧集中以AL=1、2、4、8、16、32至少之一重复传输R个子帧集;Manner 2: When there is a subframe set, R subframe sets are repeatedly transmitted in the subframe set with at least one of AL=1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32 from the start subframe;
其中,从起始子帧开始重复传输R个子帧或子帧集时,使用子帧为可用子帧。Wherein, when R subframes or subframe sets are repeatedly transmitted from the start subframe, the subframe is used as a available subframe.
对于上述方式1:在连续传输,且没有subframe set时,则从起始子帧开始在一个子帧内以AL=1、2、4重复传输R个子帧。更进一步,在连续方式时,存在子帧集时子帧集中的子帧为时域上连续的物理子帧或可用子帧。重复传输时以子帧集为单位重复传输R次。不存在子帧集时,重复传输时以子帧为单位重复R次,即R个物理子帧或可用子帧。聚合等级在无子帧集时使用子帧中所能支持的最大聚合等级或不超过最大聚合等级的聚合等级集合且集合中元素为一个或多个。For the above manner 1: in continuous transmission, and there is no subframe set, R subframes are repeatedly transmitted with AL=1, 2, and 4 in one subframe from the start subframe. Further, in the continuous mode, when the subframe set exists, the subframes in the subframe set are consecutive physical subframes or available subframes in the time domain. When the transmission is repeated, the transmission is repeated R times in units of subframe sets. When there is no subframe set, R transmission is repeated R times in units of subframes, that is, R physical subframes or available subframes. The aggregation level uses the maximum aggregation level that can be supported in the subframe or the aggregation level set that does not exceed the maximum aggregation level when there is no subframe set, and the elements in the set are one or more.
而对于方式2:在有subframe set=X个子帧时,例如X=2、4、8,则从起始子帧开始在X个子帧内以AL=1、2、4、8、16、32重复传输R×X个子帧。此时子帧集内子帧是连续的物理子帧或可用子帧。方式3,重复传输使用可用子帧,即不连续占用物理子帧。空余物理子帧部分或全部用作传输UL grant的下行控制信道等。此时需要进行信令通知UE予以配合,包括
两种方式:方式3-1:基站配置cell-specific上行控制子帧集合。方式3-2:基站配置UE-specific下行控制与业务所使用的子帧集合资源,再配置一个UE-specific上行控制子帧集合。For mode 2: when there are subframe set=X subframes, for example, X=2, 4, 8, then from the starting subframe, within the X subframes, AL=1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32 R × X subframes are repeatedly transmitted. At this time, the subframes in the subframe set are consecutive physical subframes or available subframes. In mode 3, the repeated transmission uses available subframes, that is, the physical subframes are not continuously occupied. Part or all of the spare physical subframe is used as a downlink control channel for transmitting a UL grant or the like. At this point, it is necessary to signal the UE to cooperate, including
Two modes: Mode 3-1: The base station configures a cell-specific uplink control subframe set. Mode 3-2: The base station configures a UE-specific downlink control and a subframe set resource used by the service, and then configures a UE-specific uplink control subframe set.
可选地,终端在搜索空间中检测起始控制信道单元的确定方式包括基站配置或根据hash函数在子帧或无线帧或检测窗或搜索空间间迭代。当在重复传输时,重复传输的各个子帧/子帧集中使用相同的控制信道单元。Optionally, the determining manner in which the terminal detects the initial control channel unit in the search space comprises base station configuration or iterating between subframes or radio frames or detection windows or search spaces according to a hash function. When repeating transmission, the same control channel unit is used in each subframe/subframe of the repeated transmission.
例如,无subframe set时,Alt1:AL=4ECCE,起始子帧决定起始位置,子帧中4ECCE都使用,起始总是ECCE index 0;Alt2-1:AL=1、2、4ECCE,起始ECCE固定为聚合等级的整数倍位置或通过配置确定,重复传输各子帧使用相同ECCE,与首子帧相同;Alt2-2:以搜索空间(Rmax)或无线帧为单位hash计算,重复传输各子帧使用相同ECCE,与首子帧相同。For example, when there is no subframe set, Alt1:AL=4ECCE, the starting subframe determines the starting position, 4ECCE is used in the subframe, the starting is always ECCE index 0; Alt2-1:AL=1, 2, 4ECCE, The initial ECCE is fixed to an integer multiple of the aggregation level or determined by configuration. The repeated transmission of each subframe uses the same ECCE, which is the same as the first subframe; Alt2-2: hash calculation in the search space (Rmax) or radio frame, repeated transmission Each subframe uses the same ECCE, which is the same as the first subframe.
有subframe set时,Alt1-1:起始ECCE固定为聚合等级的整数倍位置或通过配置确定,重复传输各子帧使用相同ECCE,与首子帧相同。Alt1-2:以搜索空间(Rmax)或无线帧为单位hash计算。重复传输各子帧使用相同ECCE,与首子帧相同。When there is a subframe set, Alt1-1: the initial ECCE is fixed to an integer multiple of the aggregation level or determined by configuration. Each subframe is repeatedly transmitted using the same ECCE, which is the same as the first subframe. Alt1-2: Calculated in hashes of search space (Rmax) or radio frames. Repeated transmission of each subframe uses the same ECCE, the same as the first subframe.
基于此,该搜索空间中候选集的组成形式包括以下方式之一:Based on this, the composition of the candidate set in the search space includes one of the following ways:
候选集由一种或多种聚合等级和多种重复次数组成,且不同重复次数的候选集所对应的起始子帧相同;The candidate set is composed of one or more aggregation levels and multiple repetition times, and the starting subframes corresponding to the candidate sets of different repetition times are the same;
候选集由一种或多种聚合等级和多种重复次数组成,且不同重复次数的候选集所对应的起始子帧不同,非最大重复次数所对应的候选集在搜索空间中有多个;The candidate set is composed of one or more aggregation levels and multiple repetition times, and the start subframe corresponding to the candidate set of different repetition times is different, and the candidate set corresponding to the non-maximum repetition number is multiple in the search space;
候选集由多种聚合等级和一种重复次数组成。A candidate set consists of multiple aggregation levels and one repetition number.
候选集仅有一个,占满搜索空间所有控制信道单元。即只有一种聚合等级一个候选集(包含频域和时域粒度总和)。There is only one candidate set, which fills up all control channel elements in the search space. That is, there is only one aggregation level, one candidate set (including the sum of frequency domain and time domain granularity).
候选集所对应的聚合等级根据不同应用场景确定。如Inband场景与standalone/guardband场景支持不同的聚合等级,各自对应候选集数量总和一致。The aggregation level corresponding to the candidate set is determined according to different application scenarios. For example, the Inband scenario and the standalone/guardband scenario support different aggregation levels, and the sum of the corresponding candidate sets is the same.
下面将以离散(分块)传输搜索空间的方式进行说明;The following will describe the way in which the search space is transmitted discretely (blocked);
该搜索空间在时域上离散,以检测窗或调度窗为单位进行时域重复,图4是根据本发明可选实施例的搜索空间在时域上离散时的示意图,如图4所示,搜索空间在时域上离散。The search space is discrete in the time domain, and the time domain is repeated in units of detection windows or scheduling windows. FIG. 4 is a schematic diagram of the search space being discrete in the time domain according to an alternative embodiment of the present invention, as shown in FIG. The search space is discrete in the time domain.
可选地,在检测窗或调度窗中,下行控制信道与下行业务信道时分复用或者不同覆盖类型所使用的资源时分复用。Optionally, in the detection window or the scheduling window, the downlink control channel is time-division multiplexed with the downlink traffic channel or the resources used by different coverage types.
该时分复用的方式包括以下几种方式:The way of time division multiplexing includes the following ways:
alt1.控制与数据TDM,控制区域内不同覆盖类型TDM。图5是根据本发明可选实施例的控制与数据时分复用,控制区域内不同覆盖类型时分复用的示意图,如图5所示,CE1、CE2、CE3表示不同覆盖等级,不同覆盖等级在控制区域内进行时域上区分。
Alt1. Control and data TDM, different coverage types TDM within the control area. FIG. 5 is a schematic diagram of time division multiplexing of different coverage types in a control region according to an alternative embodiment of the present invention. As shown in FIG. 5, CE1, CE2, and CE3 indicate different coverage levels, and different coverage levels are in The time domain is distinguished within the control area.
Alt2.控制与数据TDM,控制区域内不区分不同覆盖类型,通过不同R配置,图6是根据本发明可选实施例的控制与数据时分复用,控制区域内不再以不同覆盖时分复用的示意图,如图6所示,此时控制区域内不再进行区分。Alt2. Control and data TDM, different coverage types are not distinguished in the control region. Through different R configurations, FIG. 6 is a control and data time division multiplexing according to an alternative embodiment of the present invention, and the control region is no longer time-divisionally multiplexed with different coverage. The schematic diagram is shown in Figure 6. At this time, no distinction is made in the control area.
Alt3.调度周期内不同覆盖类型TDM,在同一覆盖类型中控制与数据TDM,图7是根据本发明可选实施例的不同覆盖时分复用,同一覆盖中控制区域与数据区分再时分复用示意图,如图7所示,不同覆盖TDM,同一覆盖中控制与数据TDM,优选控制区域在数据区域之前。Alt4.TDM下控制区域在调度窗中离散。图8是根据本发明可选实施例的控制与数据时分复用且控制区域离散时的示意图,如图8所示,控制区域并不集中,在时域上离散。Alt3. Different coverage types TDM in the scheduling period, control and data TDM in the same coverage type, FIG. 7 is a schematic diagram of different coverage time division multiplexing according to an alternative embodiment of the present invention, and control region and data differentiation time division multiplexing in the same coverage As shown in FIG. 7, different coverage TDM, same coverage control and data TDM, preferably control area before the data area. The control area under Alt4.TDM is discrete in the scheduling window. FIG. 8 is a schematic diagram of control and data time division multiplexing and control region dispersion according to an alternative embodiment of the present invention. As shown in FIG. 8, the control regions are not concentrated and are discrete in the time domain.
在分块传输方式下,由于区分了调度窗,则控制区域在调度窗内的具体子帧位置是否集中在调度窗中最前位置并不重要,通过子帧配置确定具体占用子帧序号即可,即该方式突出灵活性。In the block transfer mode, it is not important whether the specific subframe position of the control region in the scheduling window is concentrated in the front position of the scheduling window, and the specific occupied subframe number is determined by the subframe configuration. That way, this approach highlights flexibility.
可选地,重复传输时搜索空间在检测窗内的子帧集不重复或重复次数可配置。Optionally, the subframe set in the detection window in the search window is not repeated or the number of repetitions is configurable when the transmission is repeated.
其中,对于调度窗场景,原则上对于每个UE来说每个检测窗内只有一个subframe set,至少在normal覆盖场景下。对于中等/极端覆盖增强进一步区分两种重复方式,(1)仅在检测窗间重复,(2)检测窗间和检测窗内重复。For the scheduling window scenario, in principle, there is only one subframe set in each detection window for each UE, at least in the normal coverage scenario. The medium/extreme coverage enhancement further distinguishes between two repetition modes, (1) repeating only between detection windows, and (2) repeating between detection windows and detection windows.
对于该方式1:检测窗内不支持重复,每个检测窗内只有一个subframe set=X个子帧时,则从起始子帧开始在X个子帧内重复传输R个检测窗。其中,检测窗起始子帧与调度窗起始子帧相同,或晚于调度窗起始子帧。For the mode 1: the detection window does not support repetition, and when there is only one subframe set=X subframes in each detection window, R detection windows are repeatedly transmitted in X subframes from the start subframe. The detection window start subframe is the same as the scheduling window start subframe or later than the scheduling window start subframe.
对于该方式2:检测窗内支持重复,则subframe set=X个子帧在检测窗内重复Rin次,在检测窗间重复Rout次,重复传输次数R=Rin×Rout。其中,检测窗起始子帧与调度窗起始子帧相同,或晚于调度窗起始子帧。搜索空间边界由Rout_max确定。For the mode 2: the detection window supports repetition, the subframe set=X subframes repeat Rin times in the detection window, repeat Rout times between the detection windows, and repeat the number of transmissions R=Rin×Rout. The detection window start subframe is the same as the scheduling window start subframe or later than the scheduling window start subframe. The search space boundary is determined by Rout_max.
可选地,搜索空间通过起始子帧、子帧集、重复次数、调度窗或检测窗内重复次数、检测周期、子频带或子载波位置至少之一进行确定,包括预定义或固定或基站配置。Optionally, the search space is determined by using at least one of a start subframe, a subframe set, a repetition number, a scheduling window or a number of repetitions in the detection window, a detection period, a sub-band, or a sub-carrier position, including a predefined or fixed or base station. Configuration.
其中,基站配置包括SIB或RRC进行配置,例如:配置参数包括:The configuration of the base station includes the SIB or the RRC, for example, the configuration parameters include:
子帧集:调度周期内配置{2、4、8};Subframe set: {2, 4, 8} in the scheduling period;
调度窗内重复次数:默认值为Rin=1,可配置1、2、4、8,受限与调度窗大小。Number of repetitions in the dispatch window: The default value is Rin=1, which can be configured 1, 2, 4, 8, limited and the size of the dispatch window.
起始调度窗:(1)通过周期确定(如周期中第一个调度窗);(2)或者周期+offset确定,此时offset的基本单位不是子帧是调度窗。其中,确定了起始调度窗就能根据subframe set确定起始子帧。The initial scheduling window: (1) determines by the period (such as the first scheduling window in the period); (2) or the period + offset determines that the basic unit of the offset is not the scheduling window. Wherein, determining the initial scheduling window can determine the starting subframe according to the subframe set.
长度:(1)Rmax,此时窗内子帧集不重复(即Rin=1)。(2)Rout_max,Rout=Rmax/Rin,此时窗内子帧集重复Rin,窗间重复Rout。进一步分为物理子帧或可用子帧两种情况。其中Rmax={1、2、4、8、16、32、64、128}
Length: (1) Rmax, at this time, the subframe set in the window is not repeated (ie, Rin=1). (2) Rout_max, Rout=Rmax/Rin. At this time, the sub-frame set in the window repeats Rin, and Rout is repeated between the windows. Further divided into physical sub-frames or available sub-frames. Where Rmax={1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128}
周期:(1)Rin=1,该参数需要大于Rmax。优选Rmax的整数倍,或者整数倍+offset。(2)该参数需要大于Rout_max,Rout=Rmax/Rin。优选Rout_max的整数倍,或者整数倍+offset。Period: (1) Rin=1, this parameter needs to be greater than Rmax. An integer multiple of Rmax, or an integer multiple + offset is preferred. (2) This parameter needs to be greater than Rout_max, Rout = Rmax / Rin. An integer multiple of Rout_max, or an integer multiple of +offset is preferred.
子频带或子载波位置:仅适用于搜索空间在频域上不占满1PRB或整个窄带的情况,配置子帧资源时还需要配置频域子载波资源,例如配置{子帧数S,子载波数C}。如:{8 subframe,3 subcarrier}、{16 subframe,3 subcarrier}、{32 subframe,3 subcarrier};{4 subframe,6 subcarrier}、{8 subframe,6 subcarrier}、{16 subframe,6 subcarrier}等。Sub-band or sub-carrier position: It is only applicable to the case where the search space does not occupy 1 PRB or the entire narrowband in the frequency domain. When configuring the subframe resources, you also need to configure the frequency domain sub-carrier resources, for example, configuration {subframe number S, subcarriers. Number C}. Such as: {8 subframe, 3 subcarrier}, {16 subframe, 3 subcarrier}, {32 subframe, 3 subcarrier}; {4 subframe, 6 subcarrier}, {8 subframe, 6 subcarrier}, {16 subframe, 6 subcarrier}, etc. .
可选地,终端在搜索空间中检测起始控制信道单元的确定方式包括:固定或基站配置或根据hash函数在子帧或无线帧或检测窗或搜索空间间迭代。当在重复传输时,重复传输的各个子帧/子帧集中使用相同的控制信道单元。其中配置包括:(1)UE专有RRC,配置起始+offset,(2)所有UE起始相同。Optionally, the manner in which the terminal detects the initial control channel unit in the search space includes: fixed or base station configuration or iterating between subframes or radio frames or detection windows or search spaces according to a hash function. When repeating transmission, the same control channel unit is used in each subframe/subframe of the repeated transmission. The configuration includes: (1) UE-specific RRC, configuration start + offset, and (2) all UEs start at the same.
其中Alt1:起始ECCE以搜索空间(包含1个或多个调度周期)或以调度周期为单位hash计算。同时保证重复传输各子帧集(2、4、8)使用相同ECCE,与首子帧集相同。Where Alt1: The starting ECCE is calculated in search space (containing one or more scheduling periods) or hash in units of scheduling periods. At the same time, it is guaranteed that the repeated transmission of each subframe set (2, 4, 8) uses the same ECCE, which is the same as the first subframe set.
例如:E.g:
由时隙编号计算子帧编号k需要修订,仍以LTE系统中时隙编号为基础,则k计算需要修订为:The calculation of the subframe number k by the slot number needs to be revised, and still based on the slot number in the LTE system, then the k calculation needs to be revised to:
(1)按照1个调度周期(M-subframe)含有X个subframe进行公式改写。满足连续十个调度周期内hash迭代。(1) The formula is rewritten according to one scheduling period (M-subframe) containing X subframes. The hash iteration is satisfied for ten consecutive scheduling periods.
(2)重新按照调度周期(M-subframe)编号定义k,在1个M-frame中k=0、1、2…9。(2) Re-define k according to the scheduling period (M-subframe) number, and k=0, 1, 2...9 in one M-frame.
Alt2:固定为聚合等级的整数倍位置或通过配置确定,候选集起始(E)CCE位置固定为L个(E)CCE的整数倍位置。(1)UE专有RRC,配置起始+offset,(2)cell-specific配置所有UE起始相同。Alt2: Fixed to an integer multiple of the aggregation level or determined by configuration, the candidate set start (E) CCE position is fixed to an integral multiple of L (E) CCE positions. (1) UE-specific RRC, configuration start + offset, (2) cell-specific configuration, all UEs start at the same.
Alt3:extreme覆盖重复传输时为Normal覆盖时的一个特例,选用占满子帧集的聚合等级,起始ECCE总是子帧集中的index 0。Alt3: extreme overrides a special case when Normal overlay is used for repeated transmission. The aggregation level of the occupied subframe set is selected, and the starting ECCE is always index 0 in the subframe set.
基于上述描述,本可选实施例中的搜索空间中候选集的组成形式包括以下方式之一:Based on the above description, the composition form of the candidate set in the search space in the alternative embodiment includes one of the following ways:
候选集由一种或多种聚合等级和多种重复次数组成,且不同重复次数的候选集所对应的起始子帧相同;
The candidate set is composed of one or more aggregation levels and multiple repetition times, and the starting subframes corresponding to the candidate sets of different repetition times are the same;
候选集由一种或多种聚合等级和多种重复次数组成,且不同重复次数的候选集所对应的起始子帧不同,非最大重复次数所对应的候选集在搜索空间中有多个;The candidate set is composed of one or more aggregation levels and multiple repetition times, and the start subframe corresponding to the candidate set of different repetition times is different, and the candidate set corresponding to the non-maximum repetition number is multiple in the search space;
候选集由多种聚合等级和一种重复次数组成;The candidate set consists of multiple aggregation levels and one repetition number;
候选集仅有一个,占满搜索空间所有控制信道单元,即只有一种聚合等级一个候选集(包含频域和时域粒度总和);There is only one candidate set, which fills all control channel units in the search space, that is, only one aggregation level and one candidate set (including the sum of frequency domain and time domain granularity);
候选集所对应的聚合等级根据不同应用场景确定。如Inband场景与standalone/guardband场景支持不同的聚合等级,各自对应候选集数量总和一致;The aggregation level corresponding to the candidate set is determined according to different application scenarios. For example, the Inband scenario and the standalone/guardband scenario support different aggregation levels, and the sum of the corresponding candidate sets is the same;
其中,重复次数可以仅有窗间重复次数确定,或者同时由窗内重复次数和窗间重复次数确定。The number of repetitions may be determined only by the number of repetitions between windows, or by the number of repetitions in the window and the number of repetitions between windows.
下面将对CSS与USS的内容进行描述The following describes the contents of CSS and USS.
其中,搜索空间进一步可以以不同类型、不同消息、不同用户/用户组进行时分。The search space can be further divided into different types, different messages, and different users/user groups.
可选地,CSS与USS时分,RAR所对应的CSS与Paging所对应的CSS时分、不同用户或不同用户组时分。基站通过SIB或RRC配置上述各个搜索空间。即配置为CSS与USS重合则可以重叠,配置CSS与USS时分则降低盲检复杂度,搜索空间本身的确定方式(起始子帧、周期、子帧集、聚合等级)对这两种类型并无本质区别,只是参数上的区别。如CSS对应的聚合等级少于USS对应的聚合等级。例如:USS/SS对不同UE/UE group进行时分复用,建议CSS对不同消息类型进行时分复用。在区分覆盖类型或不区分覆盖类型时所使用的可用子帧集或物理子帧集中:Alt1:对于USS/SS,时分复用不同UE/UE group/all UE,图9是根据本发明实施例的搜索空间以不同类型、不同消息、不同用户/用户组进行时分的示意图,如图9所示,不同灰度深浅表示不同UE/UE group;Alt2:对于CSS,时分复用不同消息类型,如图9所示,不同灰度深浅表示不同公有消息类型;Alt3:对于不同搜索空间类型,时分复用USS与CSS,其中最深灰度为CSS,其余两种灰度为USS。Optionally, the CSS and the USS are time-division, and the CSS corresponding to the RAR and the CSS corresponding to the Paging are time-division, different users, or different user groups. The base station configures each of the above search spaces through SIB or RRC. That is, if CSS and USS are overlapped, they can overlap. When CSS and USS are configured, the blind detection complexity is reduced, and the search space itself (starting subframe, period, subframe set, aggregation level) is used for both types. There is no essential difference, just the difference in parameters. For example, the aggregation level corresponding to the CSS is less than the aggregation level corresponding to the USS. For example, the USS/SS performs time division multiplexing on different UEs/UE groups. It is recommended that the CSS perform time division multiplexing on different message types. Available subframe set or physical subframe set used when distinguishing coverage type or not distinguishing coverage type: Alt1: Time division multiplexing different UE/UE group/all UE for USS/SS, FIG. 9 is an embodiment according to the present invention The search space is divided into different types, different messages, and different users/user groups. As shown in FIG. 9, different gray shades indicate different UE/UE groups; Alt2: for CSS, time-division multiplexing different message types, such as As shown in FIG. 9, different gray shades indicate different public message types; Alt3: For different search space types, time division multiplexing USS and CSS, wherein the darkest grayscale is CSS, and the other two grayscales are USS.
下面将以额外补充FDM时的内容的进行详细描述;The following will describe in detail the contents of the additional FDM;
可选地,下行控制信道与下行业务信道在时分复用的同时还可以FDM。具体包括以下至少之一:同类型信道之间FDM、不同类型信道间FDM、不同覆盖类型之间FDM、不同消息类型之间FDM。Optionally, the downlink control channel and the downlink traffic channel may be FDM at the same time as time division multiplexing. Specifically, it includes at least one of the following: FDM between channels of the same type, FDM between different types of channels, FDM between different coverage types, and FDM between different message types.
其中,考虑到下行支持单子载波传输意义不大,建议下行不细分至单子载波的颗粒度。考虑到1PRB=4ECCE,建议以3子载波粒度进行FDM,此时FDM后{1个子帧,3个子载波}粒度对应的资源大小与1个ECCE资源大小相当。考虑为了便于SFBC编码,最好是2或4子载波粒度进行FDM。Wherein, considering that downlink support for single subcarrier transmission is of little significance, it is recommended that the downlink is not subdivided into granularity of a single subcarrier. Considering 1 PRB=4ECCE, it is recommended to perform FDM with 3 subcarrier granularity. At this time, the resource size corresponding to the {1 subframe, 3 subcarrier} granularity after FDM is equivalent to the size of one ECCE resource. It is considered that in order to facilitate SFBC coding, it is preferable to perform FDM with a 2 or 4 subcarrier granularity.
可选地,下行控制信道调度指示下行业务信道方式包括以下方式至少之一:Optionally, the downlink control channel scheduling indicates that the downlink traffic channel mode includes at least one of the following manners:
其中,仅指示相同子频带或子载波位置中后续占用子帧位置。即仅跨子帧指示相同子频带或子载波位置。此时,不同覆盖类型之间FDM,资源相互独立,此时在同一子频带中指示。
其中跨子帧调度间隔k可以为固定值,如k=1即下一个子帧或下一个调度周期,图10是根据本发明可选实施例的下行资源频分复用时下行控制信道对下行业务信道在资源指示上仅指示相同子频带或子载波位置中后续占用子帧位置的示意图,如图10所示,或者为可变值,k在下行控制信息中通知。后续占用子帧位置可以由重复次数R确定,或者由基本占用单元和重复次数R确定。基本占用单元为信源经过编码调制在不重复的情况下占用的子帧数量。Wherein, only the subsequent occupied subframe positions in the same sub-band or sub-carrier position are indicated. That is, only the same sub-band or sub-carrier position is indicated across subframes. At this time, the FDM between different coverage types is independent of each other, and is indicated in the same subband at this time.
The cross-subframe scheduling interval k may be a fixed value, for example, k=1 is the next subframe or the next scheduling period, and FIG. 10 is a downlink control channel pair downlink when the downlink resource frequency division multiplexing is performed according to an alternative embodiment of the present invention. The traffic channel indicates only a schematic diagram of the subsequent occupied subframe positions in the same sub-band or sub-carrier position on the resource indication, as shown in FIG. 10, or is a variable value, and k is notified in the downlink control information. The subsequent occupied subframe position may be determined by the number of repetitions R or by the basic occupied unit and the number of repetitions R. The basic occupied unit is the number of subframes that the source is encoded and modulated to occupy without being duplicated.
对于该方式,仅跨子帧指示相同子频带或子载波位置。例如:此时NB-PDCCH调度NB-PDSCH采用跨子帧调度即可。跨子帧调度间隔固定或动态指示,占用子帧数量在DCI中指示。For this approach, only the same sub-band or sub-carrier position is indicated across the subframe. For example, at this time, the NB-PDCCH scheduling NB-PDSCH adopts cross-subframe scheduling. The cross-subframe scheduling interval is fixed or dynamically indicated, and the number of occupied subframes is indicated in the DCI.
仅跨子频带或子载波指示不同子频带中占用子帧位置。即跨子帧和或跨子频带或子载波指示。此时优不同子频带中下行选控制信道与业务信道起始子帧相同,指示子帧占用数量或结束子帧位置,即子方式1,同子帧不同子频带调度。或者优选不同子频带中业务信道起始子帧不全与下行控制信道起始子帧相同。The occupied sub-frame positions in different sub-bands are indicated only across sub-bands or sub-carriers. That is, across sub-frames and or across sub-bands or sub-carrier indications. In this case, the downlink selected control channel in the different subbands is the same as the starting subframe of the traffic channel, indicating the number of subframes occupied or the ending subframe position, that is, the sub-mode 1, and the sub-band scheduling in the same subframe. Or preferably, the traffic channel start subframes in different subbands are not the same as the downlink control channel start subframes.
同时指示相同子频带或子载波位置中后续占用子帧位置以及跨子频带或子载波指示不同子频带中占用子帧位置,即子方式2,后续子帧相同子频带和同/不同子帧不同子频带调度。包括一种特例,即子方式3后续子帧相同子频带和同子帧不同子频带调度。Simultaneously indicating the subsequent occupied subframe positions in the same sub-band or sub-carrier position and the sub-bands or sub-carriers indicating the occupied sub-frame positions in different sub-bands, that is, sub-mode 2, the subsequent sub-frames have the same sub-band and the same/different sub-frames Subband scheduling. A special case is included, that is, sub-mode 3 subsequent sub-frames have the same sub-band and different sub-band scheduling of the same sub-frame.
其中,对于跨子帧和或跨子频带或子载波指示。则NB-PDCCH调度NB-PDSCH存在时频两维调度,考虑到反馈定时对齐,不同C子载波的NB-PDSCH结束时刻应该保持相同。Wherein, the indication is for a cross-subframe and or a sub-band or sub-carrier. Then, the NB-PDCCH scheduling NB-PDSCH has time-frequency two-dimensional scheduling. Considering the feedback timing alignment, the NB-PDSCH end times of different C subcarriers should remain the same.
子方式1:同子帧不同子频带调度。仅支持同子帧调度方式1。即不同C子载波,NB-PDSCH与NB-PDCCH起始子帧相同,图11是根据本发明可选实施例下行资源频分复用时下行控制信道对下行业务信道在资源指示上仅跨子频带指示不同子频带中占用子帧位置且起始子帧相同的示意图,如图11所示,需要DCI中指示PDSCH占用子帧数量。适用于NB-PDCCH与NB-PDSCH完全FDM。Sub-mode 1: Different sub-band scheduling with the same subframe. Only the same subframe scheduling mode 1 is supported. That is, the different C subcarriers, the NB-PDSCH and the NB-PDCCH start subframe are the same. FIG. 11 is a cross-sectional control channel for the downlink traffic channel on the resource indication only when the downlink resource frequency division multiplexing is used according to an alternative embodiment of the present invention. The frequency band indicates a schematic diagram of occupying a subframe position in different sub-bands and the starting subframes are the same. As shown in FIG. 11, the number of subframes in which the PDSCH is occupied in the DCI is required. Applicable to NB-PDCCH and NB-PDSCH full FDM.
子方式2:后续子帧相同子频带和同/不同子帧不同子频带调度。支持同子帧调度方式3。即不同C子载波,NB-PDSCH与NB-PDCCH起始子帧不同,并且相同C子载波,NB-PDSCH晚于NB-PDCCH传输。此时需要指示不同C子载波中NB-PDSCH占用子帧数量。图12是根据本发明可选实施例下行资源频分复用时下行控制信道对下行业务信道在资源指示上同时指示相同子频带或子载波位置中后续占用子帧位置以及跨子频带或子载波指示不同子频带中占用子帧位置的示意图,如图12所示,例如:(1)指示{子载波位置x,起始子帧y,占用子帧数量r}。(2)指示不同C子载波的跨子帧调度间隔k,基于NB-PDCCH起始子帧位置的offset,同时指示结束子帧。Sub-mode 2: Sub-band scheduling of the same sub-band and same/different sub-frames of subsequent sub-frames. Supports the same subframe scheduling mode 3. That is, different C subcarriers, the NB-PDSCH is different from the NB-PDCCH starting subframe, and the same C subcarrier, the NB-PDSCH is transmitted later than the NB-PDCCH. At this time, it is necessary to indicate the number of NB-PDSCH occupied subframes in different C subcarriers. 12 is a downlink control channel for a downlink traffic channel simultaneously indicating a subsequent sub-frame position in the same sub-band or sub-carrier position and a cross-subband or subcarrier on the resource indication according to an alternative embodiment of the present invention. A schematic diagram indicating the positions of occupied subframes in different sub-bands, as shown in FIG. 12, for example: (1) indicates {subcarrier position x, starting subframe y, occupied subframe number r}. (2) A cross-subframe scheduling interval k indicating different C subcarriers, based on the offset of the NB-PDCCH starting subframe position, and indicating the ending subframe.
子方式3:后续子帧相同子频带和同子帧不同子频带调度。支持同子帧调度方式2。即不同C子载波,NB-PDSCH与NB-PDCCH起始子帧相同,并且相同C子载波,NB-PDSCH晚于NB-PDCCH传输。此时需要指示不同C子载波中NB-PDSCH占用子帧数量。图13是根据本发明可选实施例的下行资源频分复用时下行控制信道对下行业务信道在资源指示上同时指示相同子频带或子载波位置中后续占用子帧位置以及跨子频带或子载波指示不同子频带中占
用子帧位置且不同子频带起始子帧相同的示意图,如图13所示,例如:(1)跨子帧调度间隔固定/指示,且指示不同C子载波相同的结束子帧;(2)跨子帧调度间隔固定/指示,指示不同C子载波的子帧数量,相同C子载波的子帧数量可以隐含计算得出(R_pdsch–R_pdcch–k)。(3)跨子帧调度间隔固定/指示,指示相同C子载波的子帧数量,不同C子载波的子帧数量可以隐含计算得出(R_pdsch+R_pdcch+k)。Sub-mode 3: The same sub-band of the subsequent subframe and the different sub-band scheduling of the same subframe. Supports the same subframe scheduling mode 2. That is, different C subcarriers, the NB-PDSCH is the same as the NB-PDCCH starting subframe, and the same C subcarrier, the NB-PDSCH is transmitted later than the NB-PDCCH. At this time, it is necessary to indicate the number of NB-PDSCH occupied subframes in different C subcarriers. 13 is a downlink control channel for a downlink traffic channel simultaneously indicating a subsequent sub-frame position and a sub-subband or sub-band in the same sub-band or sub-carrier position on the resource indication according to an alternative embodiment of the present invention. Carrier indicates the difference in different subbands
A schematic diagram in which the subframe position and the different sub-band start subframes are the same, as shown in FIG. 13, for example: (1) a fixed subframe/interval scheduling interval indication/indication, and indicating the same end subframes of different C subcarriers; The cross-subframe scheduling interval is fixed/indicated, indicating the number of subframes of different C subcarriers, and the number of subframes of the same C subcarrier can be implicitly calculated (R_pdsch−R_pdcch−k). (3) The cross-subframe scheduling interval is fixed/indicated, indicating the number of subframes of the same C subcarrier, and the number of subframes of different C subcarriers can be implicitly calculated (R_pdsch+R_pdcch+k).
下面将结合具体实施例对本发明进行详细描述;The invention will be described in detail below with reference to specific embodiments;
实施例1Example 1
本可选实施例针对搜索空间连续占用子帧或子帧集方式。This alternative embodiment is directed to the search space continuously occupying a subframe or a subframe set mode.
此时,搜索空间中不同重复次数的候选集在时域上对应起始子帧相同。此时基站侧配置重复集合{R1、R2、R3、R4}或者仅配置R4其余根据因子k相乘得到,如k=1/2、1/4、1/8等。聚合等级可以固定,或根据不同覆盖类型确定不同的聚合等级集合。例如,此时基站通过RRC配置终端的USS起始子帧位于周期C=640ms的第一个子帧,且位于10*SFN+subframe index mod 640=0的子帧位置。此时覆盖类型为中等覆盖类型,配置Rmax=R4=32,此时通过因子k=1/2、1/4、1/8确定其余R3~R1分别为16、8、4。此时对应的聚合等级AL=1、2、4、8MCCE。At this time, the candidate sets of different repetition times in the search space are the same in the time domain corresponding to the starting subframe. At this time, the base station side configures the repeated set {R1, R2, R3, R4} or only configures the remaining R4 to be multiplied according to the factor k, such as k=1/2, 1/4, 1/8, and the like. The aggregation level can be fixed, or different aggregation level sets can be determined according to different coverage types. For example, at this time, the base station of the RRC configuration terminal of the RRC configuration terminal is located in the first subframe of the period C=640 ms, and is located at the subframe position of 10*SFN+subframe index mod 640=0. At this time, the coverage type is medium coverage type, and Rmax=R4=32 is configured. At this time, the remaining R3 to R1 are determined to be 16, 8, and 4 by the factors k=1/2, 1/4, and 1/8, respectively. At this time, the corresponding aggregation level AL=1, 2, 4, 8MCCE.
不同覆盖等级时使用不同AL集合,使用不同的Rmax确定的R集合,不同R的起始子帧相同,总候选集数量不大于Legacy LTE单子帧盲检测次数。Different coverage levels are used for different coverage levels, and R sets determined by different Rmax are used. The starting subframes of different Rs are the same, and the total number of candidate sets is not greater than the number of blind detections of Legacy LTE single subframes.
其中搜索空间以连续占用子帧方式确定时,搜索空间及候选集如表1-1所示,其中连续占用子帧为物理子帧或可用子帧。When the search space is determined by the continuous occupied subframe, the search space and the candidate set are as shown in Table 1-1, wherein the consecutive occupied subframes are physical subframes or available subframes.
表1-1Table 1-1
其中,搜索空间以连续占用子帧集方式确定时,搜索空间及候选集如表1-2所示,其中连续占用子帧以及子帧集中子帧都为物理子帧或可用子帧。此时基站还需要配置子帧集的子帧数目和子帧集时域位置,优选子帧集时域位置从周期内起始子帧开始连续占用相应数目的子帧。The search space and the candidate set are as shown in Table 1-2. The consecutive occupied subframes and the subframes in the subframe set are physical subframes or available subframes. At this time, the base station also needs to configure the number of subframes of the subframe set and the time domain location of the subframe set. Preferably, the subframe set time domain position continuously occupies a corresponding number of subframes from the start subframe in the cycle.
表1-2
Table 1-2
通过使用本实施例方法,通过配置连续占用子帧或子帧集的窄带控制信道搜索空间,可以实现下行控制信道与下行业务信道之间时分复用,并且在配置的周期内实现与LTE系统单子帧中相同复杂度的盲检测。By using the method of the embodiment, by configuring a narrowband control channel search space that continuously occupies a subframe or a subframe set, time division multiplexing between the downlink control channel and the downlink traffic channel can be implemented, and the LTE system list is implemented in the configured period. Blind detection of the same complexity in the frame.
实施例2Example 2
本可选实施例针对搜索空间连续占用子帧或子帧集方式。This alternative embodiment is directed to the search space continuously occupying a subframe or a subframe set mode.
此时搜索空间中不同重复次数的候选集在时域上对应起始子帧不全相同,非最大重复次数所对应的候选集在搜索空间中存在多个起始子帧。此时基站侧配置重复集合{R1、R2、R3、R4}或者仅配置R4其余根据因子k相乘得到,如k=1/2、1/4、1/8等。聚合等级可以固定,或根据不同覆盖类型确定不同的聚合等级集合。例如,此时基站通过RRC配置终端的USS起始子帧位于周期C=640ms的第一个子帧,且位于10*SFN+subframe index mod 640=0的子帧位置。此时覆盖类型为中等覆盖类型,配置Rmax=R4=32,此时通过因子k=1/2、1/4、1/8确定其余R3~R1分别为16、8、4。此时聚合等级选用子帧中支持的最大聚合等级。At this time, the candidate sets of different repetition times in the search space are not all the same in the time domain, and the candidate set corresponding to the non-maximum repetition number has multiple starting subframes in the search space. At this time, the base station side configures the repeated set {R1, R2, R3, R4} or only configures the remaining R4 to be multiplied according to the factor k, such as k=1/2, 1/4, 1/8, and the like. The aggregation level can be fixed, or different aggregation level sets can be determined according to different coverage types. For example, at this time, the base station of the RRC configuration terminal of the RRC configuration terminal is located in the first subframe of the period C=640 ms, and is located at the subframe position of 10*SFN+subframe index mod 640=0. At this time, the coverage type is medium coverage type, and Rmax=R4=32 is configured. At this time, the remaining R3 to R1 are determined to be 16, 8, and 4 by the factors k=1/2, 1/4, and 1/8, respectively. At this time, the aggregation level selects the maximum aggregation level supported in the subframe.
不同覆盖等级时使用不同AL集合,使用不同的Rmax确定的R集合,不同R的起始子帧相同,总候选集数量不大于Legacy LTE单子帧盲检测次数。Different coverage levels are used for different coverage levels, and R sets determined by different Rmax are used. The starting subframes of different Rs are the same, and the total number of candidate sets is not greater than the number of blind detections of Legacy LTE single subframes.
其中搜索空间以连续占用子帧方式确定时,搜索空间及候选集如表2-1所示,其中连续占用子帧为物理子帧或可用子帧。此时聚合等级选用1个子帧中支持的最大聚合等级
AL=4ECCE。The search space and the candidate set are as shown in Table 2-1, where the consecutive occupied subframes are physical subframes or available subframes. At this time, the aggregation level selects the maximum aggregation level supported in one subframe.
AL=4ECCE.
表2-1table 2-1
其中搜索空间以连续占用子帧集方式确定时,搜索空间及候选集如表2-2所示,其中连续占用子帧以及子帧集中子帧都为物理子帧或可用子帧。此时基站还需要配置子帧集的子帧数目和子帧集时域位置,优选子帧集时域位置从周期内起始子帧开始连续占用相应数目的子帧。此时聚合等级选用子帧集中支持的最大聚合等级。When the search space is determined by the continuous occupied subframe set mode, the search space and the candidate set are as shown in Table 2-2, wherein the consecutive occupied subframes and the subframes in the subframe set are physical subframes or available subframes. At this time, the base station also needs to configure the number of subframes of the subframe set and the time domain location of the subframe set. Preferably, the subframe set time domain position continuously occupies a corresponding number of subframes from the start subframe in the cycle. At this time, the aggregation level selects the maximum aggregation level supported by the subframe.
表2-2Table 2-2
通过使用本实施例方法,通过配置连续占用子帧或子帧集的窄带控制信道搜索空间,可以实现搜索空间中多个时域候选集位置可选,实现下行控制信道与下行业务信道之间时分复用,并且在配置的周期内实现与LTE系统单子帧中相同复杂度的盲检测。By using the method of the embodiment, by configuring a narrowband control channel search space that continuously occupies a subframe or a subframe set, multiple time domain candidate set positions in the search space can be selected, and time division between the downlink control channel and the downlink traffic channel can be realized. Multiplexing, and blind detection of the same complexity as in a single subframe of the LTE system is achieved during the configured period.
实施例3Example 3
本可选实施例针对搜索空间连续占用子帧或子帧集方式。并且在不同场景配置的搜索空间不同。This alternative embodiment is directed to the search space continuously occupying a subframe or a subframe set mode. And the search space configured in different scenarios is different.
其中Inband场景时不可用RE较多(Legacy PDCCH、CRS等),支持较大的AL,在standalone/guardband场景时支持包含AL=1在内的聚合等级。如:Inband场景支持AL=2、4、8、16,standalone/guardband场景支持AL=1、2、4、8。In the Inband scenario, there are many REs (Legacy PDCCH, CRS, etc.), which support a larger AL. In the standalone/guardband scenario, the aggregation level including AL=1 is supported. For example, the Inband scene supports AL=2, 4, 8, and 16. The standalone/guardband scene supports AL=1, 2, 4, and 8.
配置方式同实施1或2。The configuration is the same as the implementation 1 or 2.
不同覆盖等级时使用不同AL集合,使用不同的Rmax确定的R集合,不同R的起始子帧相同,总候选集数量不大于Legacy LTE单子帧盲检测次数。
Different coverage levels are used for different coverage levels, and R sets determined by different Rmax are used. The starting subframes of different Rs are the same, and the total number of candidate sets is not greater than the number of blind detections of Legacy LTE single subframes.
其中,搜索空间以连续占用子帧方式确定时,对于inband场景搜索空间及候选集如表3-1所示,standalone/guardband场景搜索空间及候选集如表3-2所示,其中连续占用子帧为物理子帧或可用子帧。The search space and the candidate set are as shown in Table 3-1. The standalone/guardband scene search space and the candidate set are as shown in Table 3-2. A frame is a physical subframe or a usable subframe.
表3-1Table 3-1
表3-2Table 3-2
其中搜索空间以连续占用子帧集方式确定时,对于inband场景搜索空间及候选集如表3-3所示,standalone/guardband场景搜索空间及候选集如表3-4所示,其中连续占用子帧以及子帧集中子帧都为物理子帧或可用子帧。此时基站还需要配置子帧集的子帧数目和子帧集时域位置,优选子帧集时域位置从周期内起始子帧开始连续占用相应数目的子帧。The search space and the candidate set are as shown in Table 3-3, and the standalone/guardband scene search space and candidate set are as shown in Table 3-4, where the search space is continuously occupied. Both the frame and the subframe in the subframe are both physical or available. At this time, the base station also needs to configure the number of subframes of the subframe set and the time domain location of the subframe set. Preferably, the subframe set time domain position continuously occupies a corresponding number of subframes from the start subframe in the cycle.
表3-3Table 3-3
表3-4Table 3-4
通过使用本实施例方法,通过对不同场景分别配置连续占用子帧或子帧集的窄带控制信道搜索空间,以适应不同场景需求。可以实现下行控制信道与下行业务信道之间时分复用,并且在配置的周期内实现与LTE系统单子帧中相同复杂度的盲检测。By using the method in this embodiment, a narrowband control channel search space of consecutively occupying a subframe or a subframe set is separately configured for different scenarios to adapt to different scenario requirements. The time division multiplexing between the downlink control channel and the downlink traffic channel can be implemented, and the blind detection of the same complexity in the single subframe of the LTE system is implemented in the configured period.
实施例4
Example 4
本实施例针对分时传输的搜索空间在连续调度窗或检测窗中占用子帧集。子帧集在窗内不重复。即重复传输仅在窗间重复。This embodiment occupies a subframe set in a continuous scheduling window or a detection window for a search space of time-division transmission. The subframe set is not repeated within the window. That is, repeated transmissions are only repeated between windows.
此时搜索空间中不同重复次数的候选集在时域上对应起始子帧相同。此时基站侧配置重复集合{R1、R2、R3、R4}或者仅配置R4其余根据因子k相乘得到,如k=1/2、1/4、1/8等。聚合等级可以固定,或根据不同覆盖类型确定不同的聚合等级集合。例如,此时基站通过RRC配置终端的USS起始子帧位于周期C=640ms的第一个调度窗或检测窗中(即位于detection_window_index mod C/W=0),窗长W=20ms,配置子帧集subframe set=N,如N=8。该N个子帧在时域上连续或不连续均可配置,或者固定为窗中第一个子帧开始的N个子帧,此时起始子帧位于周期C中第一个检测窗中子帧集中的第一个子帧。此时覆盖类型为中等覆盖类型,配置Rmax=R4=16,此时通过因子k=1/2、1/4、1/8确定其余R3~R1分别为8、4、2。即重复传输R个检测窗。此时聚合等级与子帧集分别对应,如表4-1所示。At this time, the candidate sets of different repetition times in the search space are the same in the time domain corresponding to the starting subframe. At this time, the base station side configures the repeated set {R1, R2, R3, R4} or only configures the remaining R4 to be multiplied according to the factor k, such as k=1/2, 1/4, 1/8, and the like. The aggregation level can be fixed, or different aggregation level sets can be determined according to different coverage types. For example, at this time, the base station of the RRC configuration terminal of the RRC configuration terminal is located in the first scheduling window or detection window of the period C=640 ms (ie, located at detection_window_index mod C/W=0), and the window length is W=20 ms. The frame set is frame set=N, such as N=8. The N subframes may be configured continuously or discontinuously in the time domain, or may be fixed to N subframes starting from the first subframe in the window, where the initial subframe is located in the subframe in the first detection window in the period C. The first subframe of the set. At this time, the coverage type is medium coverage type, and Rmax=R4=16 is configured. At this time, the remaining R3 to R1 are determined to be 8, 4, and 2 by the factors k=1/2, 1/4, and 1/8, respectively. That is, R detection windows are repeatedly transmitted. The aggregation level corresponds to the subframe set, as shown in Table 4-1.
不同覆盖等级时使用不同AL集合,和或使用不同的Rmax确定的R集合,不同R的起始子帧相同,总候选集数量不大于Legacy LTE单子帧盲检测次数。Different coverage levels are used for different coverage levels, and R sets determined by different Rmax are used. The starting subframes of different Rs are the same, and the total number of candidate sets is not greater than the number of blind detections of Legacy LTE single subframes.
仅在调度窗或检测窗间重复传输时的搜索空间及候选集如表4-1所示,其中占用子帧集中的子帧为物理子帧或可用子帧。若Rmax=1则表示非覆盖增强场景或无需重复传输场景,并且在Rmax=1时搜索空间中不存在其他R值。The search space and the candidate set when the transmission is repeated only between the scheduling window or the detection window are as shown in Table 4-1, wherein the subframes occupying the subframe set are physical subframes or available subframes. If Rmax=1, it means non-coverage enhanced scene or no need to repeat transmission scene, and there is no other R value in the search space when Rmax=1.
表4-1Table 4-1
通过使用本实施例方法,通过配置分时传输时的窄带控制信道搜索空间,可以实现以调度窗或检测窗为单位进行下行控制信道与下行业务信道之间时分复用,降低不同信道不同覆盖场景时的阻塞率。并且在配置的周期内实现与LTE系统单子帧中相同复杂度的盲检测。By using the method of the embodiment, by configuring a narrow-band control channel search space for time-division transmission, time division multiplexing between the downlink control channel and the downlink traffic channel can be implemented in units of a scheduling window or a detection window, and different coverage scenarios of different channels can be reduced. The blocking rate at the time. And blind detection with the same complexity in a single subframe of the LTE system is implemented in the configured period.
实施例5Example 5
本可选实施例针对分时传输的搜索空间在连续调度窗或检测窗中占用子帧集。子帧集在窗内重复。即重复传输同时在窗内重复和窗间重复。This alternative embodiment occupies a set of subframes in a continuous scheduling window or detection window for a search space for time-division transmission. The set of subframes is repeated within the window. That is, repeated transmissions are repeated in the window and repeated between windows.
此时搜索空间中不同重复次数的候选集在时域上对应起始子帧相同。情况1,窗内重复次数固定或窗间重复次数固定,此时基站侧配置重复集合{R1、R2、R3、R4}或者仅配置R4其余根据因子k相乘得到,如k=1/2、1/4、1/8等。聚合等级可以固定,或根据不同覆盖类型确定不同的聚合等级集合。例如,此时基站通过RRC配置终端的USS起始子帧位于周期C=640ms的第一个调度窗或检测窗中(即位于detection_window_index mod C/W=0),窗长W=20ms,配置子帧集subframe set=N,如N=8。该N个子帧在时域上连续或不连续均可配置,或者固定为窗中第一个子帧开始的N个子帧,此时起始子帧位于周期C中第一个检测窗中子帧集中的第一个子帧。此时覆盖类型为中等覆盖类型,配置Rmax=R4=16,此时通过因子k=1/2、1/4、1/8确定其余R3~R1分别为8、4、2,根据窗内重复次数或窗间重复次数固定计算出另一个,如Rout=R/Rin或Rin=R/Rout。重复传输Rout个检测窗。此时聚合等级与子帧集分别对应,如表5-1所示。该固定值可以由基站通过SIB或RRC配置,或者根据覆盖等级隐含确定。At this time, the candidate sets of different repetition times in the search space are the same in the time domain corresponding to the starting subframe. Case 1, the number of repetitions in the window is fixed or the number of repetitions between windows is fixed. At this time, the base station side configures the repeated set {R1, R2, R3, R4} or only configures the remaining R4 according to the factor k, such as k=1/2. 1/4, 1/8, etc. The aggregation level can be fixed, or different aggregation level sets can be determined according to different coverage types. For example, at this time, the base station of the RRC configuration terminal of the RRC configuration terminal is located in the first scheduling window or detection window of the period C=640 ms (ie, located at detection_window_index mod C/W=0), and the window length is W=20 ms. The frame set is frame set=N, such as N=8. The N subframes may be configured continuously or discontinuously in the time domain, or may be fixed to N subframes starting from the first subframe in the window, where the initial subframe is located in the subframe in the first detection window in the period C. The first subframe of the set. At this time, the coverage type is medium coverage type, and Rmax=R4=16 is configured. At this time, the remaining values of R3 to R1 are 8, 4, and 2, respectively, by the factors k=1/2, 1/4, and 1/8, and are repeated according to the window. The number of times or the number of repetitions between windows is fixed to calculate another one, such as Rout=R/Rin or Rin=R/Rout. Repeat the transmission of Rout detection windows. The aggregation level corresponds to the subframe set, as shown in Table 5-1. The fixed value may be configured by the base station through SIB or RRC, or implicitly determined according to the coverage level.
不同覆盖等级时使用不同AL集合,和或使用不同的Rmax确定的R集合,不同R的起始子帧相同,总候选集数量不大于Legacy LTE单子帧盲检测次数。Different coverage levels are used for different coverage levels, and R sets determined by different Rmax are used. The starting subframes of different Rs are the same, and the total number of candidate sets is not greater than the number of blind detections of Legacy LTE single subframes.
情况1,窗内重复次数固定或窗间重复次数固定时搜索空间及候选集如表5-1所示,其中占用子帧集中的子帧为物理子帧或可用子帧。若Rmax=1则表示非覆盖增强场景或无需重复传输场景,此时Rin=1,Rout=1,并且在Rmax=1时搜索空间中不存在其他R、Rin、Rout值。 Case 1, the search space and the candidate set when the number of repetitions in the window are fixed or the number of repetitions between the windows is fixed are as shown in Table 5-1, wherein the subframes occupying the subframe set are physical subframes or available subframes. If Rmax=1, it means non-coverage enhanced scene or no need to repeat transmission scene. At this time, Rin=1, Rout=1, and there are no other R, Rin, Rout values in the search space when Rmax=1.
表5-1Table 5-1
类似的,情况2,窗内重复次数与窗间重复次数均有取值集合,此时Rin和Rout均存在取值集合,总重复次数由Rin×Rout决定,取值集合可以固定或基站通过SIB或RRC配置。窗间重复Rout次,窗内重复Rin次,优选实施例的搜索空间和候选集如表5-2所示,此时盲检测次数不大于单子帧中盲检测次数。Similarly, in case 2, the number of repetitions in the window and the number of repetitions in the window have a set of values. At this time, both Rin and Rout have a set of values. The total number of repetitions is determined by Rin×Rout, and the set of values can be fixed or the base station can pass the SIB. Or RRC configuration. The Rout times are repeated between the windows, and the Rin times are repeated in the window. The search space and the candidate set of the preferred embodiment are as shown in Table 5-2. The number of blind detections is not greater than the number of blind detections in a single subframe.
表5-2Table 5-2
通过使用本实施例方法,通过配置分时传输时的窄带控制信道搜索空间,可以实现以调度窗或检测窗为单位进行下行控制信道与下行业务信道之间时分复用,降低不同信道不同覆盖场景时的阻塞率。同时也可以通过增加窗内重复次数实现时延降低以及资源利用率提升。By using the method of the embodiment, by configuring a narrow-band control channel search space for time-division transmission, time division multiplexing between the downlink control channel and the downlink traffic channel can be implemented in units of a scheduling window or a detection window, and different coverage scenarios of different channels can be reduced. The blocking rate at the time. At the same time, the delay can be reduced and the resource utilization can be improved by increasing the number of repetitions in the window.
实施例6Example 6
本实施例针对分时传输的搜索空间在连续调度窗或检测窗中占用子帧集。此时搜索空间中不同重复次数的候选集在时域上对应起始子帧不全相同。即非Rmax重复次数所对应的候选集在搜索空间内在时域上有多个起始子帧。This embodiment occupies a subframe set in a continuous scheduling window or a detection window for a search space of time-division transmission. At this time, the candidate sets of different repetition times in the search space are not all the same in the time domain corresponding to the starting subframe. That is, the candidate set corresponding to the non-Rmax repetition number has multiple starting subframes in the time domain in the search space.
此时基站侧配置重复集合{R1、R2、R3、R4}或者仅配置R4其余根据因子k相乘得到,如k=1/2、1/4、1/8等。聚合等级可以固定,或根据不同覆盖类型确定不同的聚合等级集合。例如,此时基站通过RRC配置终端的USS起始子帧位于周期C=640ms的第一个调度窗或检测窗中(即位于detection_window_index mod C/W=0),窗长W=20ms,配置子帧集subframe set=N,如N=8。该N个子帧在时域上连续或不连续均可配置,或者固定为窗中第一个子帧开始的N个子帧,此时起始子帧位于周期C中第一个检测窗中子帧集中的第一个子帧。此时覆盖类型为中等覆盖类型,配置Rmax=R4=16,此时通过因子k=1/2、1/4、1/8确定其余R3~R1分别为8、4、2。At this time, the base station side configures the repeated set {R1, R2, R3, R4} or only configures the remaining R4 to be multiplied according to the factor k, such as k=1/2, 1/4, 1/8, and the like. The aggregation level can be fixed, or different aggregation level sets can be determined according to different coverage types. For example, at this time, the base station of the RRC configuration terminal of the RRC configuration terminal is located in the first scheduling window or detection window of the period C=640 ms (ie, located at detection_window_index mod C/W=0), and the window length is W=20 ms. The frame set is frame set=N, such as N=8. The N subframes may be configured continuously or discontinuously in the time domain, or may be fixed to N subframes starting from the first subframe in the window, where the initial subframe is located in the subframe in the first detection window in the period C. The first subframe of the set. At this time, the coverage type is medium coverage type, and Rmax=R4=16 is configured. At this time, the remaining R3 to R1 are determined to be 8, 4, and 2 by the factors k=1/2, 1/4, and 1/8, respectively.
不同覆盖等级时使用不同AL,和或使用不同的Rmax确定的R集合,不同R的起始子帧不全相同,总候选集数量不大于Legacy LTE单子帧盲检测次数。Different coverage levels are used for different coverage levels, and R sets determined by different Rmax are used. The starting subframes of different Rs are not all the same, and the total number of candidate sets is not greater than the number of blind detections of Legacy LTE single subframes.
仅在调度窗或检测窗间重复传输时的搜索空间及候选集如表6-1所示,此时R=Rout,其中占用子帧集中的子帧为物理子帧或可用子帧。若Rmax=1则表示非覆盖增强场景或无需重复
传输场景,并且在Rmax=1时搜索空间中不存在其他R值。The search space and the candidate set when the transmission is repeated only between the scheduling window or the detection window are as shown in Table 6-1. At this time, R=Rout, where the subframes occupying the subframe set are physical subframes or available subframes. If Rmax=1, it means non-coverage enhanced scene or no need to repeat
The scene is transmitted, and there are no other R values in the search space when Rmax=1.
表6-1Table 6-1
类似的,窗内也存在重复次数时,例如窗内重复次数与窗间重复次数其中之一为一个固定值时,该固定值可由基站通过SIB或RRC配置。此时Rin和Rout其中之一存在取值集合,总重复次数R=Rin×Rout,取值集合可以固定或基站通过SIB或RRC配置。Similarly, when there are also repetition times in the window, for example, when one of the number of repetitions in the window and the number of repetitions between the windows is a fixed value, the fixed value may be configured by the base station through SIB or RRC. At this time, one of Rin and Rout has a set of values, and the total number of repetitions is R=Rin×Rout, and the set of values may be fixed or the base station may be configured through SIB or RRC.
对于窗内重复次数固定或窗间重复次数固定的场景,当Rout固定时,Rin时域候选集位置在窗内相对位置相同,图14是根据本发明可选实施例的Rin时域候选集位置在窗内相对位置相同的示意图,如图14所示,搜索空间Rout=4,Rin=1、2、4、8,Rin=2其中一个时域候选集位置示意。For a scene in which the number of repetitions in the window is fixed or the number of repetitions between windows is fixed, when Rout is fixed, the position of the Rin time domain candidate set is the same in the window, and FIG. 14 is a Rin time domain candidate set position according to an alternative embodiment of the present invention. A schematic diagram in which the relative positions are the same in the window, as shown in FIG. 14, the search space Rout=4, Rin=1, 2, 4, 8, and Rin=2, one of the time domain candidate set positions is indicated.
窗间重复Rout次,窗内重复Rin次,优选实施例的搜索空间和候选集如表6-2所示,此时盲检测次数不大于单子帧中盲检测次数。The Rout times are repeated between the windows, and the Rin times are repeated in the window. The search space and the candidate set of the preferred embodiment are as shown in Table 6-2. The number of blind detections is not greater than the number of blind detections in a single subframe.
表6-2Table 6-2
类似的,窗内也存在重复次数时,窗内重复次数与窗间重复次数均有取值集合,此时Rin和Rout均存在取值集合,总重复次数由Rin×Rout决定,取值集合可以固定或基站通过SIB或RRC配置。窗间重复Rout次,窗内重复Rin次,优选实施例的搜索空间和候选集如表6-3所示,此时盲检测次数不大于单子帧中盲检测次数,需要对聚合等级数量或R的数量有所限
制。Similarly, when there are repeated times in the window, the number of repetitions in the window and the number of repetitions in the window have a set of values. At this time, both Rin and Rout have a set of values, and the total number of repetitions is determined by Rin×Rout, and the set of values can be The fixed or base station is configured through SIB or RRC. The Rout times are repeated between the windows, and the Rin times are repeated in the window. The search space and the candidate set of the preferred embodiment are as shown in Table 6-3. The number of blind detections is not greater than the number of blind detections in a single subframe, and the number of aggregation levels or R is required. The number is limited
system.
表6-3Table 6-3
通过使用本可选实施例方法,通过配置分时传输时的窄带控制信道搜索空间,可以实现以调度窗或检测窗为单位进行下行控制信道与下行业务信道之间时分复用,并且在时域上增加相应候选集数量以提高资源利用率。
By using the method of the present embodiment, by configuring a narrowband control channel search space for time-division transmission, time division multiplexing between the downlink control channel and the downlink traffic channel in units of a scheduling window or a detection window may be implemented, and in the time domain. Increase the number of corresponding candidate sets to increase resource utilization.
实施例7Example 7
本实施例针对分时传输的搜索空间在连续调度窗或检测窗中占用子帧集。重复次数与覆盖等级唯一确定。This embodiment occupies a subframe set in a continuous scheduling window or a detection window for a search space of time-division transmission. The number of repetitions and the coverage level are uniquely determined.
重复次数与覆盖等级唯一确定包括:方式一、窗内不支持重复,重复次数仅指窗间重复,此时搜索空间R值唯一确定。方式二、存在窗内重复次数,此时R=Rin×Rout且唯一确定。The unique determination of the number of repetitions and the coverage level includes: mode one, the window does not support repetition, and the number of repetitions only refers to the repetition between windows, and the R value of the search space is uniquely determined. Method 2: There are repeated times in the window, and R=Rin×Rout is uniquely determined.
对于方式一,此时区分覆盖等级,重复次数固定,候选集组成为{聚合等级、候选集数量}。当覆盖等级确定时,R唯一确定,不再有R取值集合。搜索空间和候选集如表7-1所示。For mode 1, the coverage level is differentiated at this time, the number of repetitions is fixed, and the candidate set is composed of {aggregation level, number of candidate sets}. When the coverage level is determined, R is uniquely determined, and there is no longer a set of R values. The search space and candidate set are shown in Table 7-1.
表7-1Table 7-1
对于方式二,可以进一步分为三种情况。情况1,窗内重复次数和窗间重复次数均固定,与方式一相同。情况2,窗内重复次数和窗间重复次数乘积固定,Rout候选集起始子帧相同。情况3,窗内重复次数和窗间重复次数乘积固定,非Rout_max候选集起始子帧有多个。For the second method, it can be further divided into three cases. In case 1, the number of repetitions in the window and the number of repetitions in the window are fixed, which is the same as the first method. In case 2, the number of repetitions in the window and the number of repetitions between the windows are fixed, and the starting sub-frame of the Rout candidate set is the same. In case 3, the number of repetitions in the window and the number of repetitions between the windows are fixed, and there are a plurality of non-Rout_max candidate set starting subframes.
对于情况2此时搜索空间中不同窗间重复次数Rout的候选集在时域上对应起始子帧相同。对于情况3此时搜索空间中不同窗间重复次数Rout的候选集在时域上对应起始子帧不全相同。此时基站侧配置窗内或窗间重复次数集合并且根据固定的R值隐含得到另一个重复次数集合;或者仅配置窗内或窗间重复次数的最大值其余根据因子k相乘得到,如k=1/2、1/4、1/8等,并且根据固定的R值隐含得到另一个重复次数集合。聚合等级可以固定,或根据不同覆盖类型确定不同的聚合等级集合。例如,此时基站通过RRC配置终端的USS起始子帧位于周期C=640ms的第一个调度窗或检测窗中(即位于detection_window_index mod C/W=0),窗长W=20ms,配置子帧集subframe set=N,如N=2。该N个子帧在时域上连续或不连续均可配置,或者固定为窗中第一个子帧开始的N个子帧,此时起始子帧位于周期C中第一个检测窗中子帧集中的第一个子帧。此时配置Rout_max=8,此时通过因子k=1/2、1/4、1/8确定其余Rout3~Rout1分别为4、2、1。此时固定R=8,即Rin通过R/Rout隐含得到。此时聚合等级与子帧集分别对应。不同覆盖等级时使用不同AL,不同Rout的起始子帧相同,总候选集数量不大于Legacy LTE单子帧盲检测次数。此时搜索空间及候选集如表7-2所示,其中占用子帧集中的子帧为物理子帧或可用子帧。若Rmax=1则表示非覆盖增强场景或无需重复传输场景,
Rout=1,Rin=1,并且在Rmax=1时搜索空间中不存在其他R、Rout、Rin值。For Case 2, the candidate set of the number of repetitions Rout in the search space at this time is the same in the time domain corresponding to the starting subframe. For Case 3, the candidate set of the number of repetitions Rout in the search space at this time is not the same in the time domain. At this time, the base station side configures the intra-window or inter-window repetition number set and implicitly obtains another repetition number set according to the fixed R value; or only configures the maximum value of the intra-window or inter-window repetition times to be multiplied according to the factor k, such as k = 1/2, 1/4, 1/8, etc., and another set of repetition times is implicitly obtained from the fixed R value. The aggregation level can be fixed, or different aggregation level sets can be determined according to different coverage types. For example, at this time, the base station of the RRC configuration terminal of the RRC configuration terminal is located in the first scheduling window or detection window of the period C=640 ms (ie, located at detection_window_index mod C/W=0), and the window length is W=20 ms. The frame set is frame set=N, such as N=2. The N subframes may be configured continuously or discontinuously in the time domain, or may be fixed to N subframes starting from the first subframe in the window, where the initial subframe is located in the subframe in the first detection window in the period C. The first subframe of the set. At this time, Rout_max=8 is configured. At this time, the remaining Rout3 to Rout1 are determined to be 4, 2, and 1, respectively, by the factors k=1/2, 1/4, and 1/8. At this time, R=8 is fixed, that is, Rin is implicitly obtained by R/Rout. At this time, the aggregation level corresponds to the subframe set. Different coverage levels are used for different coverage levels. The starting subframes of different Routs are the same, and the total number of candidate sets is not greater than the number of blind detections of Legacy LTE single subframes. The search space and the candidate set are as shown in Table 7-2, in which the subframes occupying the subframe set are physical subframes or available subframes. If Rmax=1, it means non-coverage enhanced scene or no need to repeat transmission scene.
Rout=1, Rin=1, and there are no other R, Rout, Rin values in the search space when Rmax=1.
表7-2Table 7-2
与情况2类型,对于情况3,不同之处在于此时搜索空间中不同Rout重复次数的候选集在时域上对应起始子帧不全相同。即非Rout_max重复次数所对应的候选集在搜索空间内在时域上有多个起始子帧。此时搜索空间和候选集如表7-3所示。Unlike the case 2 type, for case 3, the candidate set of different Rout repetition times in the search space at this time is not identical in the time domain corresponding to the start subframe. That is, the candidate set corresponding to the number of non-Rout_max repetitions has multiple starting subframes in the time domain in the search space. The search space and candidate set are shown in Table 7-3.
表7-3Table 7-3
通过使用本实施例方法,通过配置分时传输时的窄带控制信道搜索空间,可以实现以调度窗或检测窗为单位进行下行控制信道与下行业务信道之间时分复用,在覆盖等级与重复次数唯一确定时增加候选集的频域资源粒度并且降低最大盲检次数。By using the method of the embodiment, by configuring a narrowband control channel search space for time-division transmission, time division multiplexing between the downlink control channel and the downlink traffic channel in units of a scheduling window or a detection window can be implemented, in the coverage level and the number of repetitions. When uniquely determined, the frequency domain resource granularity of the candidate set is increased and the maximum number of blind detections is reduced.
本发明的实施例还提供了一种存储介质。可选地,在本实施例中,上述存储介质可以被设置为存储用于执行以下步骤的程序代码:Embodiments of the present invention also provide a storage medium. Optionally, in the embodiment, the foregoing storage medium may be configured to store program code for performing the following steps:
S1:终端确定窄带搜索空间位置;S1: the terminal determines a narrowband search space location;
S2:终端在确定的窄带搜索空间中检测窄带下行控制信道,其中,搜索空间在时域上以R个子帧或子帧集为单位,搜索空间在频域上以整个窄带或窄带中M个子载波为单位,其中R、M取值集合为正整数,子帧集中包括的X个子帧,X取值固定或基站可配置。S2: The terminal detects a narrowband downlink control channel in the determined narrowband search space, where the search space is in units of R subframes or subframe sets in the time domain, and the search space is in the frequency domain with M subcarriers in the entire narrowband or narrowband. In the unit, where R and M are set to a positive integer, X subframes are included in the subframe set, and the value of X is fixed or the base station is configurable.
可选地,本实施例中的具体示例可以参考上述实施例及可选实施方式中所描述的示例,本实施例在此不再赘述。For example, the specific examples in this embodiment may refer to the examples described in the foregoing embodiments and the optional embodiments, and details are not described herein again.
显然,本领域的技术人员应该明白,上述的本发明的各模块或各步骤可以用通用的计算装置来实现,它们可以集中在单个的计算装置上,或者分布在多个计算装置所组成的网络上,可选地,它们可以用计算装置可执行的程序代码来实现,从而,可以将它们存储在存储装置中由计算装置来执行,并且在某些情况下,可以以不同于此处的顺序执行所示出或描述的步骤,或者将它们分别制作成各个集成电路模块,或者将它们中的多个模块或步骤制作成单个集成电路模块来实现。这样,本发明不限制于任何特定的硬件和软件结合。
It will be apparent to those skilled in the art that the various modules or steps of the present invention described above can be implemented by a general-purpose computing device that can be centralized on a single computing device or distributed across a network of multiple computing devices. Alternatively, they may be implemented by program code executable by the computing device such that they may be stored in the storage device by the computing device and, in some cases, may be different from the order herein. The steps shown or described are performed, or they are separately fabricated into individual integrated circuit modules, or a plurality of modules or steps thereof are fabricated as a single integrated circuit module. Thus, the invention is not limited to any specific combination of hardware and software.
以上所述仅为本发明的优选实施例而已,并不用于限制本发明,对于本领域的技术人员来说,本发明可以有各种更改和变化。凡在本发明的精神和原则之内,所作的任何修改、等同替换、改进等,均应包含在本发明的保护范围之内。The above description is only the preferred embodiment of the present invention, and is not intended to limit the present invention, and various modifications and changes can be made to the present invention. Any modifications, equivalent substitutions, improvements, etc. made within the spirit and scope of the present invention are intended to be included within the scope of the present invention.
在本发明实施例的窄带系统中搜索空间的确定过程中,通过检测窄带下行控制信道所在的搜索空间,其中,搜索空间在时域上以R个子帧或子帧集为单位,搜索空间在频域上以整个窄带或窄带中M个子载波为单位,其中R、M取值集合为正整数,子帧集中包括X个子帧,X取值为固定值或由基站配置,实现了在窄带系统中如何确定搜索空间,通过时分传输达到了不同消息类型、不同覆盖类型所对应的下行控制信道间阻塞率降低的效果,解决了相关技术中LTE系统中的控制信道搜索空间结构均不适用于频域带宽仅有1个PRB的NB-IoT窄带系统的需求的问题。
In the process of determining the search space in the narrowband system according to the embodiment of the present invention, the search space in which the narrowband downlink control channel is located is detected, wherein the search space is in units of R subframes or subframe sets in the time domain, and the search space is in frequency. The domain is in units of M subcarriers in the entire narrowband or narrowband, where the set of R and M values is a positive integer, and the subframe set includes X subframes. The value of X is a fixed value or configured by a base station, and is implemented in a narrowband system. How to determine the search space, the effect of reducing the blocking rate between the downlink control channels corresponding to different message types and different coverage types is achieved by time-division transmission, and the control channel search space structure in the LTE system in the related art is not applicable to the frequency domain. The problem of the demand for a NB-IoT narrowband system with a bandwidth of only 1 PRB.
Claims (37)
- 一种窄带系统中搜索空间的确定方法,包括:A method for determining a search space in a narrowband system, comprising:终端检测窄带下行控制信道所在的搜索空间,其中,所述搜索空间在时域上以R个子帧或子帧集为单位,所述搜索空间在频域上以整个窄带或窄带中M个子载波为单位,其中R、M取值集合为正整数,所述子帧集中包括X个子帧,X取值为固定值或由基站配置。The terminal detects a search space where the narrowband downlink control channel is located, where the search space is in units of R subframes or subframe sets in the time domain, and the search space is in the frequency domain with M subcarriers in the entire narrowband or narrowband. The unit, where the R and M value sets are positive integers, the subframe set includes X subframes, and the X value is a fixed value or configured by the base station.
- 根据权利要求1所述的方法,其中,The method of claim 1 wherein所述搜索空间在时域上连续或离散,其中,所述搜索空间支持的覆盖类型包括一种或多种,每种覆盖类型对应唯一R取值或一个包括多个R取值的集合,R表示下行控制信道的重复次数。The search space is continuous or discrete in the time domain, wherein the search space supports one or more coverage types, and each coverage type corresponds to a unique R value or a set including multiple R values, R Indicates the number of repetitions of the downlink control channel.
- 根据权利要求2所述的方法,其中,The method of claim 2, wherein所述搜索空间在时域上连续包括:所述搜索空间以子帧集为单位连续和/或所述搜索空间以子帧为单位连续。The search space continuously includes in the time domain: the search space is continuous in units of subframe sets and/or the search space is continuous in units of subframes.
- 根据权利要求3所述的方法,其中,The method of claim 3, wherein所述搜索空间通过以下参数的至少之一确定:起始子帧、子帧集大小、重复次数或子帧数量、检测周期、子频带或子载波位置,其中,确定所述搜索空间的参数为预定义或固定或基站配置。The search space is determined by at least one of the following parameters: a start subframe, a subframe set size, a repetition number or a number of subframes, a detection period, a sub-band or a sub-carrier position, wherein the parameter of the search space is determined as Predefined or fixed or base station configuration.
- 根据权利要求4所述的方法,其中,The method of claim 4, wherein所述起始子帧根据以下参数的至少之一确定:最大重复次数Rmax、偏移值offset、无线帧号SFN、周期M;其中,确定的方式包括以下至少之一:The starting subframe is determined according to at least one of the following parameters: a maximum number of repetitions Rmax, an offset value offset, a radio frame number SFN, and a period M; wherein the manner of determining includes at least one of the following:起始子帧编号为索引index k,且满足(10*SFN+k)mod Rmax=0的子帧;The starting subframe number is index index k, and the subframe satisfying (10*SFN+k) mod Rmax=0;起始子帧编号为index k,且满足(10*SFN+k)mod N*Rmax=0的子帧,N为大于0的正整数;The starting subframe number is index k, and the subframe satisfying (10*SFN+k) mod N*Rmax=0, and N is a positive integer greater than 0;起始子帧编号为index k,且满足(10*SFN+k)mod M=0的子帧,M为大于等于Rmax的正整数;The starting subframe number is index k, and the subframe satisfying (10*SFN+k) mod M=0, and M is a positive integer greater than or equal to Rmax;起始子帧编号为index k,且满足(10*SFN+k+offset)mod M=0的子帧,M为大于等于Rmax的正整数;The starting subframe number is index k, and satisfies (10*SFN+k+offset) mod M=0, M is a positive integer greater than or equal to Rmax;起始子帧编号为index k,且满足(10*SFN+k+X*offset)mod M=0的子帧,M为大于等于Rmax的正整数,X为大于0的正整数。The starting subframe number is index k, and satisfies (10*SFN+k+X*offset) mod M=0, M is a positive integer greater than or equal to Rmax, and X is a positive integer greater than 0.
- 根据权利要求5所述的方法,其中,The method of claim 5, wherein所述起始子帧对应的周期的取值集合根据覆盖类型确定,所述起始子帧对应的周期 的取值由基站配置或固定;和/或,The value set of the period corresponding to the start subframe is determined according to the coverage type, and the period corresponding to the start subframe The value is configured or fixed by the base station; and/or,偏移值offset的取值集合或取值根据覆盖类型和/或周期确定;或,所述偏移值offset的取值由基站配置或固定或根据周期确定。The set or value of the offset value offset is determined according to the coverage type and/or the period; or the value of the offset value offset is configured by the base station or fixed or determined according to the period.
- 根据权利要求5所述的方法,其中,The method of claim 5, wherein承载UL grant的下行控制信道所在搜索空间的起始子帧对应的周期的取值集合根据以下至少之一确定:覆盖类型、上行业务信道PUSCH格式,所述承载UL grant的下行控制信道所在搜索空间的起始子帧对应的周期的取值由基站配置或固定;和/或,The value set of the period corresponding to the start subframe of the search space in which the downlink control channel carrying the UL grant is located is determined according to at least one of the following: an coverage type, an uplink traffic channel PUSCH format, and a search space where the downlink control channel carrying the UL grant is located The value of the period corresponding to the starting subframe is configured or fixed by the base station; and/or,偏移值offset的取值集合或取值根据以下至少之一确定:覆盖类型、周期、上行业务信道PUSCH格式;或,所述偏移值offset的取值由基站配置或固定或根据周期隐含确定。The value set or the value of the offset value offset is determined according to at least one of the following: an coverage type, a period, an uplink traffic channel PUSCH format; or, the value of the offset value offset is configured by the base station or fixed or implicit according to the period. determine.
- 根据权利要求7所述的方法,其中,The method of claim 7 wherein在大覆盖类型时,周期M和/或偏移值offset大于小覆盖类型时的取值。In the case of a large coverage type, the period M and/or the offset value offset is greater than the value of the small coverage type.
- 根据权利要求4所述的方法,其中,所述子帧集大小通过固定或基站配置确定。The method of claim 4 wherein the subframe set size is determined by a fixed or base station configuration.
- 根据权利要求9所述的方法,其中,在时域上连续时,所述起始子帧为子帧集的首子帧。The method of claim 9, wherein the starting subframe is a first subframe of the subframe set when consecutive in the time domain.
- 根据权利要求3所述的方法,其中,The method of claim 3, wherein在所述搜索空间在时域上连续时,重复传输使用的子帧和子帧内聚合等级AL包括以下方式之一:When the search space is continuous in the time domain, the subframe used for repeated transmission and the intra-subframe aggregation level AL include one of the following methods:在不存在所述子帧集时,从起始子帧开始在一个子帧内以AL=1、2、4中的至少之一重复传输R个子帧;When the subframe set does not exist, R subframes are repeatedly transmitted in at least one of AL=1, 2, and 4 in one subframe from the start subframe;在存在所述子帧集时,从起始子帧开始在所述子帧集中以AL=1、2、4、8、16、32中的至少之一重复传输R个子帧集;When the subframe set exists, R subframe sets are repeatedly transmitted in the subframe set with at least one of AL=1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32 from the start subframe;其中,从起始子帧开始重复传输R个所述子帧或所述子帧集时,所使用的子帧为可用子帧。Wherein, when the R subframes or the subframe set are repeatedly transmitted from the start subframe, the used subframe is a usable subframe.
- 根据权利要求1或2所述的方法,其中,The method according to claim 1 or 2, wherein所述搜索空间至少包括:上行授权UL grant的上行控制搜索空间和下行授权DL grant的下行控制搜索空间。The search space includes at least an uplink control search space of an uplink grant UL grant and a downlink control search space of a downlink grant DL grant.
- 根据权利要求12所述的方法,其中,The method of claim 12, wherein所述上行控制搜索空间与所述下行控制搜索空间使用的资源为完全不同的资源或各自独立配置的资源。The resources used by the uplink control search space and the downlink control search space are completely different resources or resources that are independently configured.
- 根据权利要求3所述的方法,其中, The method of claim 3, wherein所述搜索空间中候选集的组成形式包括以下方式之一:The composition form of the candidate set in the search space includes one of the following ways:所述候选集由一种或多种聚合等级和多种重复次数组成,且不同重复次数的候选集所对应的起始子帧相同;The candidate set is composed of one or more aggregation levels and multiple repetition times, and the start subframes corresponding to the candidate sets of different repetition times are the same;所述候选集由一种或多种聚合等级和多种重复次数组成,且不同重复次数的候选集所对应的起始子帧不同,非最大重复次数所对应的候选集在所述搜索空间中有多个;The candidate set is composed of one or more aggregation levels and multiple repetition times, and the start subframe corresponding to the candidate set of different repetition times is different, and the candidate set corresponding to the non-maximum repetition number is in the search space. There are multiple;所述候选集由多种聚合等级和一种重复次数组成;The candidate set is composed of multiple aggregation levels and one repetition number;所述候选集由一种聚合等级组成,其中,所述候选集占满所述搜索空间所有控制信道单元;The candidate set is composed of an aggregation level, wherein the candidate set occupies all control channel units of the search space;所述候选集所对应的聚合等级根据不同应用场景确定,其中,所述应用场景至少包括:带内Inband场景、独立使用频带standalone、保护带guardband场景。The aggregation level corresponding to the candidate set is determined according to different application scenarios, where the application scenario includes at least an inband inband scenario, a standalone band standalone, and a guard band guardband scenario.
- 根据权利要求2所述的方法,其中,在所述搜索空间在时域上离散时,以检测窗或调度窗为单位在窗内使用部分或全部资源;或,在所述搜索空间在时域上离散且下行控制信道重复传输时,以检测窗或调度窗为单位在窗内使用部分或全部资源并进行窗内和/或窗间时域重复。The method of claim 2, wherein when the search space is discrete in the time domain, some or all of the resources are used within the window in units of detection windows or scheduling windows; or, in the search space in the time domain When the discrete and downlink control channels are repeatedly transmitted, some or all of the resources are used in the window in units of detection windows or scheduling windows, and intra-window and/or inter-window time domain repetition is performed.
- 根据权利要求15所述的方法,其中,在所述检测窗或所述调度窗中,所述下行控制信道与下行业务信道时分复用,或所述下行控制信道的不同覆盖类型所使用的资源时分复用。The method according to claim 15, wherein in the detection window or the scheduling window, the downlink control channel is time division multiplexed with a downlink traffic channel, or resources used by different coverage types of the downlink control channel Time division multiplexing.
- 根据权利要求15所述的方法,其中,在重复传输时,所述搜索空间在所述检测窗内的子帧集不重复或重复次数可预先配置。The method of claim 15, wherein the number of subframe sets in the search window that are not repeated or repeated in the detection window is pre-configurable when the transmission is repeated.
- 根据权利要求15所述的方法,其中,所述搜索空间通过以下参数至少之一确定:起始子帧、子帧集、重复次数、调度窗或检测窗内重复次数、重复窗长、检测周期、子频带或子载波位置,其中,确定所述搜索空间的方式为预定义或固定或基站配置。The method according to claim 15, wherein the search space is determined by at least one of the following parameters: a starting subframe, a subframe set, a repetition number, a scheduling window or a number of repetitions in the detection window, a repetition window length, a detection period a sub-band or sub-carrier location, wherein the manner in which the search space is determined is a predefined or fixed or base station configuration.
- 根据权利要求15所述的方法,其中,The method of claim 15 wherein所述终端在所述搜索空间中检测起始控制信道单元的方式包括:固定或基站配置或根据hash函数在子帧或子帧集或无线帧或检测窗或搜索空间之间迭代,其中,在重复传输时,重复传输的各个子帧/子帧集中使用相同的控制信道单元,所述基站配置的方式包括:用户设备UE专有无线资源控制RRC配置起始索引和/或偏移值offset、所有UE起始相同。The manner in which the terminal detects the initial control channel unit in the search space includes: fixed or base station configuration or iterating between a subframe or a subframe set or a radio frame or a detection window or a search space according to a hash function, where When the transmission is repeated, the same control channel unit is used in each subframe/subframe of the repeated transmission. The configuration of the base station includes: the user equipment UE-specific radio resource control RRC configuration start index and/or offset value offset, All UEs start the same.
- 根据权利要求15所述的方法,其中,所述搜索空间中候选集的组成形式包括以下方式之一:The method of claim 15 wherein the composition of the candidate set in the search space comprises one of the following:所述候选集由一种或多种聚合等级和多种重复次数组成,且不同重复次数的候选集所对应的起始子帧相同;The candidate set is composed of one or more aggregation levels and multiple repetition times, and the start subframes corresponding to the candidate sets of different repetition times are the same;所述候选集由一种或多种聚合等级和多种重复次数组成,且不同重复次数的候选集 所对应的起始子帧不同,非最大重复次数所对应的候选集在搜索空间中有多个;The candidate set is composed of one or more aggregation levels and multiple repetition times, and candidate sets of different repetition times The corresponding starting subframes are different, and the candidate set corresponding to the non-maximum number of repetitions has multiple in the search space;所述候选集由多种聚合等级和一种重复次数组成;The candidate set is composed of multiple aggregation levels and one repetition number;所述候选集由一种聚合等级组成,其中,所述候选集占满所述搜索空间所有控制信道单元;The candidate set is composed of an aggregation level, wherein the candidate set occupies all control channel units of the search space;所述候选集所对应的聚合等级根据不同应用场景确定,其中,所述应用场景至少包括:带内Inband场景、独立使用频带standalone、保护带guardband场景;The aggregation level corresponding to the candidate set is determined according to different application scenarios, where the application scenario includes at least: an inband inband scenario, an independent use band standalone, and a guard band guardband scenario;其中,所述重复次数由窗间重复次数确定,或同时由窗内重复次数和窗间重复次数确定。The number of repetitions is determined by the number of repetitions between windows, or by the number of repetitions in the window and the number of repetitions between windows.
- 根据权利要求1所述的方法,其中,所述搜索空间以不同类型、不同消息、或不同用户/用户组进行时分复用。The method of claim 1 wherein the search spaces are time division multiplexed with different types, different messages, or different groups of users/user groups.
- 根据权利要求1所述的方法,其中,所述搜索空间在频域上由部分子载波为单位时,频分复用方式包括以下至少之一:同类型信道之间频分多路复用FDM、不同类型信道之间FDM、不同覆盖类型之间FDM、不同消息类型之间FDM、以增强控制信道单元ECCE为单位复用不同类型信道。The method according to claim 1, wherein when the search space is in a frequency domain by a part of subcarriers, the frequency division multiplexing mode comprises at least one of the following: frequency division multiplexing FDM between channels of the same type FDM between different types of channels, FDM between different coverage types, FDM between different message types, and different types of channels are multiplexed in units of enhanced control channel elements ECCE.
- 根据权利要求22所述的方法,其中,所述频分复用中下行控制信道调度指示下行业务信道的方式包括以下至少之一:The method according to claim 22, wherein the manner in which the downlink control channel scheduling indicates the downlink traffic channel in the frequency division multiplexing comprises at least one of the following:指示相同子频带或子载波位置中后续占用子帧位置;Indicates a subsequent occupied subframe position in the same sub-band or sub-carrier position;跨子频带或子载波指示不同子频带中占用子帧位置;Sub-subbands or subcarriers indicate occupied subframe positions in different subbands;同时指示相同子频带或子载波位置中后续占用子帧位置以及跨子频带或子载波指示不同子频带中占用子帧位置。At the same time indicating the subsequent occupied subframe position in the same sub-band or sub-carrier position and the sub-band or sub-carrier indicating the occupied sub-frame position in the different sub-band.
- 根据权利要求1所述的方法,其中,The method of claim 1 wherein在所述下行控制信道调度下行业务信道时,所述下行业务信道的起始子帧与所述下行控制信道结束子帧之间的间隔以子帧或调度窗为单位,其中,所述下行业务信道的起始子帧与所述下行控制信道结束子帧之间间隔的取值为固定值或可变值;When the downlink control channel schedules the downlink traffic channel, the interval between the start subframe of the downlink traffic channel and the end subframe of the downlink control channel is in a subframe or a scheduling window, where the downlink service is The value of the interval between the start subframe of the channel and the end subframe of the downlink control channel is a fixed value or a variable value;其中,所述可变值的取值范围根据以下参数的至少之一确定:检测周期、调度窗、覆盖类型、物理上行共享信道PUSCH格式。The value range of the variable value is determined according to at least one of the following parameters: a detection period, a scheduling window, an coverage type, and a physical uplink shared channel PUSCH format.
- 根据权利要求1所述的方法,其中,The method of claim 1 wherein在承载上行授权UL grant下行控制信道调度上行业务信道时,所述上行业务信道的起始子帧与所述下行控制信道结束子帧之间的间隔以子帧或调度窗为单位,其中,所述上行业务信道的起始子帧与所述下行控制信道结束子帧之间间隔的取值为固定值或可变值。 The uplink between the start subframe of the uplink traffic channel and the end subframe of the downlink control channel is in a subframe or a scheduling window, where The value of the interval between the start subframe of the uplink traffic channel and the end subframe of the downlink control channel is a fixed value or a variable value.
- 根据权利要求25所述的方法,其中,在以调度窗为单位确定定义关系时,调度窗长在不同子载波间隔的上行单载波single tone传输信道时相同或独立确定。The method according to claim 25, wherein, when the definition relationship is determined in units of a scheduling window, the scheduling window length is identical or independently determined at an uplink single carrier single tone transmission channel of different subcarrier spacing.
- 根据权利要求25所述的方法,其中,所述上行授权UL grant指示所述上行业务信道在窗内的起始子帧位置。The method of claim 25, wherein the uplink grant UL grant indicates a starting subframe position of the uplink traffic channel within a window.
- 根据权利要求25所述的方法,其中,所述上行授权UL grant指示不同子载波间隔大小的上行单载波传输。The method of claim 25, wherein the uplink grant UL grant indicates uplink single carrier transmission of different subcarrier spacing sizes.
- 根据权利要求25所述的方法,其中,所述上行授权UL grant对不同子载波间隔大小的上行单载波传输使用相同的资源分配指示比特域。The method of claim 25, wherein the uplink grant UL grant uses the same resource allocation indication bit field for uplink single carrier transmission of different subcarrier spacing sizes.
- 根据权利要求1所述的方法,其中,所述终端检测窄带下行控制信道所在的搜索空间由高层信令配置为一个或多个,包括以下至少之一:The method according to claim 1, wherein the search space in which the terminal detects the narrowband downlink control channel is configured by the high layer signaling to be one or more, including at least one of the following:仅支持单个进程,基站通过高层信令为终端配置一个搜索空间;Only a single process is supported, and the base station configures a search space for the terminal through high layer signaling;支持多个进程,基站通过高层信令为终端配置一个搜索空间;Support multiple processes, and the base station configures a search space for the terminal through high layer signaling;支持多个进程,基站通过高层信令为终端配置多个搜索空间,其中至少一个进程与其他进程位于不同的搜索空间中。Supporting multiple processes, the base station configures multiple search spaces for the terminal through high-level signaling, at least one of which is located in a different search space from other processes.
- 根据权利要求30所述的方法,其中,所述支持多个进程,基站通过高层信令为终端配置一个搜索空间时,在该搜索空间中的下行控制信道调度下行业务信道或上行业务信道的调度定时确定方法包括以下至少之一:The method according to claim 30, wherein the supporting the plurality of processes, when the base station configures a search space for the terminal by using the high layer signaling, scheduling the downlink traffic channel or the uplink traffic channel by using the downlink control channel in the search space The timing determination method includes at least one of the following:通过下行控制信道承载的下行控制信息指示的第一定时取值集合中的取值确定;Determining, by the value set in the first timing value set indicated by the downlink control information carried by the downlink control channel;通过第一个下行控制信道承载的下行控制信息指示的第二定时取值集合中的取值确定,并且通过第i个下行控制信道承载的下行信息指示的相对于第i-1个下行控制信道承载的下行控制信息调度的业务信道结束子帧的偏移值确定,i为大于1的正整数;The value in the second timing value set indicated by the downlink control information carried by the first downlink control channel is determined, and the downlink information indicated by the ith downlink control channel indicates the i-1th downlink control channel. The offset value of the end of the service channel end of the downlink control information scheduled by the bearer is determined, and i is a positive integer greater than one;通过第一个下行控制信道承载的下行控制信息指示的第二定时取值集合中的取值确定,并且通过第i个下行控制信道承载的下行信息指示的第一定时取值集合中的取值确定,i为大于1的正整数。The value in the second set of timing values indicated by the downlink control information carried by the first downlink control channel is determined, and the value in the first set of timing values indicated by the downlink information carried by the ith downlink control channel is determined. Determine that i is a positive integer greater than one.
- 根据权利要求30所述的方法,其中,在支持多个进程的情况下,所述基站通过高层信令为所述终端配置一个搜索空间时,并且调度不同进程业务信道的下行控制信道位于同一周期内,在该搜索空间中的下行控制信道调度下行业务信道或上行业务信道的调度定时确定方法包括以下至少之一:The method according to claim 30, wherein, when a plurality of processes are supported, the base station configures a search space for the terminal by using high layer signaling, and the downlink control channel for scheduling different process traffic channels is located in the same cycle. The scheduling control method for scheduling the downlink traffic channel or the uplink traffic channel in the downlink control channel in the search space includes at least one of the following:通过第一下行控制信道承载的下行控制信息指示的定时取值集合中取值确定,定时参考点为第一下行控制信道结束子帧;通过第二下行控制信道承载的下行控制信息指示的定时取值集合中取值确定,定时参考点为第一下行控制信道调度的业务信道的结束子帧; The value of the timing value set indicated by the downlink control information carried by the first downlink control channel is determined, and the timing reference point is the first downlink control channel end subframe; and the downlink control information carried by the second downlink control channel indicates The value in the set of timing values is determined, and the timing reference point is an end subframe of the traffic channel scheduled by the first downlink control channel;通过第一下行控制信道承载的下行控制信息指示的定时取值集合中取值确定,定时参考点为第一下行控制信道结束子帧;并且承载对第一下行控制信道调度的业务信道反馈ACK/NACK的信道的定时参考点为第二下行控制信道调度的业务信道的结束子帧,偏移值通过第一下行控制信道承载的下行控制信息指示的定时取值集合中取值确定;Determining, by using a value in the set of timing values indicated by the downlink control information carried by the first downlink control channel, the timing reference point is the end subframe of the first downlink control channel; and carrying the traffic channel scheduled for the first downlink control channel The timing reference point of the channel for feeding back the ACK/NACK is the ending subframe of the traffic channel scheduled by the second downlink control channel, and the offset value is determined by the value in the set of timing values indicated by the downlink control information carried by the first downlink control channel. ;通过第一下行控制信道承载的下行控制信息指示的定时取值集合中取值确定,定时参考点为第一下行控制信道结束子帧;并且承载对第一下行控制信道调度的业务信道反馈ACK/NACK的信道的定时参考点为第二下行控制信道调度的业务信道的结束子帧,偏移值通过第一下行控制信道承载的下行控制信息指示的定时取值集合中取值确定,并且承载对第二下行控制信道调度的业务信道反馈ACK/NACK的信道的定时参考点为承载对第一下行控制信道调度的业务信道反馈ACK/NACK的信道的结束子帧,偏移值通过第二下行控制信道承载的下行控制信息指示的定时取值集合中取值确定。Determining, by using a value in the set of timing values indicated by the downlink control information carried by the first downlink control channel, the timing reference point is the end subframe of the first downlink control channel; and carrying the traffic channel scheduled for the first downlink control channel The timing reference point of the channel for feeding back the ACK/NACK is the ending subframe of the traffic channel scheduled by the second downlink control channel, and the offset value is determined by the value in the set of timing values indicated by the downlink control information carried by the first downlink control channel. And the timing reference point of the channel carrying the ACK/NACK of the traffic channel scheduled for the second downlink control channel is the end subframe of the channel carrying the ACK/NACK of the traffic channel scheduled for the first downlink control channel, and the offset value And determining, by using a value set in the timing value set indicated by the downlink control information carried by the second downlink control channel.
- 根据权利要求32所述的方法,其中,所述第一下行控制信道与第二下行控制信道类型相同并且在同一周期内的搜索空间。The method of claim 32, wherein the first downlink control channel is of the same type as the second downlink control channel and is in a search space within the same period.
- 根据权利要求30所述的方法,其中,在支持多个进程的情况下,基站通过高层信令为终端配置一个搜索空间时,并且调度不同类型业务信道的下行控制信道位于同一周期内,在该搜索空间中的下行控制信道调度不同类型业务信道的调度定时确定方法包括以下至少之一:The method according to claim 30, wherein, in the case of supporting a plurality of processes, when the base station configures a search space for the terminal through high layer signaling, and the downlink control channels for scheduling different types of traffic channels are located in the same cycle, The scheduling timing determining method for scheduling different types of traffic channels in the downlink control channel in the search space includes at least one of the following:通过第一下行控制信道承载的下行控制信息指示的定时取值集合中取值确定,定时参考点为第一下行控制信道结束子帧;通过第二下行控制信道承载的下行控制信息指示的定时取值集合中取值确定,定时参考点为第一下行控制信道调度的业务信道的结束子帧;The value of the timing value set indicated by the downlink control information carried by the first downlink control channel is determined, and the timing reference point is the first downlink control channel end subframe; and the downlink control information carried by the second downlink control channel indicates The value in the set of timing values is determined, and the timing reference point is an end subframe of the traffic channel scheduled by the first downlink control channel;通过第一下行控制信道承载的下行控制信息指示的定时取值集合中取值确定,定时参考点为第一下行控制信道结束子帧;通过第二下行控制信道承载的下行控制信息指示的定时取值集合中取值确定,定时参考点为承载对第一下行控制信道调度的业务信道反馈ACK/NACK的信道的结束子帧;The value of the timing value set indicated by the downlink control information carried by the first downlink control channel is determined, and the timing reference point is the first downlink control channel end subframe; and the downlink control information carried by the second downlink control channel indicates The value in the set of timing values is determined, and the timing reference point is an end subframe of a channel carrying ACK/NACK for the traffic channel scheduled for the first downlink control channel;通过第一下行控制信道承载的下行控制信息指示的定时取值集合中取值确定,定时参考点为第一下行控制信道结束子帧;并且承载对第一下行控制信道调度的业务信道反馈ACK/NACK的信道的定时参考点为第二下行控制信道调度的业务信道的结束子帧,偏移值通过第一下行控制信道承载的下行控制信息指示的定时取值集合中取值确定。Determining, by using a value in the set of timing values indicated by the downlink control information carried by the first downlink control channel, the timing reference point is the end subframe of the first downlink control channel; and carrying the traffic channel scheduled for the first downlink control channel The timing reference point of the channel for feeding back the ACK/NACK is the ending subframe of the traffic channel scheduled by the second downlink control channel, and the offset value is determined by the value in the set of timing values indicated by the downlink control information carried by the first downlink control channel. .
- 根据权利要求34所述的方法,其中,所述第一下行控制信道与第二下行控制信道类型不同并且在同一周期内的搜索空间。The method of claim 34, wherein the first downlink control channel is different from the second downlink control channel type and has a search space within the same period.
- 根据权利要求32或34所述的方法,其中,A method according to claim 32 or 34, wherein所述定时取值集合为第一定时取值集合或第二定时取值集合或第三定时取值集合;其中, The set of timing values is a first set of timing values or a second set of timing values or a third set of timing values;所述第一定时取值集合或第二定时取值集合或第三定时取值集合对于调度下行业务信道与调度上行业务信道为集合元素不全相同的集合;或者,所述第一定时取值集合或第二定时取值集合或第三定时取值集合对于调度下行业务信道与调度上行业务信道与指示对下行业务信道反馈ACK/NACK的定时偏移为集合元素不全相同的集合。The first timing value set or the second timing value set or the third timing value set is not the same set for the scheduled downlink traffic channel and the scheduled uplink traffic channel; or the first timing value set Or the second timing value set or the third timing value set is a set that is different from the set element for scheduling the downlink traffic channel and scheduling the uplink traffic channel and indicating that the downlink traffic channel feedback ACK/NACK is delayed.
- 一种窄带系统中搜索空间的确定装置,包括:A device for determining a search space in a narrowband system, comprising:检测模块,设置为检测窄带下行控制信道所在的搜索空间,其中,所述搜索空间在时域上以R个子帧或子帧集为单位,所述搜索空间在频域上以整个窄带或窄带中M个子载波为单位,其中R、M取值集合为正整数,所述子帧集中包括X个子帧,X取值为固定值或由基站配置。 a detecting module, configured to detect a search space where the narrowband downlink control channel is located, wherein the search space is in units of R subframes or subframe sets in the time domain, and the search space is in the entire narrowband or narrowband in the frequency domain The M subcarriers are in units, wherein the R and M value sets are positive integers, and the subframe set includes X subframes, and the X value is a fixed value or configured by the base station.
Applications Claiming Priority (4)
Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
---|---|---|---|
CN201510979868.5 | 2015-12-23 | ||
CN201510979868 | 2015-12-23 | ||
CN201610875329.1A CN106911999A (en) | 2015-12-23 | 2016-09-30 | The determination method and device of search space in narrowband systems |
CN201610875329.1 | 2016-09-30 |
Publications (1)
Publication Number | Publication Date |
---|---|
WO2017107686A1 true WO2017107686A1 (en) | 2017-06-29 |
Family
ID=59088939
Family Applications (1)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
PCT/CN2016/104717 WO2017107686A1 (en) | 2015-12-23 | 2016-11-04 | Method and apparatus for determining search space in narrowband system |
Country Status (1)
Country | Link |
---|---|
WO (1) | WO2017107686A1 (en) |
Cited By (3)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
CN110536425A (en) * | 2018-08-09 | 2019-12-03 | 中兴通讯股份有限公司 | Information transferring method and base station, terminal and communication system, equipment, storage medium |
CN111726878A (en) * | 2020-05-20 | 2020-09-29 | 新华三技术有限公司成都分公司 | Method and device for detecting downlink control information |
US11503566B2 (en) | 2018-01-11 | 2022-11-15 | Guangdong Oppo Mobile Telecommunications Corp., Ltd. | Resource configuration method and device, and computer storage medium |
Citations (6)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
CN101848483A (en) * | 2010-04-02 | 2010-09-29 | 中兴通讯股份有限公司 | Method and device for detecting downlink control information |
WO2011140354A1 (en) * | 2010-05-05 | 2011-11-10 | Qualcomm Incorporated | Subframe-specific search space design for cross-subframe assignments |
CN102625457A (en) * | 2011-02-01 | 2012-08-01 | 中兴通讯股份有限公司 | Methods for sending, receiving and transmitting downlink control information and related devices |
CN103716274A (en) * | 2012-09-29 | 2014-04-09 | 中兴通讯股份有限公司 | Downlink control information transmission method and device |
CN103874096A (en) * | 2012-12-18 | 2014-06-18 | 中兴通讯股份有限公司 | Method for sending and detecting downlink control information, sending terminal and receiving terminal |
CN104054290A (en) * | 2011-11-04 | 2014-09-17 | 高通股份有限公司 | Search space design for E-PDCCH in wireless communication networks |
-
2016
- 2016-11-04 WO PCT/CN2016/104717 patent/WO2017107686A1/en active Application Filing
Patent Citations (6)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
CN101848483A (en) * | 2010-04-02 | 2010-09-29 | 中兴通讯股份有限公司 | Method and device for detecting downlink control information |
WO2011140354A1 (en) * | 2010-05-05 | 2011-11-10 | Qualcomm Incorporated | Subframe-specific search space design for cross-subframe assignments |
CN102625457A (en) * | 2011-02-01 | 2012-08-01 | 中兴通讯股份有限公司 | Methods for sending, receiving and transmitting downlink control information and related devices |
CN104054290A (en) * | 2011-11-04 | 2014-09-17 | 高通股份有限公司 | Search space design for E-PDCCH in wireless communication networks |
CN103716274A (en) * | 2012-09-29 | 2014-04-09 | 中兴通讯股份有限公司 | Downlink control information transmission method and device |
CN103874096A (en) * | 2012-12-18 | 2014-06-18 | 中兴通讯股份有限公司 | Method for sending and detecting downlink control information, sending terminal and receiving terminal |
Cited By (3)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US11503566B2 (en) | 2018-01-11 | 2022-11-15 | Guangdong Oppo Mobile Telecommunications Corp., Ltd. | Resource configuration method and device, and computer storage medium |
CN110536425A (en) * | 2018-08-09 | 2019-12-03 | 中兴通讯股份有限公司 | Information transferring method and base station, terminal and communication system, equipment, storage medium |
CN111726878A (en) * | 2020-05-20 | 2020-09-29 | 新华三技术有限公司成都分公司 | Method and device for detecting downlink control information |
Similar Documents
Publication | Publication Date | Title |
---|---|---|
CN112106316B (en) | Method of multiplexing uplink control information in wireless communication system and apparatus using the same | |
US12074752B2 (en) | Method and apparatus for transmitting and receiving data in a wireless communication system | |
US20240314755A1 (en) | Method and apparatus of data transmission in next generation cellular networks | |
CN111742510B (en) | Method for transmitting uplink control information in wireless communication system and apparatus using the same | |
CN113424474B (en) | Apparatus and method for transmitting uplink control channel in wireless communication system | |
CN111183608B (en) | Data transmitting method and receiving method for wireless communication system and apparatus using the same | |
CN107046722B (en) | Method and device for determining scheduling timing interval | |
CN104838613B (en) | To the transmission of the control information of the terminal of the bandwidth of reduction | |
EP2517516B1 (en) | Method and apparatus for resource allocation with carrier extension | |
KR101752820B1 (en) | Control channel detection method and user equipment | |
CN107294897B (en) | Downlink information sending and receiving method and device | |
CN113228549A (en) | Method for generating HARQ-ACK codebook in wireless communication system and apparatus using the same | |
CN103797745B (en) | The mthods, systems and devices of multicast ARQ in machine-type communication network | |
WO2018228500A1 (en) | Method and apparatus for transmitting scheduling information | |
WO2015169026A1 (en) | Communication data sending method and device, and user equipment | |
JP2016226060A (en) | Control channels for wireless communication | |
CN102905379B (en) | The reception of control channel and sending method and device | |
CN109921889A (en) | System and method for the common control channel in communication system | |
CN102595604B (en) | Method and system for transmitting control information from base station to terminal | |
WO2019052455A1 (en) | Data channel parameter configuration method and device | |
WO2017167078A1 (en) | Carrier wave prb resource allocation method, device, and computer storage medium | |
WO2016070675A1 (en) | Method and device for sending downlink information and receiving downlink information | |
CN109690988A (en) | Downlink Control Information monitoring, sending, receiving method and device | |
WO2017133339A1 (en) | Method and apparatus for determining schedule timing interval | |
WO2016138841A1 (en) | Data transmission method, feedback information transmission method, and related device |
Legal Events
Date | Code | Title | Description |
---|---|---|---|
121 | Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application |
Ref document number: 16877497 Country of ref document: EP Kind code of ref document: A1 |
|
NENP | Non-entry into the national phase |
Ref country code: DE |
|
122 | Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase |
Ref document number: 16877497 Country of ref document: EP Kind code of ref document: A1 |